Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 466

Grade 3

Practice
Book
• Grammar
• Phonics
• Spelling
• Vocabulary
• Handwriting

Includes Differentiated Spelling Practice


Grade 3

Practice
Book
Cover: Nathan Love, Erwin Madrid

mheducation.com/prek-12

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education

All rights reserved. The contents, or parts thereof, may be


reproduced in print form for non-profit educational use with Wonders,
provided such reproductions bear copyright notice, but may not be
reproduced in any form for any other purpose without the prior
written consent of McGraw-Hill Education, including, but not limited
to, network storage or transmission, or broadcast for distance
learning.

Send all inquiries to:


McGraw-Hill Education
2 Penn Plaza
New York, New York 10121

ISBN: 978-0-07-906528-5
MHID: 0-07-906528-7

B
Contents
UNIT 1
Week 1 Week 2
Grammar Sentences and Grammar Commands ............................................... 13
Sentence Fragments ..................................................... 1 Grammar Exclamations .......................................... 14
Grammar Statements and Questions ...............2 Grammar Mechanics ................................................ 15
Grammar Mechanics .................................................. 3 Grammar Proofreading ........................................... 16
Grammar Proofreading .............................................4 Grammar Test: Commands
Grammar Test: Sentences and Exclamations ........................................................ 17
and Sentence Fragments .......................................... 5 Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Short e, o, u ......... 18
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Short a, i .................. 6 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................... 19
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .................................7 Spelling Word Meaning ........................................20
Spelling Word Meaning ...........................................8 Spelling Proofreading .............................................. 21
Spelling Proofreading ................................................ 9 Phonics/Spelling Review ...................................... 22
Phonics/Spelling Review .......................................10 Vocabulary Strategy Synonyms ....................... 23
Vocabulary Related Words ................................... 11 Vocabulary Strategy Compound Words ... 24
Vocabulary High-Frequency Words ............... 12

Week 3 Week 4
Grammar Subjects .................................................... 25 Grammar Predicates ................................................ 37
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Grammar Multiword Subjects ............................ 26 Grammar Compound Predicates ..................... 38


Grammar Mechanics ............................................... 27 Grammar Mechanics ................................................39
Grammar Proofreading .......................................... 28 Grammar Proofreading ..........................................40
Grammar Test: Subjects ........................................ 29 Grammar Test: Predicates ..................................... 41
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Final e .....................30 Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Long a .................... 42
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ................................31 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................. 43
Spelling Word Meaning ........................................ 32 Spelling Word Meaning ........................................44
Spelling Proofreading ..............................................33 Spelling Proofreading ............................................. 45
Phonics/Spelling Review ...................................... 34 Phonics/Spelling Review ...................................... 46
Vocabulary Related Words ..................................35 Vocabulary Strategy Antonyms ...................... 47
Vocabulary High-Frequency Words ...............36 Vocabulary Strategy Context Clues .............48

Week 5
Grammar Simple Sentences ................................ 49 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ...............................55
Grammar Compound Sentences ...................... 50 Spelling Word Meaning ........................................ 56
Grammar Mechanics .................................................51 Spelling Proofreading ............................................. 57
Grammar Proofreading .......................................... 52 Phonics/Spelling Review ...................................... 58
Grammar Test: Simple and Vocabulary Content Words .................................59
Compound Sentences ...............................................53 Vocabulary Multiple-Meaning Words ......... 60
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Long o .................... 54

iii
UNIT 2
Week 1 Week 2
Grammar Nouns ...........................................................61 Grammar Singular and Plural Nouns ............. 73
Grammar Concrete and Grammar Nouns with y to -ies Endings ........ 74
Abstract Nouns ............................................................ 62 Grammar Mechanics ............................................... 75
Grammar Mechanics ................................................63 Grammar Proofreading ...........................................76
Grammar Proofreading .......................................... 64 Grammar Test: Singular and
Grammar Test: Kinds of Nouns ...........................65 Plural Nouns ................................................................... 77
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Long i, u .................66 Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Long e .................... 78
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ...............................67 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................. 79
Spelling Word Meaning ........................................ 68 Spelling Word Meaning ........................................80
Spelling Proofreading ..............................................69 Spelling Proofreading .............................................. 81
Phonics/Spelling Review ......................................70 Phonics/Spelling Review ...................................... 82
Vocabulary Content Words ................................. 71 Vocabulary Strategy Using a Dictionary..... 83
Vocabulary Spiral Review .................................... 72 Vocabulary Strategy Prefixes ...........................84

Week 3 Week 4
Grammar Irregular Plural Nouns Grammar Combining Sentences:
and Collective Nouns ............................................... 85 Subject Nouns ............................................................... 97

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Grammar More Irregular Plural Nouns ........ 86 Grammar Combining Sentences:
Grammar Mechanics ............................................... 87 Predicate Nouns .......................................................... 98
Grammar Proofreading ..........................................88 Grammar Mechanics ................................................99
Grammar Test: Special Nouns ........................... 89 Grammar Proofreading ........................................100
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Words Grammar Test: Combining Sentences .......... 101
with Silent Letters ......................................................90 Spelling Pretest/Posttest:
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................... 91 Three-Letter Blends ................................................ 102
Spelling Word Meaning ........................................ 92 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................ 103
Spelling Proofreading ..............................................93 Spelling Word Meaning ......................................104
Phonics/Spelling Review ...................................... 94 Spelling Proofreading ........................................... 105
Vocabulary Related Words ..................................95 Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 106
Vocabulary Spiral Review .....................................96 Vocabulary Strategy Homographs .............. 107
Vocabulary Strategy Similes ...........................108

Week 5
Grammar Singular Possessive Nouns ........... 109 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ..............................115
Grammar Plural Possessive Nouns .................. 110 Spelling Word Meaning ........................................116
Grammar Mechanics ................................................111 Spelling Proofreading .............................................117
Grammar Proofreading ..........................................112 Phonics/Spelling Review ..................................... 118
Grammar Test: Possessive Nouns .....................113 Vocabulary Related Words .................................119
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Digraphs ................114 Vocabulary Similes ................................................. 120

iv
UNIT 3
Week 1 Week 2
Grammar Verbs ..........................................................121 Grammar Present-Tense Verbs .........................133
Grammar Action Verbs ........................................ 122 Grammar Subject-Verb Agreement ..............134
Grammar Mechanics ..............................................123 Grammar Mechanics ..............................................135
Grammar Proofreading .........................................124 Grammar Proofreading .........................................136
Grammar Test: Action Verbs ..............................125 Grammar Test: Subject-Verb Agreement ....137
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Spelling Pretest/Posttest:
r-Controlled Vowels /ûr/.........................................126 r-Controlled Vowels /är/, /ôr/ ........................... 138
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................127 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................139
Spelling Word Meaning ...................................... 128 Spelling Word Meaning ...................................... 140
Spelling Proofreading ............................................129 Spelling Proofreading .............................................141
Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 130 Phonics/Spelling Review .....................................142
Vocabulary Related Words .................................131 Vocabulary Strategy Using a Dictionary....143
Vocabulary Spiral Review ...................................132 Vocabulary Strategy Suffixes ......................... 144

Week 3 Week 4
Grammar Past-Tense Verbs ................................145 Grammar Future-Tense Verbs ...........................157
Grammar More Past-Tense Verbs ...................146 Grammar Subject-Verb Agreement
with Future-Tense Verbs ....................................... 158
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Grammar Mechanics ..............................................147


Grammar Proofreading ........................................ 148 Grammar Mechanics ..............................................159
Grammar Test: Past-Tense Verbs .....................149 Grammar Proofreading ........................................ 160
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Grammar Test: Future-Tense Verbs ................161
r-Controlled Vowels /âr/, /îr/ ............................ 150 Spelling Pretest/Posttest:
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ..............................151 Prefixes pre-, dis-, mis- ...........................................162
Spelling Word Meaning .......................................152 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................163
Spelling Proofreading ............................................153 Spelling Word Meaning ...................................... 164
Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 154 Spelling Proofreading ............................................165
Vocabulary Related Words ................................155 Phonics/Spelling Review .....................................166
Vocabulary Spiral Review ...................................156 Vocabulary Strategy Idioms .............................167
Vocabulary Strategy Synonyms ..................... 168

Week 5
Grammar Combining Sentences Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Diphthongs .........174
with Verbs ......................................................................169 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................175
Grammar Subject-Verb Agreement Spelling Word Meaning .......................................176
when Combining Sentences ............................... 170 Spelling Proofreading ............................................177
Grammar Mechanics ...............................................171 Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 178
Grammar Proofreading .........................................172 Vocabulary Content Words ...............................179
Grammar Test: Combining Sentences Vocabulary Suffixes ...............................................180
with Verbs ......................................................................173

v
UNIT 4
Week 1 Week 2
Grammar Linking Verbs ........................................ 181 Grammar Contractions with Not .....................193
Grammar More Linking Verbs ......................... 182 Grammar More Contractions with Not .......194
Grammar Mechanics ..............................................183 Grammar Mechanics ..............................................195
Grammar Proofreading ........................................ 184 Grammar Proofreading .........................................196
Grammar Test: Linking Verbs ........................... 185 Grammar Test: Contractions with Not .........197
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Plural Words .... 198
Variant Vowels /ü/ .................................................. 186 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................199
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................ 187 Spelling Word Meaning .....................................200
Spelling Word Meaning ...................................... 188 Spelling Proofreading ........................................... 201
Spelling Proofreading ........................................... 189 Phonics/Spelling Review ................................... 202
Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 190 Vocabulary Strategy Root Words ............... 203
Vocabulary Related Words .................................191 Vocabulary Strategy Prefixes ........................204
Vocabulary Spiral Review ...................................192

Week 3 Week 4
Grammar Main and Helping Verbs .............. 205 Grammar Complex Sentences ..........................217
Grammar More Helping Verbs ....................... 206 Grammar Subordinating Conjunctions ....... 218

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Grammar Mechanics ............................................ 207 Grammar Mechanics ..............................................219
Grammar Proofreading .......................................208 Grammar Proofreading ....................................... 220
Grammar Test: Main and Helping Verbs ... 209 Grammar Test: Complex Sentences ..............221
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Homophones ... 222
Variant Vowels /ô/ ...................................................210 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................223
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ..............................211 Spelling Word Meaning ......................................224
Spelling Word Meaning ...................................... 212 Spelling Proofreading ...........................................225
Spelling Proofreading ............................................213 Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................226
Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 214 Vocabulary Strategy Greek
Vocabulary Content Words ...............................215 and Latin Roots ......................................................... 227
Vocabulary Spiral Review ...................................216 Vocabulary Strategy Sentence Clues ......... 228

Week 5
Grammar Irregular Verbs ...................................229 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................235
Grammar Forms with Have and Do ............. 230 Spelling Word Meaning ......................................236
Grammar Mechanics ..............................................231 Spelling Proofreading ...........................................237
Grammar Proofreading ........................................232 Phonics/Spelling Review ................................... 238
Grammar Test: Irregular Verbs .......................233 Vocabulary Related Words ...............................239
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Soft c and g ......234 Vocabulary Strategy Metaphor ................... 240

vi
UNIT 5
Week 1 Week 2
Grammar Pronouns .................................................241 Grammar Subject Pronouns ..............................253
Grammar Pronoun Agreement ........................242 Grammar Object Pronouns ............................... 254
Grammar Mechanics .............................................243 Grammar Mechanics .............................................255
Grammar Proofreading ....................................... 244 Grammar Proofreading ........................................256
Grammar Test: Singular and Grammar Test: Pronouns .....................................257
Plural Pronouns ..........................................................245 Spelling Pretest/Posttest:
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Inflectional Endings -ed, -ing, -s ..................... 258
Compound Words ....................................................246 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................259
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................247 Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 260
Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 248 Spelling Proofreading ............................................261
Spelling Proofreading ...........................................249 Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................262
Phonics/Spelling Review ................................... 250 Vocabulary Strategy Antonyms ....................263
Vocabulary Related Words ................................251 Vocabulary Strategy
Vocabulary Spiral Review ..................................252 Prefixes and Suffixes .............................................. 264

Week 3 Week 4
Grammar Pronoun-Verb Agreement ...........265 Grammar Possessive Pronouns ....................... 277
Grammar More Pronoun-Verb Grammar Possessive Pronouns That
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Agreement ....................................................................266 Stand Alone and Reflexive Pronouns ........... 278


Grammar Mechanics .............................................267 Grammar Mechanics .............................................279
Grammar Proofreading ....................................... 268 Grammar Proofreading .......................................280
Grammar Test: Grammar Test: Possessive Pronouns
Pronoun-Verb Agreement ...................................269 and Reflexive Pronouns ......................................... 281
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Spelling Pretest/Posttest:
Closed Syllables VC/CV ........................................ 270 Endings y to i................................................................ 282
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................271 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................283
Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 272 Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 284
Spelling Proofreading ...........................................273 Spelling Proofreading .......................................... 285
Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................274 Phonics/Spelling Review ................................... 286
Vocabulary Related Words ...............................275 Vocabulary Strategy Homographs ............. 287
Vocabulary Spiral Review ..................................276 Vocabulary Strategy Root Words ............... 288

Week 5
Grammar Pronoun-Verb Contractions ....... 289 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................295
Grammar Pronoun-Verb Contractions ....... 290 Spelling Word Meaning ......................................296
Grammar Mechanics ..............................................291 Spelling Proofreading ...........................................297
Grammar Proofreading ........................................292 Phonics/Spelling Review ................................... 298
Grammar Test: Vocabulary Content Words ..............................299
Pronoun-Verb Contractions ................................293 Vocabulary Homophones ..................................300
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: CVC Syllables .....294

vii
UNIT 6
Week 1 Week 2
Grammar Adjectives .............................................. 301 Grammar Adjectives That Compare .............313
Grammar Articles ................................................... 302 Grammar Adjectives That Compare .............314
Grammar Mechanics .............................................303 Grammar Mechanics ..............................................315
Grammar Proofreading ....................................... 304 Grammar Proofreading .........................................316
Grammar Test: Adjectives and Articles ..... 305 Grammar Test: Adjectives ...................................317
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Spelling Pretest/Posttest: le Syllables ......... 318
Prefixes un-, re-, pre- and dis- ......................... 306 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................319
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ........................... 307 Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 320
Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 308 Spelling Proofreading ............................................321
Spelling Proofreading .......................................... 309 Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................322
Phonics/Spelling Review .................................... 310 Vocabulary Strategy
Vocabulary Content Words ................................311 Multiple-Meaning Words ....................................323
Vocabulary Spiral Review ...................................312 Vocabulary Strategy
Greek and Latin Roots ...........................................324

Week 3 Week 4
Grammar Adverbs That Tell How ..................325 Grammar Adverbs That Compare .................337
Grammar Place Adverbs That Tell Grammar Adverbs That Compare .................338

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Where and When ....................................................326 Grammar Mechanics .............................................339
Grammar Mechanics .............................................327 Grammar Proofreading ....................................... 340
Grammar Proofreading ........................................328 Grammar Test: Adverbs That Compare ......341
Grammar Test: Adverbs .......................................329 Spelling r-Controlled Vowel Syllables .........342
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Vowel Teams ....330 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................343
Phonics/Spelling Word Sort .............................331 Spelling Word Meaning ..................................... 344
Spelling Word Meaning ......................................332 Spelling Proofreading ...........................................345
Spelling Proofreading ........................................... 333 Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................346
Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................334 Vocabulary Strategy
Vocabulary Related Words ...............................335 Compound Words ....................................................347
Vocabulary Spiral Review ..................................336 Vocabulary Strategy Root Words ............... 348

Week 5
Grammar Prepositions ..........................................349 Phonics/Spelling Word Sort ............................355
Grammar Prepositional Phrases .................... 350 Spelling Word Meaning ......................................356
Grammar Mechanics ..............................................351 Spelling Proofreading ...........................................357
Grammar Proofreading ........................................352 Phonics/Spelling Review ....................................358
Grammar Test: Prepositions ..............................353 Vocabulary Related Words ...............................359
Spelling Pretest/Posttest: Vocabulary Idioms ................................................. 360
Suffixes -ful, -less, and -ly ....................................354

Handwriting .......................................................................................................................................................................................................361

viii
Grammar • Sentences and Sentence Fragments
Name

• A sentence is a group of words that shows a complete thought.


• A sentence fragment is a group of words that does not show
a complete thought: Climbed a tree.
• Every sentence begins with a capital letter.
• Most sentences end in a period ( . ). The period is a kind of end
punctuation.

Read each group of words. Write yes if the group of words forms a
complete sentence. Write no if it does not form a sentence.

1. I read a book about sea life. yes Describe some of the


animals referred to
in these sentences.
Students may be unfamiliar
2. The largest mammal. no with them, or they may know
them by another name.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. I want to see a whale someday. yes

4. Swims quickly through the water. no

5. A jellyfish is an interesting sea creature. yes

6. Most sharks live in warm water. yes

7. A giant squid can grow to be very large. yes

8. Live off the coast of Japan. no

9. Dolphins have two flippers. yes

10. A walrus can live in or out of the water. yes

In your writer’s notebook, write about a sea animal that you


have seen or would like to see. Reread your work to make
sure you used sentences that show a complete thought.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 1


Grammar • Statements and Questions
Name

• A statement, or declarative sentence, tells something. It ends in


a period: I like to play baseball.
• A question, or interrogative sentence, asks something. It ends in
a question mark: What is your favorite sport?

A. Write statement if the sentence tells something. Write


question if it asks something. Put the correct end
punctuation at the end of the sentence.
1. We learned about fire safety at school today . statement

2. It is important to have fire alarms that work . statement

3. Do you check your fire alarms each year ? question

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. Do firefighters teach safety classes at your school ? question

5. Families should plan escape routes from their home . statement

B. Reread this paragraph from “Room to Grow.” Underline one


question. Circle the end punctuation of the question. Then
rewrite the question on the lines below.

All of a sudden, Jill’s mother smiled. “Can you help


us with a project?” she asked. “Our community wants
to plant a garden. Our plot is very small. There is so
much we want to grow.”

Can you help us with a project?

2 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


Grammar • Mechanics: Capitalization and Punctuation
Name

• Begin every sentence with a capital letter.


• Use a period ( . ) at the end of a statement.
• Use a question mark ( ? ) at the end of a question.

Write each sentence correctly using capital letters and end


punctuation. If the group of words does not tell a complete thought,
put an X next to it. Then add words to make it a complete sentence.

1. fall is my favorite time of year


Fall is my favorite time of year.

2. i like to see the leaves turn bright colors


I like to see the leaves turn bright colors.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. pumpkins at the pumpkin patch X


Possible response: I like to pick pumpkins at the pumpkin patch.

4. do you go to football games in the fall


Do you go to football games in the fall?

5. we take lots of pictures of the colorful leaves


We take lots of pictures of the colorful leaves.

In your writer’s notebook, write about your favorite time


of year. Then reread your work. Make sure you have used
complete sentences and correct end punctuation.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 3


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Begin every sentence with a capital letter.


• A statement is a sentence that tells or describes something. A
statement ends in a period.
• A question is a sentence that asks something. A question ends in
a question mark.

Rewrite the sentences below, fixing any mistakes you might find.

1. we had a terrible storm last night.


We had a terrible storm last night.

2. There was a lot of wind and heavy rain?


There was a lot of wind and heavy rain.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. did you see the weather report this morning
Did you see the weather report this morning?

4. Yesterday our town got over three inches of rain


Yesterday our town got over three inches of rain.

5. Do you think that some streets are flooded.


Do you think that some streets are flooded?

For additional support, identify the errors in one of the sentences without telling
students how to correct them.

4 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


Grammar • Test: Sentences and Sentence Fragments
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I went whale watching last week. (2) Our boat set sail on a
clear and windy day. (3) I could smell the salty ocean air. (4) Big
whales swimming. (5) Have you ever seen a whale?

1. Which of the following is a 2. Which of the following is


sentence fragment? a question?
A Sentence 1 F Sentence 2
B Sentence 3 G Sentence 3
C Sentence 4 H Sentence 4
D Sentence 5 J Sentence 5

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions to be made.


(1) My family and I went for a walk in the woods yesterday
afternoon. (2) Warm and sunny day. (3) We followed a small
stream and passed maple and oak trees. (4) Soon we came to a
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

meadow filled with colorful wild flowers. (5) on our way home we
saw a deer and even a fox.

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?


A Warm but sunny day.
B It was a warm and sunny day.
C Sunny and warm day.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 5?
F Change on to On
G Change deer to Deer
H Change fox to Fox
J Make no change

Read the directions and paragraphs aloud. Point to the numbered sentences and
questions. Model how to use the numbers to navigate the test.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 5


Spelling • Short Vowels a, i
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. clap


paper along
2. 2. camp
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. hand
to write each 4. 4. stamp
word as it is
5. 5. snack
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. rack
the test, unfold 7. 7. grabs
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. glad
right to correct 9. 9. bill
any spelling
10. 10. miss
mistakes.
11. 11. click
12. 12. pink
Allow students

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


extra time to 13. 13. sick
process what they hear
before they write the
spelling words. 14. 14. grin
15. 15. lift

Review Words 16. 16. cat


17. 17. bit
18. 18. man
Challenge Words 19. 19. anthill
20. 20. cramp

6 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
When a vowel appears between
The short a sound can appear
two consonants, it usually makes at the beginning of a word, as
a short vowel sound. in animal or ant. Short i can
appear at the beginning of a
• /a/ as in snap, bag, and man
word, as in ink or insect.
• /i/ as in rip, trip, fin, and swim

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have each short vowel sound below.

sick stamp click miss snack


camp bill glad grabs clap
grin rack hand pink lift
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

short a as in snap short i as in rip

1. camp 9. sick

2. stamp 10. grin

3. rack 11. bill

4. glad 12. click

5. hand 13. miss

6. grabs 14. pink

7. snack 15. lift

8. clap

Look through the selections you read this week and hunt for
words with short a and short i. Read the words you find aloud
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 7


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
When a vowel appears between
two consonants, it usually makes The short a sound can appear
at the beginning of a word, as
a short vowel sound. in animal or ant. Short i can
• /a/ as in snap, bag, and man also appear at the beginning of
a word, as in ink or insect.
• /i/ as in rip, trip, fin, and swim

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have each short vowel sound below.

clap fan rack click bag


sick kick hid snap big
bill grin miss sit band

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


short a as in snap short i as in rip

1. bag 7. sick 12. kick

2. fan 8. grin 13. hid

3. rack 9. bill 14. sit

4. band 10. click 15. big

5. snap 11. miss

6. clap

Look through the selections you read this week and hunt for
words with short a and short i. Read the words you find aloud
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

7A Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Write the spelling words that have each short vowel sound below.
One word has both a short a and short i vowel sound.

clap flicker stand click sick


snack stamp grass anthill grant
billed brand rack brick pants

short a as in snap short i as in rip

1. pants 6. grass 10. sick

2. stamp 7. snack 11. brick

3. rack 8. clap 12. billed


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. brand 9. grant 13. click

5. stand 14. flicker

15. Which word has both short a and short i ?


anthill

B. Compare the words clap and click. How are the two words alike?
How are they different?
Both words begin with the same sound. Clap has a short a
sound. Click has a short i sound.

Look through the selections you read this week and hunt for
words with short a and short i. Read the words you find aloud
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 7B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

clap stamp grabs miss sick


camp snack glad click grin
hand rack bill pink lift

A. Write the spelling word that completes each sentence.

1. I will clap for the best pet in the show.

2. Will you help me lift this heavy box?

3. The monkey grabs for the rope and swings away.

4. Mom will pay the gas bill today. You may want to allow
ELLs to use a dictionary
for extra support.
5. I put the dishes on the rack to dry.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. I always raise my hand to give an answer.

7. I use this rubber stamp to mark my address.

8. I need my sleeping bag to camp outside.

9. You know the machine is on when you hear it click .

10. I will miss my friend when he moves away.

B. Write the spelling word that has the same meaning as each word
or phrase below.

11. ill sick 14. a light red color pink

12. pleased glad 15. a light meal snack

13. a broad smile grin

8 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the story below. Underline


the misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.
Once there was a girl named Betty. Betty was odd. She had
soft penk hair. When she looked in the mirror, a big gran would
spread across her face. Her pretty hair made her glade.
One day Betty sat eating a sneck when a big dog came by.
He took the apple out of her hend! Betty was so scared! Her hair
turned white. She knew she would miess having such pretty hair.

1. pink 4. snack

2. grin 5. hand

3. glad 6. miss
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a story about your pet or favorite animal.


Use at least four spelling words in your story.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 9


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a vowel appears between two consonants, the vowel
sound is usually short. The words snap, man, and cap have a
short a vowel sound. The words rip, fin, thick, and swim have a
short i vowel sound.

Circle the spelling word in each row that rhymes with the word in
bold type. Read the spelling word aloud and write it on the line.

1. tap stop big clap clap

2. fin grin wag kite grin

3. pick cake click like click

4. cabs take nice grabs grabs

5. pack bake snack pie snack

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. link pine lake pink pink

7. band hand home bid hand

8. ramp roam come camp camp

9. lick look kind sick sick

10. gift lift gave raft lift

11. back bake rack king rack

12. lamp stamp late play stamp

13. hiss have miss mess miss

14. fill fold wall bill bill

15. sad glad seed made glad

10 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

admirer admiration

admire
admiringly

admired

admiring
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Use your notes from Gary the Dreamer. Choose one word and write it
on the outside of the watermelon. Then write related words on as many
watermelon seeds as you can. Use a dictionary to help you.

Try to provide students with related words in their native language. For example, explain
that repensar and pensamiento are related to the word pensar.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1 11


Vocabulary • High-Frequency Words
Name

High-frequency words are the most common words in the English


language. They can be hard to sound out because they do not
always follow regular sound or spelling patterns. High-frequency
words get easier to remember as you read and write them.

first next filled people


wall front went back
plants some everyone garden
brought built started close

Read the excerpt from “Room to Grow.” Underline the high-


frequency words listed in the box. Underline each word only once.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


First we had a meeting with the community. Everyone
agreed to contribute. Some people brought seeds, tools,
and dirt. Then the next day we met and started our
garden.
Papa built long, open boxes. Next, we filled them with
dirt. The tallest box went close to the back wall. The
boxes got shorter and shorter. The shortest box was in
the front. “All the plants will get sunlight without making
shade for the others,” Mama said.

In your writer’s notebook, write about a community project


you have worked on or would like to work on. How did or could
you contribute? When you are finished, use a dictionary to
check your spelling of high-frequency words in your writing.

12 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 1


Grammar • Commands
Name

• A sentence expresses a complete thought.


• A statement tells something. A question asks something.
• A command is a sentence that tells someone to do something.
It ends with a period.

After each sentence, write statement, question, or command for the


kind of sentence it is. Then write the sentence correctly. Use capital
letters and end marks correctly.

1. we can help you put the groceries away statement


We can help you put the groceries away.

2. put the cans of food on the shelves command


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Put the cans of food on the shelves.

3. do you want me to put the apples in the bowl question

Do you want me to put the apples in the bowl?

4. where should I put the flour and sugar question

Where should I put the flour and sugar?

5. close the door when you are finished command


Close the door when you are finished.

In your writer’s notebook, write about a game or sport you


like to play. Explain the rules of the game. Reread your work
to make sure you use complete sentences.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 13


Grammar • Exclamations
Name

• A command is a sentence that tells someone to do something. It


ends with a period: Clean up your toys.
• An exclamation shows excitement or strong feeling. It ends with
an exclamation mark: We won the game!

A. After each sentence, write statement, question, command, or


exclamation for the kind of sentence it is. Place the correct
punctuation at the end of the sentence.

1. I want to go to Florida next summer . statement

2. What a beautiful state it is ! exclamation


Read the the questions
aloud so students can
hear the excitement in
an exclamation or inflection
3. Have you ever been there ? question at the end of a question.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. Wow, my grandmother sent me a free ticket ! exclamation

5. Go with me to Miami . command

B. Reread this paragraph from Gary the Dreamer. Underline one


exclamation. Circle the exclamation mark. Then write the
sentence on the lines below.

I played tag with the neighbor kids. I played hide-


and-seek. I played catch with oranges. In our backyard,
we had an orange tree. We also had plum, lemon, and
apple trees. Lucky me! Anytime I was hungry for a snack,
I just went outside and picked a fruit!

Possible responses: Lucky me! or Anytime I was hungry for a

snack, I just went outside and picked a fruit!

14 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


Grammar • Mechanics: Punctuation in Commands and Exclamations
Name

• Use a period ( . ) at the end of a statement or command.


• Use a question mark ( ? ) at the end of a question.
• Use an exclamation mark ( ! ) at the end of an exclamation.

Add correct punctuation to the ends of sentences in the letter below.

Dear Aunt Jackie,


Wow, I was so happy to hear your good news [ ! ] It will be
fun to read your poem in the magazine [ . ] Mom says we can
frame it [ . ] Will you get extra copies [ ? ] Send me an extra
one, please [ . ] I want to take it to school to show my class [ . ]
They will see that I have the best aunt ever [ ! ]
I have a small favor to ask [ . ] Would you mind giving me
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

some tips on writing a poem [ ? ] Find out if you can come for a
visit soon [ . ] We can have an amazing poetry reading together [ ! ]
Your favorite niece,
Carly

Writing Connection Write a letter to a friend or family member. Try to


include at least one statement, question, command,
and exclamation. Use the letter above as a model.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 15


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A statement tells something. It ends with a period.


• A question asks something. It ends with a question mark.
• A command tells someone to do something. A command also
ends with a period.
• An exclamation shows excitement or strong feeling. It ends with
an exclamation mark.

After each sentence, write statement, question, command, or


exclamation for the kind of sentence it is. Then write the sentence
correctly. Use capital letters and end punctuation correctly.

1. what a great day for a parade exclamation

What a great day for a parade!

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. does the parade start at noon question

Does the parade start at noon?

3. we can see the parade from Green Street statement


We can see the parade from Green Street.

4. walk down Oak Street, then turn down Third Avenue command

Walk down Oak Street, then turn down Third Avenue.

5. wow, here come the marching bands exclamation

Wow, here come the marching bands !

Encourage students to reread the descriptions of the task before they begin
their work.

16 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


Grammar • Test: Commands & Exclamations
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.

(1) Yesterday I learned how to make bread. (2) I combined


flour, water, yeast, and salt. (3) Then I baked the bread in the
oven. (4) It smelled so good! (5) Anyone can learn to bake
bread. (6) Remember to clean up when you are done.

1. Which of the following is 2. Which of the following is an


command? exclamation?
A Sentence 1 F Sentence 1
B Sentence 3 G Sentence 3
C Sentence 4 H Sentence 4
D Sentence 6 J Sentence 5

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to
be made. Then answer the questions.

(1) I’m so excited to visit the beach! (2) I’m planning to arrive
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

this afternoon. (3) Would you like to join me! (4) We can go
swimming in the ocean and build castles in the sand. (5) Bring
your sunglasses and sunscreen.
3. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 1?
A Change I’m to i’m
B Replace the exclamation mark with a period
C Replace the exclamation mark with a question mark
D Make no change
4. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 3?
F Change Would to would
G Replace the exclamation mark with a period
H Replace the exclamation mark with a question mark
J Make no change

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 17


Spelling • Short Vowels e, o, u
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. step


paper along
2. 2. mess
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. head
to write each 4. 4. crops
word as it is read
5. 5. stop
aloud. When
you finish the 6. 6. rock
test, unfold the 7. 7. clock
paper. Use the
list at the right 8. 8. sock
to correct any 9. 9. pond
spelling mistakes.
10. 10. jumps
11. 11. shut

Describe for 12. 12. luck


students words

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


that they may be 13. 13. slump
unfamiliar with or
know by another name,
like mug or crops. 14. 14. bugs
15. 15. mug
Review Words 16. 16. clap
17. 17. sick
18. 18. snack
Challenge Words 19. 19. ready
20. 20. does

18 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
When a vowel appears between
Some short vowel sounds can
two consonants, it usually makes be spelled in more than way.
a short vowel sound. The short e sound is sometimes
• /e/ as in egg, beg, and red spelled ea, as in the words
bread and ready. The short o
• /o/ as in pop, chop, and lock sound can sometimes be spelled
with the letter a, as in the word
• /u/ as in rub, nut, and thumb swap.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain each short vowel sound below.

jumps mug clock step rock


sock stop mess shut bugs
luck slump pond head crops
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

short e as in red short o as in lock short u as in thumb

1. mess 4. sock 10. jumps

2. step 5. stop 11. luck

3. head 6. clock 12. mug

7. pond 13. slump

8. rock 14. shut

9. crops 15. bugs

Look back at the selections you read this week and hunt for
words with short e, o, and u. Read the words you find aloud
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 19


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
When a vowel appears between
two consonants, it usually makes Some short vowel sounds can
be spelled in more than way.
a short vowel sound. The short e sound is sometimes
• /e/ as in egg, beg, and red spelled ea, as in the words
bread and ready. The short o
• /o/ as in pop, chop, and lock sound can sometimes be spelled
• /u/ as in rub, nut, and thumb with the letter a, as in the word
swap.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain each short vowel sound below.

pump stop pond yet top


fed mess shut bugs jumps
sled rock clock cuts step

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


short e as in red short o as in lock short u as in thumb

1. step 6. rock 11. bugs

2. fed 7. pond 12. cuts

3. sled 8. top 13. shut

4. yet 9. clock 14. jumps

5. mess 10. stop 15. pump

Look back at the selections you read this week and hunt for
words with short e, o, and u. Read the words you find aloud
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

19A Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling words
that contain each short vowel sound. One word has two of the short
vowel sounds listed below.

gush ready check bathtub funnel


head crops rock jumps stop
block mess shut slump trust

short e as in red short o as in lock short u as in thumb

1. mess 5. crops 9. shut


head stop 10. jumps
2. 6.

3. check 7. block 11. slump


ready rock 12. trust
4. 8.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

13. gush

14. bathtub

15. funnel

B. Compare the words head and mess. How are the two words alike?
How are they different?
Both have a short e vowel sound, but they use different spellings.
Head uses the ea spelling while mess uses the e spelling.

Look back at the selections you read this week and hunt for
words with short e, o, and u. Read the words you find aloud
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 19B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

step crops clock jumps slump


mess stop sock shut bugs
head rock pond luck mug

A. Write the spelling word that goes with the other two words.

1. ocean, lake, pond 4. stone, pebble, rock

2. ants, grasshoppers, bugs 5. hops, leaps, jumps

3. plate, fork, mug

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

6. We know to stop at a red light.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Please shut the door when you go out.

8. I hope to win the game, so wish me luck .

9. I lost one blue sock in the laundry.


Help students
sort the spelling
words into word groups
in Part A by discussing
10. I need an alarm clock to wake up. some of the qualities
that the words have in
common.
11. I need to clean up the mess in my room.

12. Our new puppy is white with brown spots on his head .

13. Take a big step over that spilled water.

14. Our team started out winning, but now we’re in a slump .

15. The farmer spoke to our class about growing crops .

20 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the story below. Underline each
misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Kate’s alarm clack goes off and she jummps out of bed. She
has a job to do. She has to clean the meass in her room today.
She reaches under the bed and finds two shirts, three pens,
and a sok. Then her friend Dan shows up. He asks her to go down
to the pand with him. They like to catch buges there. Kate can
always clean her room tomorrow.

1. clock 4. sock

2. jumps 5. pond

3. mess 6. bugs
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a story about someone who has chores to do.
Use at least four spelling words in your story.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 21


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a vowel appears between two consonants, it usually makes
a short vowel sound. You can hear the short e sound in wet, bet,
and nest. The short o sound is in fog, clog, and pop. The short u
sound is in cub, puppy, and bump.

Circle the spelling word in each row that rhymes with the word in bold.
Read the spelling word aloud and write it on the line.

1. pep seem step time step

2. tug goat take mug mug

3. drops close crops days crops

4. duck luck lake done luck

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. dock state rock pool rock

6. bumps bakes lunch jumps jumps

7. nut use foot shut shut

8. bond pond bank sand pond

9. shop shine stop skip stop

10. less mess lost rose mess

11. bread road bride head head

12. rugs rings bugs grow bugs

13. thump thing name slump slump

14. block stick clock walk clock

15. knock nice took sock sock

22 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


Vocabulary Strategy • Synonyms
Name

Synonyms are different words that have the same meaning. For
example, synonyms for large are big, massive, giant, and huge.
If you come across a word you don’t know, you can look for a
synonym nearby to help you define it.

A. Read the sentences below. Underline the synonym in the second


sentence that means the same thing as the word in bold in the
first sentence. Then write the meaning of the word on the lines
below.

1. I had thought the rain would never cease! But by morning the rain
came to a stop and the Sun was shining.
come to an end

2. The book I borrowed from the library looks ancient. I can’t believe
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

something so old is still in one piece.


very old

3. The train was moving very rapidly. We didn’t expect to get to the
station so quickly.
with great speed

4. The young trees in the meadow are very slender. I can easily wrap
my two hands around the skinny trunks.
slim

B. Rewrite the sentence using a synonym for the word in bold.

5. The large mountains looked beautiful against the blue sky.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2 23


Vocabulary Strategy • Compound Words
Name

Read the sentences from “Joseph Bruchac.” Underline the compound


word in each sentence. Then write its definition. Remember to use a
dictionary for help.

1. His grandfather showed him how to walk softly through the woods
and how to fish in the lakes and rivers.
the father of one of your parents

2. Joseph’s grandmother kept bookshelves in the house full of books.


shelves for books

3. He liked to read storybooks about animals.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


books with stories in them

4. But he still lives in the hometown where he grew up.


the town where a person comes from or where a person lives

Point out compound words in a student’s native language. For example, the Spanish
word for lifejacket, salvavidas, is made up of salvar and vidas.

24 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 2


Grammar • Subjects
Name

• A sentence is a group of words that tells a complete thought.


• Every sentence has two parts: the subject and the predicate.
• The subject tells what or whom the sentence is about.
• The predicate identifies what the subject does or is.
• A complete subject is all the words in a subject.

What or whom is each sentence about? Draw a line under the


complete subject.

1. The pet store is busy on Saturday.

2. People smile at the puppies and kittens.

For extra support,


3. The goldfish swim in a big tank.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

provide the following


sentence frames for the
Writing Connection activity:
4. Furry rabbits hop around.
My favorite animal is . . .

5. A long snake coils in its cage. I like it because . . .

Writing Connection Write about your favorite animal. Describe what you
like about it. Remember to use complete sentences
that include both a subject and predicate.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 25


Grammar • Multiword Subjects
Name

• The subject of a sentence tells what the sentence is about. In the


sentence The Sun shone brightly, the subject is The Sun.
• A complete subject is all the words in a subject.
• A complete subject can be one word, more than one word, or a
compound subject connected by and. In the sentence Birds and
squirrels live in the park, the subject is birds and squirrels.

Reread this paragraph from “The Dream Catcher.” Underline one


compound subject. Then rewrite the sentence on the lines below.

Nokomis and Peter worked together and made a


dream catcher. That night, as he gazed and looked at
the dream catcher over his bed, he made a plan.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Nokomis and Peter worked together and made a dream catcher.

Connect to
Community
Talk with a parent or another trusted adult about a
cultural tradition that you could take part in. Write
about why that tradition is important.

26 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


Grammar • Mechanics: Complete Sentences and Fragments
Name

• Every complete sentence has a subject and a predicate. It


expresses a complete thought.
• A sentence fragment is a group of words that does not express a
complete thought: Were barking all night is a fragment.

Correct each fragment by adding a subject from the box. Then write
the sentence correctly on the line.

Skyscrapers A city A subway People A park

1. A city is much larger than a town.


A city is much larger than a town.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. People may take subways, trains, or buses to work.


People may take subways, trains, or buses to work.

3. A subway is a train that goes under the ground.


A subway is a train that goes under the ground.

4. Skyscrapers are tall buildings.


Skyscrapers are tall buildings.

5. A park is a great place for families to have a picnic.


A park is a great place for families to have a picnic.

In your writer’s notebook, write about some of the things


that you find in the town or city where you live. Remember
to write in complete sentences.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 27


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A complete subject is all the words in a subject. It can be one


word, more than one word, or a compound subject connected
by and. In the sentence Lemons and limes are sour, the
compound subject is Lemons and limes.
• A sentence fragment may be a group of words that does not
have a subject. It does not express a complete thought. Was
drinking water is a fragment because there is no subject.
• Correct some sentence fragments by adding a subject.

Underline the complete subject in each sentence. For sentence


fragments, add a subject. Then write the sentence correctly. Use
capital letters and end marks.

1. my class will go on a field trip to a museum next week

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


My class will go on a field trip to a museum next week.

2. a museum is a good place to learn about the past


A museum is a good place to learn about the past.

3. can see all kinds of things used long ago


Possible response: People can see all kinds of things used long ago.

4. wagons and buggies were once used for transportation


Wagons and buggies were once used for transportation.

5. had not been invented yet


Possible response: Cars had not been invented yet.

28 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


Grammar • Test: Subjects
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) You can spot many kinds of animals when you visit a swamp.
(2) Birds walk through the shallows on their long legs. (3) Snakes
and alligators glide across the water. (4) Frogs croak and hop
along the banks. (5) Turtles dive underwater to look for food.

1. What is the subject in 2. Which of the following sentences


sentence 2? contains a compound subject?
A Birds F Sentence 1
B walk G Sentence 3
C shallows H Sentence 4
D long legs J Sentence 5

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) Last week, I went camping in the mountains. (2) Brought a


tent, sleeping bag, food, and some books. (3) At night, I built a
campfire and gazed at the stars above. (4) Owls coyotes called
from the dark. (5) When I woke up, it was snowing.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A I brought a tent, sleeping bag, food, and some books.
B Tent, sleeping bag, food, and some books I brought.
C Tent, sleeping bag, food, and some books.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
For extra support,
read the paragraphs
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4? aloud. Invite students to ask
questions if they don’t know
F Owls coyotes calling from the dark. what a particular word or
phrase means.
G Owls but coyotes called from the dark.
H Owls and coyotes called from the dark.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 29


Spelling • Final e
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. date


paper along
2. 2. lake
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. skate
to write each 4. 4. plane
word as it is
5. 5. grade
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. fine
the test, unfold 7. 7. life
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. rice
right to correct 9. 9. wise
any spelling
10. 10. smile
mistakes.
11. 11. rose
12. 12. globe

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. smoke
14. 14. come
15. 15. used
Review Words 16. 16. step
17. 17. rock
18. 18. luck
Challenge Words 19. 19. sneeze
20. 20. stripe

30 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A word spelled with a vowel,
The first syllable in inside is the
consonant, and final e usually
prefix in-. The second syllable is
has a long vowel sound. You can spelled with a vowel, consonant,
hear a long a in late, a long i in and final e (VCe). This forms a
invite, and a long o in alone. The long i vowel sound. Blend the
final e in these words is silent. syllables and read the word
aloud: in/side.

Read each of the spelling words out loud. Then write the words
that contain each long vowel sound below.

fine used globe date lake


smoke grade rice rose come
skate smile wise life plane
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long a long i long o

1. skate 6. fine 11. smoke

2. grade 7. smile 12. globe

3. date 8. rice 13. rose

lake wise
4. 9. long u

5. plane 10. life 14. used

15. Which word has an unexpected vowel spelling? come

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words with VCe spellings. Read the words you find aloud, and
record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 31


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A word spelled with a vowel,
consonant, and final e usually The first syllable in inside is the
prefix in-. The second syllable is
has a long vowel sound. You can spelled with a vowel, consonant,
hear a long a in late, a long i in and final e (VCe). This forms a long
invite, and a long o in alone. The i vowel sound. Blend the syllables
final e in these words is silent. and read the word aloud: in/side.

Read each of the spelling words out loud. Then write the words that
contain each long vowel sound below.

date base rice wise grade


fuse come rose woke lake
safe fine mile dome used

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


long a long i long o

1. date 6. fine 10. rose

2. lake 7. rice 11. woke

3. safe 8. wise 12. dome

4. base 9. mile long u

5. grade 13. fuse

14. used

15. Which word has an unexpected vowel spelling? come

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words with VCe spellings. Read the words you find aloud, and
record them in your writer’s notebook.

31A Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

wise grade come striped sneeze


envelope whale plane smiled shapes
skate smoke crime globe fine

A. Read each of the spelling words out loud. Then write the words
that contain each long vowel sound below.

long a long i long o

1. plane 6. fine 11. globe

2. shapes 7. wise 12. smoke

3. skate 8. crime 13. envelope


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. grade 9. striped long e

5. whale 10. smiled 14. sneeze

15. Which word has an unexpected vowel spelling? come

B. Compare the words come and smoke. How are the words alike?
How are they different?
Both words are spelled with the letter o, a consonant, and final
e. But smoke has a long vowel sound while come does not.

Look at the selections you read this week. Look for words with
a long vowel spelled with a final e. Read the words you find out
loud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 31B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

date plane life smile smoke


lake grade rice rose come
skate fine wise globe used

A. Write the spelling word that belongs with each group of


words below.

1. puddle, pond, lake 4. clever, smart, wise

2. jet, rocket, plane 5. map, atlas, globe

3. flames, ashes, smoke


Consider allowing students to use a
dictionary for extra support.

B. Write the spelling word that completes each sentence.

6. The bride had one bright red rose in her hand.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Dad used the rake to clear the leaves.

8. Do you know today’s date ?

9. When I am happy, I always have a smile on my face.

10. Where is the third grade classroom?

11. The weather was just fine for a picnic.

12. He learned how to skate at the ice rink.

13. She gave a report about life in the desert.

14. I helped make a bowl of rice and beans.

15. I taught my dog to come when I call his name.

32 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the biography below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Sarah Hughes can skeate. In 2002 she won a gold medal. Sarah
flies around the glob talking about her lief.

Sarah always has a huge smil on her face when talking to kids.
She tells them it is wiz to stay in school and work hard. One day she
may coome to your school.

1. skate 4. smile

2. globe 5. wise

3. life 6. come

Writing Connection Write about someone’s life. Tell what the person has
done. Use at least four spelling words in your story.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Display the list of spelling words so students can compare them to the misspelled words
in the paragraph.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 33


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name
Remember
When a word is spelled with a vowel, consonant, and final e, the
vowel sound is usually long: mate, alive, alone, inside, rule.
There are some exceptions to this rule. The words have, give, and
love have the final e spelling but no long vowel sound.

Read the words aloud. Circle the spelling word in each row that
rhymes with the word in bold. Write the spelling word on the line.

1. fused fussy used loose used

2. robe globe cold stale globe

3. tile smile toil clay smile

4. made sod glad grade grade

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. spice teach rice slick rice

6. snake sneak shell lake lake

7. wife with life soft life

8. crate date crane dart date

9. pose lost porch rose rose

10. some come storm cone come

11. spine spill poem fine fine

12. lane clean plane link plane

13. broke shook brake smoke smoke

14. rise wise trees raise wise

15. state slick skate fleet skate

34 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

celebrating celebration

celebrate
celebrities
celebrated

celebrity

Use your notes from Yoon and the Jade Bracelet. Choose one word and
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

write it on the bracelet below. Then write related words on the charms
hanging from the bracelet. Use a dictionary to help you.

Invite students to collaborate on this activity. Pairs can select a word and then work
together to think of related words or discover words in the dictionary.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3 35


Vocabulary • High-Frequency Words
Name

High-frequency words are the most common words in English.


Many have unusual spelling patterns, so they can be hard to sound
out. Use a dictionary to check your spelling of high-frequency words.

Read aloud each high-frequency word in the box below. Then complete
the sentences with the correct high-frequency words.

together start bring around


clean never again house
drink water there down

1. Even though my sister and I went for a run together yesterday,

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


we will go again today.

2. We never get tired of breathing in the fresh and


clean air outside.

3. We’ll each bring a bottle of water with us.

4. If I start to get thirsty, I will drink from my bottle.

5. We’re going to run down the hill to our friend’s house .

6. When we get there , we’ll turn around and come home!

With a partner, divide up the High-Frequency Word Cards.


COLLABORATE Take turns showing the cards to your partner and reading
them aloud. Then take turns using each word in a sentence.
Look for more high-frequency words in your writer’s
notebook.

Have the students use the High-Frequency Word Cards as needed throughout
the year.

36 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 3


Grammar • Predicates
Name

A sentence is a group of words that expresses a complete thought.


• Every sentence has a complete subject and complete predicate.
• The complete subject tells what or whom the sentence is about.
• The complete predicate tells what a subject is or does.
Predicates can be more than one word.

Which word or words tell what the subject is or does? Draw a line
under the complete predicate.
Define some of the
1. Bears live in many different habitats. words that ELLs may
be unfamiliar with, such as
habitats, fierce, hibernate, and
climate.
2. Polar bears live in cold places.

3. These bears live on thick ice sheets.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. Heavy fur keeps the polar bear warm.

5. A grizzly bear is large and fierce.

6. The grizzly likes to catch fish to eat.

7. Grizzlies hibernate when it gets cold.

8. The sun bear is a small bear.

9. Sun bears live in warmer climates.

10. The sun bear steals honey from beehives.

In your writer’s notebook, write about an animal that you know


about. When you’re done, check your work to make sure you
used complete sentences with a subject and predicate.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 37


Grammar • Compound Predicates
Name

• The complete predicate tells what a subject is or does. In the


sentence The eagle caught a fish, the predicate is caught a fish.
• Two predicates joined by and form a compound predicate. In
the sentence The wolves howled all night and slept all day, the
compound predicate is howled all night and slept all day.

Reread this passage from “Family Traditions.” Underline the compound


predicate in the last sentence. Then write the sentence on the lines.

Storytellers bring the old tales to life. The soft notes


of a flute may help tell a story. The firm beat of a
drum adds power. People from other cultures can
watch and listen. Everyone enjoys the stories and

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


learns about the traditions.

Everyone enjoys the stories and learns about the traditions.

Reading/Writing Write about what you do during celebrations with


Connection
your family and friends. Reread your work to make
sure you used compound predicates correctly.

38 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


Grammar • Mechanics: Complete Sentences
Name

• Every complete sentence has a subject and a predicate.


• A sentence fragment does not have both a subject and a
predicate. Correct a fragment by adding a subject or predicate.
• A run-on sentence joins two sentences that should be separate.
Correct a run-on sentence by separating the two ideas into two
sentences. I like oranges they taste good is a run-on sentence.

Read the sentences. Rewrite each sentence and fix any fragments or
run-on sentences.

1. I like summer I always go camping with my dad.


I like summer. I always go camping with my dad.

2. First, Dad and I.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Possible response: First, Dad and I set up a tent.

3. We gather wood for a campfire later we take a swim in the lake.


We gather wood for a campfire. Later we take a swim in the lake.

4. In the evening build a campfire.


Possible response: In the evening my dad and I build a campfire.

5. We sleep great in the tent we have breakfast the next morning.


We sleep great in the tent. We have breakfast the next morning.

In your writer’s notebook, write about things that you like to


do in the summer. Check your work for run-on sentences.

Use the example of a run-on sentence in the instruction box to model how to break a
run-on sentence into two complete sentences.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 39


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Correct a sentence fragment by adding a subject or a predicate.


• Correct a run-on sentence by separating the two ideas into two
complete sentences.
• Compound predicates are two predicates joined by and.

Rewrite the paragraphs below. Correct sentence fragments and


run-on sentences. Be sure to use capital letters and end marks.
HANDWRITING CONNECTION
My grandmother is an artist she lives in
New York. Paints pictures and takes photos Be sure to write legibly.
of birds. her photos are used in books about Use proper cursive and
birds in their natural habitats Some of her remember to leave
paintings can be seen in museums. spaces between words.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


My grandmother gets to travel all over the world she has even painted
penguins in Antarctica. Once Grandmother. climbed a tree to sketch an
eagle. I think that my grandmother has the best job in the world I want to
have a job like hers someday.
My grandmother is an artist. She lives in New York. She paints
pictures and takes photos of birds. Her photos are used in books
about birds in their natural habitats. Some of her paintings can
be seen in museums.
My grandmother gets to travel all over the world. She has
even painted penguins in Antarctica. Once Grandmother climbed
a tree to sketch an eagle. I think that my grandmother has the
best job in the world. I want to have a job like hers someday.

40 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


Grammar • Test: Predicates
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) This afternoon I sat by the river. (2) I listened to the crickets
and watched an otter swim by. (3) A frog caught a fly. (4) Tall
river grass swayed in the wind. (5) The breeze felt good.
1. What is the predicate in 2. Which sentence has a
sentence 4? compound predicate?
A Tall river grass F Sentence 2
B river grass swayed G Sentence 3
C swayed in the wind H Sentence 4
D in the wind J Sentence 5

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to
be made. Then answer the questions.
(1) Yesterday my class visited the natural history museum.
(2) Our tour guide taught us about animals that lived long ago.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(3) We saw dinosaur skeletons they were big. (4) Also saw
gemstones and learned about different rocks. (5) We had fun!
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
A Dinosaur skeletons they were big.
B We saw dinosaur skeletons. They were big.
C We saw dinosaur skeletons were big.
D No change needed in sentence 3.

4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?


F We also saw gemstones and learned about different rocks.
G Also saw gemstones and we learned about different rocks.
H Also saw gemstones and learned about rocks differently.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 41


Spelling • Long a
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. plain


paper along the
2. 2. braid
dotted line. Use
the blanks to 3. 3. fail
write each word 4. 4. grain
as it is read
5. 5. snail
aloud. When you
finish the test, 6. 6. paint
unfold the 7. 7. sway
paper. Use the
list at the right 8. 8. tray
to correct any 9. 9. gray
spelling
10. 10. stay
mistakes.
11. 11. state
12. 12. fake
For extra

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


support, consider 13. 13. same
using the spelling
words in a sentence to
provide students with 14. 14. weigh
more context.
15. 15. they
Review Words 16. 16. fine
17. 17. skate
18. 18. globe
Challenge Words 19. 19. sleigh
20. 20. afraid

42 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The long a vowel sound
The first syllable in eighteen is a
that you hear in say can be long a sound spelled eigh. The
spelled in several different second syllable is spelled teen.
ways: ay as in play, ai as in The letter t stands for /t/. The
rain, a_e as in face, ea as in letters ee form a long e vowel
great, eigh as in eighteen, sound. The letter n stands for
/n/. Blend the letters and read
and ey as in they. the word aloud: eigh/teen.

Read each spelling word out loud. Then write the spelling words that
have each long a sound spelling.

sway fake plain stay paint


they snail tray state weigh
fail same gray grain braid
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long a spelled ai long a spelled ay long a spelled a_e

1. fail 7. sway 12. fake

2. snail 8. tray 13. same

3. plain 9. gray 14. state

4. grain 10. stay long a spelled ey

5. paint long a spelled eigh 15. they

6. braid 11. weigh

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words that have the long a vowel sound. Read the words you
find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 43


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

COMMON ERRORS
The long a vowel sound that you
It’s easy to confuse words that
hear in say can be spelled in
sound the same but are spelled
several different ways: ay as in differently, like wait/weight and
play, ai as in rain, a_e as in face, ate/eight. Words that sound the
ea as in great, eigh as in eight, same but are spelled differently
and ey as in they. are called homophones.

Read each spelling word out loud. Then write the spelling words that
have each long a sound spelling.

pail they tray pain make


same plain rail may sway
paint stay gray lane tail

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


long a spelled ai long a spelled ay long a spelled a_e

1. pail 7. tray 12. lane

2. rail 8. sway 13. make

3. paint 9. gray 14. same

4. tail 10. stay long a spelled ey

5. plain 11. may 15. they

6. pain

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words that have the long a vowel sound. Read the words you
find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

43A Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name
A. Read each spelling word out loud. Then write the spelling
words that have each long a sound spelling.

eight explain weigh they plain


painted radio state obey sleigh
grain fake ladies tray same

long a spelled ai long a spelled a_e long a spelled eigh

1. plain 6. fake 11. eight

2. painted 7. same 12. sleigh

3. grain 8. state 13. weigh

4. explain long a spelled ey long a spelled a


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long a spelled ay 9. they 14. ladies

5. tray 10. obey 15. radio

B. Compare the words sleigh and obey. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words have the long a vowel sound. Sleigh uses the eigh
vowel spelling, but obey uses the ey spelling.

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words that have the long a vowel sound. Read the words you
find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 43B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

plain grain sway stay same


braid snail tray state weigh
fail paint gray fake they

A. Write the spelling word that goes with the other two
words.

1. black, brown, gray 4. curl, twist, braid

2. city, country, state 5. wheat, rice, grain

3. worm, slug, snail

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. I like plain vanilla ice cream.

fail

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. I didn’t the test because I studied.

8. I hope to paint my room a pretty blue.

9. As the wind blew, the wheat began to sway gently.

10. We have to stay inside until it stops raining.

11. We are so much alike, and we even have the same birthday.

12. Do you think they will win the race?

13. We placed all the cookies on a large tray .

14. He said the stone was a diamond, but we think it was fake .

15. We had to measure and weigh the fossil we found.

44 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline the
misspelled words. Then write the words correctly on the lines.

A snale is very small. Its color is usually brown or greay. Thay


have only one foot and move slowly.

1. snail 2. gray 3. They

Iowa is a stait in the Midwest. Many farmers grow grayn in


large fields. Many fields look the saim because they all have
wheat growing in them.

4. state 5. grain 6. same

Writing Connection Write about a crop that grows in your state. Tell how it
is used. Use at least four spelling words in your writing.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Consider providing students with additional context for the state of


Iowa. Show where Iowa is on a map of the United States and explain
that there is a great deal of farmland in Iowa.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 45


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name
Remember
Sometimes the long a vowel sound is spelled with the letter
a only: acorn, nation, potato, April, bagel, vacation, bakery.
Other long a vowel sound spellings include ai as in rain, ay as in
day, a_e as in face, ey as in hey, and eigh as in eighteen.

Read each word aloud. Then circle the spelling word in each row that
rhymes with the word in bold. Write the spelling word on the line.

1. hay they joy why they

2. grade glad gray braid braid

3. pail small snail pull snail

4. plate state plot float state

weigh

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. say sorry cry weigh

6. rail rule fail boil fail

7. faint paint foot great paint

8. spray boys gray sport gray

9. shake stock shook fake fake

10. sleigh stay high bright stay

11. stain join grin plain plain

12. jay sway jeep jeep sway

13. crane corn grain keen grain

14. bay tray sorry buy tray

15. game germ same chime same

46 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


Vocabulary Strategy • Antonyms
Name

Antonyms are two different words that have opposite meanings.


For example: good and bad; big and small; hard and easy.
If you find a word you don’t know, look for an antonym in the
same sentence or nearby sentence to help you define it.

Read the sentences below. Underline the antonym that has the
opposite meaning of the word in bold. Then write the meaning of the
word in bold on the lines below.

1. The storm’s powerful winds easily knocked over the weak fence.
very strong

2. I think the game is challenging, but my friend thinks it is easy.


hard or difficult
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. The tall buildings downtown are massive! They can you make you feel
so tiny when you stand next to them.
very large

4. My car’s gas tank was full when I left New York, but it was almost
empty when I got to Boston.
not empty

In your writer’s notebook, compare two kinds of animals. Write


about how the animals are different. Use antonyms in your
writing, such as tall and short, big and small, or fast and slow.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4 47


Vocabulary Strategy • Context Clues
Name

Read the sentences from “Juneteenth.” Underline the context


clues that help you understand the meaning of each word in bold.
Then write the word’s meaning on the line.

1. Communication was different back then. There were no telephones.


There were no computers.
ways of sharing information

2. “On June 19, 1865, the last enslaved people in America learned they
were free, here in Texas,” said Uncle Bernard.
denied freedom

3. “In Milwaukee we have a parade on June 19. They shut down a street
for a few blocks. We have music and games. It’s like a block party for
the whole city!”
public celebration

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. “Back in 1872, some people here in Texas bought ten acres. The land
became Emancipation Park.”
units of land

5. She pointed to portraits on a large quilt. The people wore clothes


from long ago. Kayla recognized Douglass and Tubman from her
books.
a painting, drawing, or photo of someone’s face

For extra support, provide pairs of antonyms in a student’s native language. For example,
abrir/cerrar, bajo/alto, claro/oscuro.

48 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 4


Grammar • Simple Sentences
Name

• A simple sentence is a group of words that expresses a complete


thought. Simple sentences include a subject and a predicate. The
bear caught a fish is an example of a simple sentence.
• Combining simple sentences can add variety to writing.
• Two sentences can be combined with a comma and the
coordinating conjunctions and, or, or but: The bear caught a
fish, but it slipped through his paws.

Reread this paragraph from “A Landmark for All.” Combine the two
underlined simple sentences by using the word and. Write the new
sentence on the lines below.

Every year, more than five million people visit the


Grand Canyon. They hike the trails and explore the
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

caves. They snap pictures of the magnificent views.


They admire the wildlife.

They snap pictures of the magnificent views, and they admire


the wildlife.

Reading/Writing Write about a landmark you have visited. Tell why


Connection
you thought it was interesting. Check your work when
you’re done to make sure you used complete sentences.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 49


Grammar • Compound Sentences
Name

• A compound sentence contains two related sentences joined by


the coordinating conjunctions and, or, or but.
• These conjunctions have different functions. And joins ideas, but
shows a change in thought, and or offers a choice.
• Place a comma before and, or, or but in a compound sentence.

Combine the sentences to make a compound sentence. Use the


conjunction in parentheses. Write the new sentence on the line.

1. Dogs make good pets. Cats are good pets, too. (and)
Dogs make good pets, and cats are good pets, too.

2. Dogs learn tricks easily. Cats are not easy to train. (but)

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Dogs learn tricks easily, but cats are not easy to train.

3. You can teach your pet. You can take your pet to a trainer. (or)
You can teach your pet, or you can take your pet to a trainer.

4. Dogs are eager to please. They like to work for treats. (and)
Dogs are eager to please, and they like to work for treats.

5. Cats are very independent. They can also be sweet pets. (but)
Cats are very independent, but they can also be sweet pets.

In your writer’s notebook, write about your pet or an animal


you think would make a good pet. Use at least one compound
sentence in your writing by using and, or, or but.

Write one simple sentence and one compound sentence on the board. Ask: How many ideas
are in each sentence? Which word joins the two ideas in the compound sentence?

50 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


Grammar • Mechanics: Punctuate Simple and Compound Sentences
Name

• Begin simple and compound sentences with a capital letter.


• End simple and compound sentences with the correct punctuation.
If the sentence is declarative or a command, end it with a period.
If the sentence is a question end it with a question mark. If it is an
exclamation, end it with an exclamation point.
• Use a comma before the words and, or, or but when forming
a compound sentence.

Correct each sentence below. Use capital letters, commas, and end
punctuation correctly.

1. did you see the meteor shower last night


Did you see the meteor shower last night?
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. dad and I drove out to the country and we saw it with some friends
Dad and I drove out to the country, and we saw it with
some friends.

3. it was the most amazing thing I’ve ever seen


It was the most amazing thing I’ve ever seen!

4. we cheered as the last star disappeared from sight


We cheered as the last star disappeared from sight.

In your writer’s notebook, write about an exciting moment


you had with your family or friends. Use compound sentences
in your writing. Check that you used a conjunction to form
your compound sentences, and make sure each conjunction is
followed by a comma.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 51


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Begin sentences with a capital letter. End sentences with correct


end punctuation.
• Use a comma before and, or, or but in compound sentences.

Rewrite the paragraphs below. Look for any sentences that you can
combine. Be sure to use capital letters and end marks correctly.

Earthworms are interesting creatures They are important to farmers,


too. earthworms loosen the soil as they crawl making it easier for farmers
to plant seeds As they crawl they make tunnels This helps water and
nutrients get to the roots of young plants

do you want to see an earthworm. Lift up a rock on a hot, sunny day


Or look under cool damp leaves. Earthworms need to stay away from
the hot sun Or they will dry up. Instead of lungs, earthworms breathe

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


through their skin Their skin needs to say cool and moist at all times. an
earthworm is an amazing earthmover?
Possible response: Earthworms are interesting creatures, and
they are important to farmers, too. Earthworms loosen the soil as
they crawl making it easier for farmers to plant seeds. As they
crawl they make tunnels, and this helps water and nutrients get
to the roots of young plants.
Do you want to see an earthworm? Lift up a rock on a hot,
sunny day, or look under cool, damp leaves. Earthworms need
to stay away from the hot sun, or they will dry up. Instead of
lungs, earthworms breathe through their skin. Their skin needs
to stay cool and moist at all times. An earthworm is an amazing
earthmover!

52 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


Grammar • Test: Simple and Compound Sentences
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I like to go for long runs. (2) I leave early in the morning
when most people are still asleep. (3) I listen to the sound of my
shoes on the road, and I breathe in the damp air. (4) When I get
back, the Sun is warm. (5) Running is good exercise, and it’s a
great way to get fresh air.

1. Which sentence is a compound 2. Which sentence uses a


sentence? coordinating conjunction?
A Sentence 1 F Sentence 1
B Sentence 2 G Sentence 2
C Sentence 3 H Sentence 4
D Sentence 4 J Sentence 5

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to
be made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) Today I helped my mom make chicken soup. (2) First I


gathered carrots and onions from the garden. (3) My mom cut
up the vegetables I added them to the pot. (4) We added salt
and pepper before letting it cook for a long time. (5) The soup
smelled delicious. (6) The soup tasted great.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
A My mom cut up the vegetables, or I added them to the pot.
B My mom cut up the vegetables for me I added them to the pot.
C My mom cut up the vegetables, and I added them to the pot.
D No change needed in sentence 3.
4. What is the best way to combine sentences 5 and 6?
F The soup smelled delicious, but it tasted great.
G The soup smelled delicious, and it tasted great.
Read the
H The soup smelled delicious, or it tasted great. paragraphs
aloud. Invite students
J The soup smelled delicious it tasted great. to ask questions if
they don’t know what
a particular word or
phrase means.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 53


Spelling • Long o
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. coast


paper along
2. 2. float
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. toad
to write each 4. 4. coal
word as it is
5. 5. soak
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. gold
the test, unfold 7. 7. sold
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. scold
right to correct 9. 9. slope
any spelling
10. 10. broke
mistakes.
11. 11. note
12. 12. bone

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. slow
14. 14. show
15. 15. foe
Review Words 16. 16. snail
17. 17. same
18. 18. weigh
Challenge Words 19. 19. bowl
20. 20. program

54 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

COMMON ERRORS
The long o vowel sound that you
Some pairs of homophones
hear in the word so has several
use different long o vowel
different spellings. Long o can spellings. Be careful to not
be spelled o as in no, oa as in confuse the meanings of
coat, o_e as in vote, ow as in homophones like road and
low, and oe as in toe. rode, toe and tow, and shown
and shone.

Read each spelling word aloud. Write the spelling words that contain
the matching spelling pattern for the long o vowel sound.

sold coal coast scold soak


float slow bone slope show
broke foe gold toad note
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long o spelled oa long o spelled o_e long o spelled o

1. float 6. broke 11. sold

2. coal 7. slope 12. scold

3. coast 8. bone 13. gold

4. toad 9. note long o spelled ow

5. soak long o spelled oe 14. slow

10. foe 15. show

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words that have the long o vowel sound. Read the words you
find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 55


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

COMMON ERRORS
The long o vowel sound that you
hear in the word so has several Some pairs of homophones use
different long o vowel spellings.
different spellings. Long o can be
Be careful to not confuse the
spelled o as in no, oa as in coat, meanings of homophones like
o_e as in vote, ow as in low, and road and rode, toe and tow,
oe as in toe. and shown and shone.

Read each spelling word aloud. Write the spelling words that contain
the matching spelling pattern for the long o vowel sound.

soak boat sold show cold


open gold slow slope load
coast home grows bone foe

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


long o spelled oa long o spelled o long o spelled o_e

1. soak 5. open slope


10.

2. load 6. gold bone


11.

3. coast 7. cold home


12.

4. boat 8. sold
long o spelled ow

13. slow
long o spelled oe
foe 14. grows
9.

15. show

55A Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the words aloud. Write the spelling words that contain
the matching spelling pattern for the long o vowel sound.

soak float folk window gold


note scold growth bowl loaves
coast slope program show goes

long o spelled oa long o spelled ow long o spelled o

1. soak 6. growth 10. program

2. loaves 7. show 11. scold

3. coast 8. window 12. gold


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. float 9. bowl 13. folk

long o spelled oe long o spelled o_e

5. goes 14. slope

15. note

B. Compare the words soak and folk. How are the words alike?
How are they different?
Both words have a long o vowel sound and both end with the
same sound. The long o is spelled oa in soak and o in folk.

Go back through the selections you read this week. Look for
words that have the long o vowel sound. Read the words you
find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 55B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

coast coal sold broke slow


float soak scold note show
toad gold slope bone foe

A. Write the spelling word that belongs with the other words in
each group.

1. shore, beach, coast 4. letter, e-mail, note

2. frog, lizard, toad 5. bought, rented, sold

3. silver, copper, gold

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. I learned how to float during swim class.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. You can burn coal to make heat.

8. Mom had to soak my pants to remove the grass stains.

9. I had to scold my puppy when he chewed my shoe.

10. The ball rolled down the steep slope .

11. The wheel on the wagon broke when we pulled it.

12. On our field trip, we saw a huge dinosaur bone .

13. A rabbit is fast, but a snail is very slow .

14. I want to show you the painting I made.

15. The opposite of friend is foe .

Define some of the words students may be unfamiliar with or know by another name,
like shore, lizard, and copper.

56 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraphs below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

A cowst is where the land meets the sea. Lots of plants and animals
live there. A bird might nest among the grasses on a sandy slop.
Sometimes a fish will sho its silvery fins as it swims by.

You can find shells on the beach. Some shells are white and others are
as black as cole. You can soke your shells to clean them. You might even
see a sloe turtle walking toward the waves. There are lots of things to
see there!

1. coast 4. coal

2. slope 5. soak

3. show 6. slow
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write about something you might see at the beach.
Use at least four spelling words.

Check student comprehension of the paragraph before they correct the errors. Make
sure they’re familiar with the animals referred to in the passage.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 57


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Sometimes the long o vowel sound is spelled with the letter o
only, as in the words open, yoyo, oval, yogurt, and over.
The long o vowel sound can also be spelled oa as in coat, oe as in
toe, o_e as in nose, and ow as in know.

Circle the spelling word in each row that rhymes with the word in
bold type. Write the spelling word on the line.

1. toast taste beast coast coast

2. boat beet float brought float

3. rode toad ride said toad

4. bowl wall coal blue coal

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. oak only weak soak soak

6. fold gold feed loud gold

7. told deal late sold sold

8. old scold cloud lead scold

9. rope pear slope ring slope

10. joke broke join king broke

11. vote trout stop note note

12. cone count bone nice bone

13. glow glad slow look slow

14. snow show sneeze wake show

15. toe time tree foe foe

58 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


Vocabulary • Content Words
Name

CONNECT TO CONTENT
Content words are words that
are specific to a field of study. The “A Landmark for All” gives
words national and landmark are facts about the Grand
Canyon and argues that
social studies content words. the Grand Canyon should
Sometimes you can figure out what be seen by everyone. The
a content word means by using author uses content words
related to this topic to
context clues. You can also use a help you understand this
dictionary for help. important landmark.

Go on a word hunt with a partner. Find content words


COLLABORATE
related to landmarks in the selections you read this week.
Write them on the points of the Statue of Liberty’s crown.

honor
nation statue
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

memorial rangers
historic

wildlife

Pick two words that you were able to figure out the meaning of by
using context clues. Write the words and their meanings on the lines.

Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5 59


Vocabulary Strategy • Multiple-Meaning Words
Name

Read each sentence. Underline the context clues that help you figure
out the meaning of each word in bold. Then write the meaning of the
word on the line. Use a dictionary to help you.

1. The week is almost over! There’s just one day left before we go
home for the weekend.
remaining

2. When you get to the corner you should turn left.

direction opposite of right

3. In autumn my dad rakes up loose leaves and sticks that lie on the
front lawn.

branches, twigs

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. When you add glue to the paper, it sticks to any surface.

adheres, clings

5. I love when my aunt visits me. She always tells me great stories.

tales

6. This building has four stories and I live on the third floor.

floors of a building

Help students better understand this strategy by providing some multiple-meaning in


their native language. For example, banco, estación, and lengua.

60 Grade 3 • Unit 1 • Week 5


Grammar • Nouns
Name

A noun is a word that names a person, place, or thing.


• A common noun names any person, place, or thing: apple,
library, chair, mother.
• A proper noun names a special person, place, or thing. It begins
with a capital letter.
• Proper nouns include people’s names, towns, states, holidays,
days, months, streets, special events, geographical names, and
historical periods: Michael, Dallas, Thanksgiving, July, Main St.

Read each sentence. Write common or proper under each underlined noun.

1. William raked the leaves for Mr. Ames.


proper, common, proper
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. A storm blew down a huge tree on Second Street.


common, common, proper

Name various nouns in and around the


3. Jess planted trees in Gable Park. school or community. Ask students if
each noun is common or proper.
proper, common, proper

4. Sasha bought a large pumpkin at the Janesville Fall Festival.


proper, common, proper

5. Mom grows colorful flowers in her planters.


proper, common, common

In your writer’s notebook, write about your favorite holiday.


When you’re done, check that you capitalized the holiday and
other proper nouns. Use a dictionary to check your spelling of
common nouns or other words you used in your writing.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 61


Grammar • Concrete and Abstract Nouns
Name

• A concrete noun names a person, place, or thing that can be


seen or identified with the five senses: New York, banana, book.
• An abstract noun names something that cannot be seen or
identified with the five senses. Abstract nouns usually name ideas:
joy, peace, friendship.

A. Write concrete or abstract to identify each underlined noun.

1. Nina wrote a report about Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. concrete

2. Dr. King wrote a speech about the value of freedom. abstract

3. Keely read a book about American presidents. concrete

4. She found the book at the library. concrete

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. Abraham Lincoln was known for his honesty. abstract

6. A firefighter talked to our class about his job. concrete

7. We thanked him for his bravery. abstract

B. Reread this paragraph from “Every Vote Counts!” Find and


circle the abstract noun in the underlined sentence.

Voting helps kids learn how to be independent


and think for themselves. It also gives them the
power to share how they feel. Kids Voting USA
wants kids to vote now. There’s a good reason.
They estimate that when these kids grow up,
more of them will vote.

62 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


Grammar • Mechanics: Capitalize Proper Nouns
Name

• A proper noun names a special person, place, or thing.


• Proper nouns include names, holidays, days of the week, months,
product names, book titles, historical periods, titles with a name,
initials, and geographic names and places.
• Proper nouns begin with a capital letter. Capitalize the important
words in proper nouns. Short words such as of and and are
usually not capitalized.

Underline the proper noun in each sentence. Write it correctly


on the line. Capitalize the first letter of each important word.

1. We went to the park on saturday. Saturday

2. Later we walked to oakville market. Oakville Market


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. The owner is mr. simpson. Mr. Simpson

4. The store only closes on new year’s day. New Year’s Day

5. What time does hill street library close? Hill Street Library

6. The title of my favorite book is boxes of bananas. Boxes of Bananas

7. Is mother’s day next month? Mother’s Day

8. We have always wanted to see the grand canyon. Grand Canyon

In your writer’s notebook, write about something you did over


the weekend. Reread your writing when you’re done to make
sure you capitalized proper nouns.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 63


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A common noun names any person, place, or thing.


• A proper noun names a special person, place, or thing. It begins
with a capital letter.

Rewrite the letter so that proper nouns begin with capital letters.

Dear principal ortiz,


Our class would like to visit the sander’s science museum. It is
only twenty miles from school. We would like to go on may 1st.
The museum will have a special speaker that day. dr. cane will
tell us about the oceans. We have been studying the atlantic
ocean. We will get to see all kinds of seashells at the museum.
It will be fun for our class to take this field trip. Please let our
teacher, mr. rahim, know your decision soon.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Thank you,
Alana Teal

Dear Principal Ortiz,


Our class would like to visit the Sander’s Science Museum. It is
only twenty miles from school. We would like to go on May 1st.
The museum will have a special speaker that day. Dr. Cane will
tell us about the oceans. We have been studying the Atlantic
Ocean. We will get to see all kinds of seashells at the museum.
It will be fun for our class to take this field trip. Please let our
teacher, Mr. Rahim, know your decision soon.
Thank you,
Alana Teal

64 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


Grammar • Test: Kinds of Nouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) The peregrine falcon is the fastest animal on Earth. (2) The
falcon soars high in the air to search for food. (3) When it spots
its prey, it dives down with great skill and speed. (4) The falcon’s
teardrop shape allows it to reach speeds of 200 miles per hour.

1. Which word in sentence 2 is a 2. Which word in sentence 3 is an


common noun? abstract noun?
A falcon F dives
B soars G ground
C high H great
D search J skill

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions to be made.


(1) My swim team is named the Marlins. (2) We practice every
saturday morning. (3) Sometimes the water is cold, but we warm
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

up quickly. (4) Last week, Coach smith showed me how to do the


backstroke. (5) I can’t wait to swim in our next race!
3. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 2?
A Change We to we
B Change practice to Practice
C Change saturday to Saturday
D Make no change
4. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 4?
F Change week to Week
G Change Coach smith to Coach Smith
H Change me to Me
J Make no change

Help students with some words they may be unfamiliar with. Explain that a falcon is a kind of bird
and that backstroke is a way of swimming.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 65


Spelling • Long i and Long u
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. sky


paper along
2. 2. fry
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. pie
to write each 4. 4. tied
word as it is
5. 5. tight
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. right
the test, unfold 7. 7. bright
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. grind
right to correct 9. 9. child
any spelling
10. 10. cube
mistakes.
11. 11. cute
12. 12. mule
Provide support

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


for the Review 13. 13. music
Words by reminding
students of the long o
vowel spellings. 14. 14. drew
15. 15. few
Review Words 16. 16. coast
17. 17. scold
18. 18. bone
Challenge Words 19. 19. mighty
20. 20. Utah

66 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

COMMON ERRORS
The long i vowel sound can be
When a word is spelled with a
spelled in a few different ways: vowel, consonant, and final e,
i as in wild, y as in try, ie as in the vowel sound is usually long:
lie, and igh as in high. Long u take, bone, slide. Be careful of
can be spelled u_e as in tube exceptions that do not have a
and ew as in grew. long vowel sound: give, move,
have, come.

Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching long vowel spelling.

right mule music fry bright


cube tight tied cute grind
pie sky child drew few
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long i spelled y long i spelled igh long u spelled u_e

1. sky 6. right 11. cube

2. fry 7. tight 12. mule

long i spelled ie 8. bright 13. cute

3. pie long i spelled i long u spelled ew

4. tied 9. child 14. drew

long u spelled u 10. grind 15. few

5. music

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 67


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

COMMON ERRORS
The long i vowel sound can be
When a word is spelled with a
spelled in a few different ways:
vowel, consonant, and final e,
i as in wild, y as in try, ie as in the vowel sound is usually long:
lie, and igh as in high. Long u take, bone, slide. Be careful of
can be spelled u_e as in tube exceptions that do not have a
and ew as in grew. long vowel sound: give, move,
have, come.

Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching long vowel spelling.

sky mule bite cute cube


unit find few right fly
might child use huge pie

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


long i spelled y long i spelled i_e long u spelled u

1. sky 6. bite 10. unit

2. fly long i spelled i long u spelled u_e

long i spelled ie 7. find 11. use

3. pie 8. child 12. cute

long i spelled igh long u spelled ew 13. mule

4. might 9. few 14. huge

5. right 15. cube

67A Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching long vowel spelling.

grind human tied rude music


few cube firefly fume mild
child tightly mighty right menu

long i spelled i long i spelled ie long u spelled u

1. grind 7. tied 11. human

2. mild long u spelled u_e 12. music

3. child 8. rude 13. menu


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long i spelled igh 9. fume long u spelled ew

4. mighty 10. cube 14. few

5. right

6. tightly

15. Which word has two long i spellings? firefly

B. Compare the words few and menu. How are the two words alike?
How are they different?
Both words end with a long u sound. Long u is spelled ew in few,
but it is spelled with only a u in menu.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 67B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

sky tied bright cube music


few tight grind right drew
pie cute child mule fry

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.

1. young person child 4. round dessert pie

2. half horse, half donkey mule 5. not many few

3. opposite of wrong right Allow ELLs to use a dictionary


to confirm their answers.

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

6. We learned to fry fish at camp this summer.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. The coat I wore last year is too tight now.

8. We saw a man grind wheat into flour at the mill.

9. I think the puppy with the long, floppy ears is so cute .

10. In art today, I drew a picture of my big brother.

11. I listen to all kinds of music on the radio.

12. Let’s refill the ice cube trays with water.

13. The flashlight sent out a bright signal in the dark.

14. I tied my little sister’s shoes for the third time.

15. Dark storm clouds gathered in the sky over the city.

68 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below.


Underline each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on
the lines.
Once there was a little boy who had a pet mewle. One day
they went to town to buy some apple pigh. The skiye was clear
and blue that day.

On the way home, the boy heard mewsic. He saw a cewte


kitten playing a horn. The boy drue a picture of the kitten and
put it on his wall.

1. mule 4. music

2. pie 5. cute

3. sky 6. drew
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a story about an animal that can play


music. Try to use at least four of the spelling
words in your story.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 69


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Long i can be spelled with the letter i only, as in idea and final.
It can also be spelled y as in try, ie as in lie, igh as in light, and
i_e as in kite. Long u can be spelled with the letter u as in unit,
ew as in flew, and u_e as in mute.

Circle and read aloud the spelling word in each row that has the same
vowel sound as the word in bold. Then write the word on the line.

1. mild willed child coin child

2. use cute until run cute

3. ice inch pie kit pie

4. kite paint hint tight tight

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. fume some drum few few

6. find wink grind found grind

7. hide hand slid tied tied

8. zoo book gown drew drew

9. white wait right wheat right

10. use cube tub would cube

11. rice rich sky stray sky

12. mute duck sunny music music

13. shy fry silly ship fry

14. huge thumb mule wool mule

15. high swing grill bright bright

70 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


Vocabulary • Content Words
Name

CONNECT TO CONTENT
Content words are words specific to a
“Every Vote Counts”
field of study. Government and voting explains how voting
are social studies content words. works. The author uses
content words related
Authors use content words to explain a to this topic to help
concept or an idea. You can figure out you understand how
what a content word means by using important it is to vote on
context clues or a dictionary. issues in your community.

Go on a word hunt with a partner. Find content words related


COLLABORATE
to voting and elections. Write them on the ballot box below.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

politics polls
electorate congress
ballot leader
campaign tally

Pick two words that you can figure out the meaning of by using
context clues. Write the words and what they mean on the lines.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1 71


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Use the words and clues below to solve the crossword puzzle.

classmate monument traces clues


scared grand massive admires
landmark contribute carved national

1 2 3
C L U E S M C
4
A A A O
5 6 7
G R A N D S C A R E D N
V A S M T
8
E T I I L R
D I V R A I
9 10
M O N U M E N T E N B

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


N R S D U
A A M T
11
L C L A S S M A T E
E R
S K

Across Down

1. Hints 1. Cut or etched into


5. Great or large 2. Very big
7. Afraid 3. Add to something
9. Something built to honor someone 4. Likes or respects
11. Who you go to school with 6. Relating to a country
8. An important object or place
10. Remains of something

72 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 1


Grammar • Singular and Plural Nouns
Name

A singular noun names one person, place, or thing. A plural noun


names more than one person, place, or thing.
• Add -s to form the plural of most singular nouns: dogs, cars, cats.
• Add -es if the singular noun ends in -s, -ch, -sh, or -x: gases,
beaches, dishes, foxes.
• Singular and plural nouns can be compound words: sandboxes.

Write the correct plural form of each singular noun.

1. coat coats 5. tree trees

2. wish wishes 6. cupcake cupcakes

3. box boxes 7. patch patches


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. bench benches 8. bus buses

Writing Connection Write about what you like to do when you get home
from school. When you’re done, use your knowledge
of spelling rules and patterns to check for spelling
errors in singular and plural nouns. You can also use a
dictionary.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 73


Grammar • Plural Nouns with y to -ies Endings
Name

• A singular noun names one person, place, or thing. A plural


noun names more than one person, place, or thing.
• To form the plural of a noun that ends in a consonant and y,
change the y to i and add -es: city/cities, baby/babies, fly/flies.

A. Change each singular noun to a plural noun.


1. library libraries 6. butterfly butterflies

2. puppy puppies 7. supply supplies

3. party parties 8. family families

4. sky skies 9. pony ponies

armies cherries

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. army 10. cherry

B. Reread this passage from “A Plan for the People.” Find the
singular noun ending with a consonant and y. Rewrite the
word on the line, then write the word’s plural form.

Some delegates wanted one person to


run the new government. Others thought a
group should be in charge. They all agreed
on one thing. A group should make laws
for the country.

country/countries

74 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


Grammar • Mechanics: Punctuate Four Sentence Types
Name

• A statement is a sentence that tells something. It ends in a


period: I went to the store today.
• A question is a sentence that asks something. It ends in a
question mark: What is your favorite book?
• A command is a sentence that tells someone to do something.
It ends in a period: Please wash the dishes.
• An exclamation is a sentence that shows excitement or strong
feeling. It ends in an exclamation mark: I can’t wait to get home!

After each sentence, write statement, question, command, or


exclamation. Rewrite sentences using capital letters and end marks.

1. do you know what time the library opens question

Do you know what time the library opens?


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. i need to check out a book about sea life statement

I need to check out a book about sea life.

3. what amazing creatures sharks are exclamation


What amazing creatures sharks are!

4. get my library card for me, please command

Get my library card for me, please.

5. let’s go wait out front until the library opens command

Let’s go wait out front until the library opens.

In your writer’s notebook, write about the next book you


would like to check out from your school or community library.
Say why you’re excited about reading the book.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 75


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Add -s to form the plural of most singular nouns.


• Add -es if the singular noun ends in -s, -ch, -sh, or -x.
• To form the plural of a word that ends in a consonant and y,
change the y to i and add -es.

A. Read the poster. On the lines below, write the correct plural
form of the underlined nouns.

Nature Walk
do you want to learn some new thing Come to the
Waterfront Park on Saturday for a nature walk. you will
learn the names of all kinds of tree and bush in the park
We will help you identify the bird that live there This is a

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


great way for family to spend the day together

1. things 2. trees 3. bushes

4. birds 5. families

B. Rewrite the paragraph above using the correct plural nouns.


Use capital letters and end marks correctly.
Do you want to learn some new things? Come to the
Waterfront Park on Saturday for a nature walk. You will learn
the names of all kinds of trees and bushes in the park. We will
help you identify the birds that live there. This is a great way for
families to spend the day together.

Consider allowing students to refer to a dictionary to confirm plural spellings.

76 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


Grammar • Test: Singular and Plural Nouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.

(1) Yesterday I watched my sisters run a marathon.


(2) A marathon is a very long run. (3) My sisters and the other
runners ran more than 26 miles through the city. (4) A big clock
was set up at the finish line to show the runners how fast they
ran the race. (5) It took most people more than four hours!

1. Which word in sentence 3 is a 2. Which word in sentence 4 is a


singular noun? plural noun?
A sisters F clock
B ran G line
C through H runners
D city J race

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be made.

(1) I have a small garden to grow my own fruits and


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

vegetables. (2) I grow carrots, onions, and strawberrys. (3) I also


grow herbs and flowers. (4) I love to watch the bees, butterflys,
and hummingbirds dance around the flowers.
3. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 2?
A Change carrots to carrotes
B Change onions to oniones
C Change strawberrys to strawberries
D Make no change
4. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 4?
F Change bees to bee
G Change butterflys to butterflies
H Change hummingbirds to hummingbirdes
J Make no change

Some students may be unfamiliar with some of nouns in these passages, or they
may know them by another name. Provide support as needed.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 77


Spelling • Long e
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. heel


paper along
2. 2. week
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. creek
to write each 4. 4. free
word as it is
5. 5. green
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. street
the test, unfold 7. 7. freeze
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. seal
right to correct 9. 9. weak
any spelling
10. 10. bean
mistakes.
11. 11. speaks
12. 12. team
Remember to

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


allow extra time 13. 13. clean
for students to process
what they hear before
moving on to the next 14. 14. cream
word.
15. 15. field
Review Words 16. 16. tight
17. 17. tied
18. 18. cute
Challenge Words 19. 19. sixteen
20. 20. peanut

78 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
The long e vowel sound can be
In most cases, i comes before
spelled ee as in seen, ea as in
e except after c, as in the
deal, ee_e as in cheese, and words thief and receipt. The
ie as in yield. Read each word letter i also comes after e in
aloud to hear the long e sound. words spelled eigh, as in weigh,
neighbor, and height.

Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching long e spelling.

seal freeze free bean clean


week green weak street cream
field speaks heel team creek
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long e spelled ee long e spelled ea long e spelled ee_e

1. week 7. seal 14. freeze

2. green 8. speaks long e spelled ie


3. free 9. weak 15. field

4. heel 10. bean

5. street 11. team

6. creek 12. clean

13. cream

Look back at the selections you read this week, and look for
words that have the long e vowel sound. Read the words aloud,
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 79


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
The long e vowel sound can be
In most cases, i comes before
spelled ee as in seen, ea as in
e except after c, as in the
deal, ee_e as in cheese, and words thief and receipt. The
ie as in yield. Read each word letter i also comes after e in
aloud to hear the long e sound. words spelled eigh, as in weigh,
neighbor, and height.

Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching long e spelling.

heel green tree street feel


clean seal team teen week
free need meet bean leak

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


long e spelled ee long e spelled ea
1. heel 6. need 11. seal

2. week 7. tree 12. bean

3. free 8. feel 13. team

4. green 9. meet 14. clean

5. teen 10. street 15. leak

Look back at the selections you read this week, and look for
words that have the long e vowel sound. Read the words aloud,
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

79A Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the matching long e spelling.

heel clean weekly creek peanut

repeat weakest seal street freeze

sixteen field speaks free chief

long e spelled ee long e spelled ea long e spelled ee_e

1. heel 7. seal 13. freeze

2. creek 8. speaks long e spelled ie

3. street 9. clean 14. field


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. weekly 10. peanut 15. chief

5. free 11. repeat

6. sixteen 12. weakest

B. Compare the words heel and seal. How are the two words alike?
How are they different?
Both words have a long e vowel sound. The long e is spelled ee in
heel. The long e is spelled ea in seal.

Look back at the selections you read this week, and look for
words that have the long e vowel sound. Read the words aloud,
and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 79B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

heel free freeze bean clean

week green seal speaks cream

creek street weak team field

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.

1. seven days week 4. type of vegetable bean

2. small stream creek 5. opposite of strong weak

3. opposite of dirty clean

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

6. He hurt his heel on a sharp stone.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Every Monday you can skate for free at the ice rink.

8. We bought green paint for the fence.

9. We watched the school band march down the street .

10. We can freeze water to make ice cubes.

11. I like to watch the baby seal play in the pool.

12. When the coach speaks , we must listen.

13. We sent letters to the coach of our favorite team .

14. I put milk, butter, eggs, and cream on my grocery list.

15. We like to play softball in the open field near my house.

80 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below.


Underline each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on
the lines.
Sam liked helping Pa plow the feeld to grow corn and grean
peas. But Sam liked to have fun, too. After a weak of helping out,
Sam decided to go fishing.

He started down to the creak with his fishing pole. As he


walked down the streat that led away from town, he saw
President Abraham Lincoln. The president was talking to a crowd
of people. He said that everybody should be frea. Sam never
forgot that special day.

1. field 4. creek

2. green 5. street
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. week 6. free

Writing Connection Write a story about meeting someone famous.


Use at least four spelling words in your story.

You may want to provide a list of the spelling words so students can compare them to the
misspelled words in the paragraph.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 81


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
The long e vowel sound has several different spellings. It can be
spelled ee as in feet and sleet, ea as in cheat and neat, ee_e as in
cheese and sneeze, and ie as in yield and shield.

Circle the spelling word in each row that rhymes with the word in
bold type. Read the spelling word aloud, and write it on the line.

1. lean plane loan green green

2. healed should field helped field

3. she free stem show free

4. squeaks square speaks soaks speaks

5. leak weak lock cloak weak

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. seem stump team storm team

7. queen crane quite clean clean

8. sneeze freeze steel snooze freeze

9. peek spark week peep week

10. teen bean spine tune bean

11. real stroll boil seal seal

12. heat short street heart street

13. dream cream drink ramp cream

14. meal loom heel smell heel

15. beak brick steak creek creek

82 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


Vocabulary Strategy • Using a Dictionary
Name

The best way to learn the definition, or meaning, of an unfamiliar


word is to look up the word in a dictionary. A dictionary lists
words in the English language in alphabetical order.
• The entry words show the spelling and number of syllables of
each word. Syllabication separates the syllables by bullets.
• The pronunciation of each word is shown in parentheses.
• The part of speech is shown after the pronunciation guide.

Definitions
Guide and examples
words elect • electricity

Entry e·lect (\i-΄lekt\) verb. to choose by vote for an e·lec·tric (\i-΄lek-trik, ē-\) adjective. 1. relating
word office or position: The class chose to elect to or powered by electricity: an electric guitar 2.
Samantha for class president. very exciting: The amazing concert was electric.
e·lec·tion (\i-΄lek-shən\) noun. the act of e·lec·tri·ci·ty (\i- lek-΄tri-sə-tē\) noun. a form of
΄
choosing by vote: The new governor won the energy created naturally or by machine: The
election in a landslide. Syn. choosing, selection. lights are powered by electricity.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Pronunciation guide Part of speech

Use the dictionary entry and context clues to learn the meaning of
the words in bold. Write the meaning and part of speech on the lines.

1. On Tuesday people from around the city will cast their ballots
and elect a new mayor.
to choose by vote; verb

2. The US presidential election occurs once every four years.


the act of choosing by vote; noun

Read aloud the entry words in the dictionary entry with a


COLLABORATE
partner. How many syllables are in each word?

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2 83


Vocabulary Strategy • Prefixes
Name

• A prefix is a word part added to the beginning of a word. A


prefix changes the meaning of the word it is added to. You can
use prefixes to figure out the meaning of new words.
• re- means to do again: retry means to try again.
• dis- means not or opposite: disappear means to go out of sight.
• un- means not or opposite: unhelpful means not helpful.

Study the prefixes in the box above. Then underline the word in each
sentence below that contains a prefix. Use the prefix and context
clues to figure out the word’s meaning, and then write it on the line.

1. My dog does not like the snow, so it was unusual to see him playing
in it this winter.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


not usual, not normal

2. The two brothers disagreed. One brother said cheetahs are the
fastest animal, and the other said lions are fastest.
not in agreement

3. We are reviewing Chapter 1 for the test on Monday.


looking at again

4. The jungle is full of wild animals, so it is unsafe to walk there alone.


not safe

5. If you don’t wear knee pads when you skate, your knees are unprotected.
not protected

To reinforce their understanding, encourage pairs to look up words with the


prefixes re-, dis-, and un- in the dictionary.

84 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 2


Grammar • Irregular Plural Nouns and Collective Nouns
Name

Some nouns have special plural forms. They do not add -s or -es
to form a plural.
• The words men, women, and children are the irregular plural
noun forms of man, woman, and child.
• The word mice is the irregular plural noun form of mouse.
• Collective nouns name groups of people, places, or things: class,
team, band, family.

A. Complete each sentence with the correct plural form of the


noun in parentheses.
1. The (man) men who coach the soccer teams talked
to our class.
children
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. The library invited all the (child) to the story hour.

3. I wrote a poem about three small (mouse) mice .

4. We talked to the (woman) women about their jobs.

5. I read about the (life) lives of the presidents.

B. Read each sentence. Underline the collective noun.


6. There are four people in my family. Explain that irregular means the
word doesn’t follow the usual
rule. Note that Spanish has
7. That movie is about a brave army. irregular plural nouns as well.

8. A jury makes important decisions in a court room.

Pick one of the irregular plural nouns above. Use that word in
a sentence in your writer’s notebook. Then pick two more
irregular plural nouns, and write two sentences using each.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 85


Grammar • More Irregular Plural Nouns
Name

• A few plural nouns have the same singular and plural forms. The
singular and plural forms of the words sheep, deer, scissors, fish,
moose, and salmon are spelled the same way.
• A few plural nouns change spellings but do not add -s or -es. The
plural form of tooth is teeth. The plural form of goose is geese.

A. Write on the line if the underlined noun is singular or plural.


1. We saw five deer behind our house. plural

2. Do we have enough scissors for everyone? plural

3. I painted a picture of a beautiful trout. singular

4. The fish have been jumping all afternoon. plural

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


B. Read the excerpt from “Sailing to America.” Then answer
the questions.

“Maybe you’ll be glad it isn’t Ireland,” Nora said. “There


will be enough food to eat. Mama and Da can relax and
not worry so much. We’ll all have a better life. America will
be the land of our dreams.”
Then Da carried a bag into the room. “Cheer up, my
little loves! Why, in no time at all, you’ll be joining me.”
A year later, Da had saved enough money to send for his
family. Mama, Danny, and Nora packed what little they had.
They got on a crowded steamship and began their voyage.

5. Which underlined noun has an irregular plural form? life

6. Which underlined noun is a collective noun? family

86 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


Grammar • Mechanics: Spelling Plural Nouns
Name

• Some plural nouns change spellings but do not add -s or -es.


• Some plural nouns have the same spelling as the singular form.

Rewrite the sentences. Change the underlined noun to its plural form.

1. The child swam in the pool.


The children swam in the pool.

2. Sometimes my tooth chatter when I am cold.


Sometimes my teeth chatter when I am cold.

3. Did you see the blue fish swim by?


Did you see the blue fish swim by?
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. The mouse hid under the refrigerator.


The mice hid under the refrigerator.

5. I know the woman who work at the bank.


I know the women who work at the bank.

Writing Connection Pick one of the underlined words above, and write a
sentence using the singular form of the word. Then
write a new sentence using the plural form.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 87


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Some plural nouns change spellings but do not add -s or -es:


man/men, child/children, goose/geese, wolf/wolves.
• Some plural nouns have the same spelling as the singular form:
fish, scissors, pants, deer, moose.

Proofread the sentences for incorrect plural nouns. Circle each


incorrect plural noun, and write its correct form on the line.

1. I think astronauts have exciting lifes. lives

2. The childs had fun building a snowman. children

3. How many mouses did you see? mice

4. Be careful with the sharp knifes. knives

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. The womans helped with the toy drive. women

6. The gooses are making too much noise! geese

7. Salmons like to swim upstream. salmon

8. Did you know ducks have webbed feets? feet

9. Brush your teeths before going to bed. teeth

10. I want to read a book about mooses. moose

For additional ELL support, identify the errors in each sentence for students without
revealing how to correct the errors.

88 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


Grammar • Test: Special Nouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.

(1) Last summer I traveled to the state of Wyoming. (2) My


family and I visited Yellowstone National Park. (3) We saw a
herd of bison eating some grass in a meadow. (4) We also
spotted bears, foxes, moose, and eagles. (5) I’ve never seen so
many beautiful animals.

1. Which word in sentence 3 is a 2. Which word in sentence 4 is an


collective noun? irregular plural noun?
A herd F bears
B bison G foxes
C grass H moose
D meadow J eagles

B. Read the student draft, and look for revisions that need to be made.

(1) I’m writing a school report on snakes. (2) Snakes can range
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

in size from just 4 inches to over 22 foots! (3) Smaller snakes eat
insects like ants or termites. (4) Larger snakes can eat mammals
like mouses, rats, and rabbits. (5) Some snakes, like the water
snake, even eat frogs and fish!

3. What change, if any, should be 4. What change, if any, should be


made to sentence 2? made to sentence 4?
A Change foots to foot F Change mouses to mice
B Change foots to feet G Change rats to rates
C Change foots to feets H Change rabbits to rabbites
D Make no change J Make no change

5. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 5?


A Change frogs to froges
B Change fish to fishes
C Change fish to fishies
D Make no change

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 89


Spelling • Words with Silent Letters
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. wrap


paper along
2. 2. wrists
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. wrote
to write each 4. 4. wreck
word as it is
5. 5. wring
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. write
the test, unfold 7. 7. wreath
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. knit
right to correct 9. 9. knife
any spelling
10. 10. knight
mistakes.
11. 11. knock
12. 12. knee

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. gnome
14. 14. sign
15. 15. gnaws
Review Words 16. 16. heel
17. 17. weak
18. 18. field
Challenge Words 19. 19. wristwatch
20. 20. knapsack
Because the
silent letters
can make these words
challenging, you may
want to allow ELLs to
have an “open book
test.” When you say
a word aloud, the
student can respond
with the number that
corresponds to the
word he or she hears.

90 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
Some words have silent letters.
Silent letters don’t always
When k is followed by n, the k is appear at the beginning of a
silent: knew. The letter w is silent word. The letter g is silent in the
before r: wrong. The letter g is word design. The w is silent in
usually silent before n: gnaw. the word sword.

Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the matching silent letter spellings.

knee knife wreath knight gnome


gnaws wring knit knock write
wrote sign wreck wrap wrists
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

wr kn gn

1. wrote 8. knee 13. gnaws

2. wring 9. knife 14. sign

3. wreath 10. knit 15. gnome

4. wreck 11. knight

5. wrap 12. knock

6. write

7. wrists

Look back at the selections you read this week. Hunt for
words with the silent letters k, w, and g. Read the words you
find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 91


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
Some words have silent letters.
Silent letters don’t always
When k is followed by n, the k is
appear at the beginning of a
silent: knew. The letter w is silent word. The letter g is silent in the
before r: wrong. The letter g is word design. The w is silent in
usually silent before n: gnaw. the word sword.

Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the matching silent letter spellings.

wrap knot wren know gnat


gnaws write knit wring wrists
wrote wrong sign knee knock

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


wr kn gn

1. wrap 8. knit 13. gnat

2. wrists 9. knock 14. gnaws

3. wrote 10. know 15. sign

4. wring 11. knot

5. write 12. knee

6. wrong

7. wren

Look back at the selections you read this week. Hunt for
words with the silent letters k, w, and g. Read the words you
find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

91A Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud each spelling word in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching spelling of the silent letters.

knock wring wristwatch wrench wrists


gnaws writing wrinkle knead wrote
wreck knapsack knitted knight gnome

wr kn gn

1. wrists 9. knitted 14. gnaws

2. wrote 10. knapsack 15. gnome

3. wreck 11. knead

4. wring 12. knight


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

5. writing 13. knock

6. wrench

7. wristwatch

8. wrinkle

B. Compare the words knight and gnome. How are the words alike?
How are they different?
Both words have a beginning n sound. The sound is spelled kn in
knight and gn in gnome. Both words have silent letters, but the k
is silent in knight, and the g is silent in gnome.

Look back at the selections you read this week. Hunt for
words with the silent letters k, w, and g. Read the words you
find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 91B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

wrap gnaws wreath knight gnome


sign wring knit knock wrists
wrote knee knife write wreck

A. Write the spelling words that match the clues below.


1. street marker sign 4. a sharp tool knife

2. tap on a door knock 5. cover a gift with paper wrap

3. a ring of plants used for Consider allowing students to use


decoration wreath the dictionary to check both meaning
and pronunciation.

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

6. The doctor checked both her wrists after she fell.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. He wrote a letter to the mayor about the park.

8. I am learning to knit a wool scarf.

9. A beaver gnaws trees into logs.

10. My friend likes to write silly poems about animals.

11. My little sisters wreck my room when they come in.

12. My story is about a brave knight who fights dragons.

13. I scraped my left knee when I fell off my bike.

14. A gnome is small and usually wears a pointed hat.

15. We will wring out the wet towels.

92 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below.


Underline each misspelled word. Then write the words correctly
on the lines below.
When people run for office, they often nock on doors to ask
people for votes. They have to rite speeches, too. They may make
a sine for people to see.

I rote a funny story. It was about a mayor. He was a little


green nome. Everybody voted for him. His best friend was a brave
night who kept the town safe.

1. knock 4. wrote

2. write 5. gnome

3. sign 6. knight
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write about an election in your town. Use at least


four spelling words in your writing.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 93


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Some words have silent letters, or letters that you do not
pronounce. If a word begins with wr, the w is silent, as in the
words wrong and wreck. If a word begins with kn, the k is silent,
as in knew and knot. When a word is spelled with gn, the g is
usually silent, as in gnat and design.

knee gnaws wreath knight wrote

wrists wring knit knock sign

gnome write knife wrap wreck

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read each spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word aloud, and then write the word on the line.

1. k n ife knife 9. w r ap wrap

2. w r ists wrists 10. k n ight knight

3. g n ome gnome 11. w r ite write

4. w r eck wreck 12. k n ee knee

5. w r ing wring 13. w r ote wrote

6. k n ock knock 14. si g n sign

7. w r eath wreath 15. g n aws gnaws

8. k n it knit

94 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

values evaluate

value

valued valuable

Use your notes from The Castle on Hester Street. Choose one word, and
write it on the middle castle flag. Then fill in the remaining four flags
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

with related words. Use a dictionary to help you.

Allow students access to a dictionary to look for related words. Have them use the dictionary to
determine if the words they thought of are nouns, adjectives, verbs, or adverbs.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3 95


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Read the clues. Complete the puzzle with the vocabulary words. Use
the letters in the boxes to learn an interesting fact.

decisions announced independent convince


practicing tumbled pronounce community
estimate government elect candidates

1. Where people live, work, and play C O MMU N I T Y

2. Persuade or get someone to believe you C O N V I N C E

3. Say the sounds of a word correctly P R O N O U N C E

4. Able to do things on your own I N D E P E N D E N T

5. Took a fall T U M B L E D

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. People running for office C A N D I D A T E S

7. Repeating a task to get better P R A C T I C I N G

8. Made known to a group of people A N N O U N C E D

9. Choose by voting E L E C T

10. Guess an amount of something E S T I M A T E

11. The group in control of a country G O V E R N M E N T

12. Choices you make D E C I S I O N S

This animal has many different names. In fact, it is listed in the


dictionary under more names than any other animal. What is it?

M O U N T A I N L I O N

96 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 3


Grammar • Combining Sentences: Subject Nouns
Name

• Combine sentences by joining two nouns to form a compound


subject.
• Use the word and to join the nouns. Leave out words that repeat.
Make subjects and verbs agree.
• A combined sentence has a complete subject and predicate.
• The sentences Apples grow on trees and Pears grow on trees can
be combined to read Apples and pears grow on trees.

Combine the sentences by joining the two nouns in the subject.


Write the new sentence on the line.

1. Parents enjoyed the play. Children enjoyed the play.


Parents and children enjoyed the play.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. The grass swayed in the wind. The trees swayed in the wind.
The grass and trees swayed in the wind.

3. The story was really interesting. The pictures were really interesting.
The story and pictures were really interesting.

4. Carson helped clean up trash from the beach. Carson’s friend helped
clean up trash from the beach.
Carson and his friend helped clean up trash from the beach.

5. The hawks fly high in the air. The eagles fly high in the air.
The hawks and eagles fly high in the air.

In your writer’s notebook, write about something fun you did


with a friend. When you’re done, check that you used the
word and to form compound subjects, and make sure your
subjects and verbs agree.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 97


Grammar • Combining Sentences: Predicate Nouns
Name

• Sentences can be combined by joining two predicate nouns.


• Use and to join the nouns. Leave out words that repeat.
• A combined sentence has a complete subject and predicate.
• The sentences We built sandcastles and We built forts can be
combined to read We built sandcastles and forts.

A. Combine the sentences. Use the word and to join the underlined
predicate nouns. Write the new sentences on the lines.

1. At the beach we saw seagulls. At the beach we saw pelicans.


At the beach we saw seagulls and pelicans.

2. The pelicans ate fish. The pelicans ate crabs.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


The pelicans ate fish and crabs.

3. Mom packed sandwiches. Mom packed fruit.


Mom packed sandwiches and fruit.

B. Read the excerpt from “Next Stop, America!” Combine the


two underlined sentences. Write the new sentence on the
lines below.

The immigrants spoke many languages. They had


different customs. However, everyone shared one
thing. They had all chosen to immigrate. They
wanted to move to a new country. They wanted to be
Americans.

The immigrants spoke many languages and had different


customs.

98 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


Grammar • Mechanics: Commas
Name

• Use a comma between the day and year in a date: May 5, 1991.
• Use a comma between a street address and a town or city and
between a town or city and state: 25 Main Street, Denver, Colorado.
• Use commas to separate three or more items in a series. Do not use
a comma after the last word: I bought milk, eggs, and apples.
• Use a comma after the name of a person being spoken to and after
words such as yes and no when beginning a sentence: Yes, I will go
to the beach with you.

Rewrite each sentence. Add commas in the correct places.

1. Our new address is 24 Elm Street Madison Ohio.


Our new address is 24 Elm Street, Madison, Ohio.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. I got books toys and a basketball for my birthday.


I got books, toys, and a basketball for my birthday.

3. George Washington was born on February 22 1732.


George Washington was born on February 22, 1732.

4. Mr. Miller do you need someone to rake your leaves?


Mr. Miller, do you need someone to rake your leaves?

5. Yes I would be happy for you to help me today.


Yes, I would be happy for you to help me today.

In your writer’s notebook, list some of your favorite animals.


Say why you like them. Check that you used commas to
separate items in a series. Remember to write your thoughts
legibly in cursive, and leave spaces between words.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 99


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Use a comma between the day and year in a date.


• Use a comma between the names of a city or town and state and
between the names of a street address and town or city.
• Use commas to separate three or more words in a series. Do not
use a comma after the last word.
• Use a comma after the name of a person being spoken to and
after words such as yes and no when beginning a sentence.

Rewrite each sentence. Add commas in the correct places. Combine


sentences that share the same subject nouns or predicate nouns.

1. Our teacher read the stories. Our teacher HANDWRITING CONNECTION


read the poems.
Be sure to write legibly.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Our teacher read the stories and poems. Use proper cursive and
remember to leave spaces
between words.

2. My grandmother moved to 68 Palm Court Sunnydale Florida.


My grandmother moved to 68 Palm Court, Sunnydale, Florida.

3. Mrs. Stamps thank you for visiting our school today.


Mrs. Stamps, thank you for visiting our school today.

4. James likes to draw spaceships. Mark likes to draw spaceships.


James and Mark like to draw spaceships.

5. The first time our town had a parade was July 4 1892.
The first time our town had a parade was July 4, 1892.

For additional support, consider modeling the


different functions of commas on the board.

100 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


Grammar • Test: Combining Sentences
Name

Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be made.
(1) My aunt lives near the Great Smoky Mountains. (2) My uncle
also lives near the Great Smoky Mountains. (3) They live in a town
named Gatlinburg Tennessee. (4) I visited them last spring for my
uncle’s birthday. (5) He was born on May 12 1972. (6) To celebrate,
we baked lemon pie. (7) We baked cherry pie.

1. What is the best way to combine sentences 1 and 2?


A My aunt lives near the Great Smoky Mountains and my uncle lives
near the Great Smoky Mountains.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use. Photo credit: Nicemonkey/Alamy Stock Photo

B My aunt lives near the Great Smoky Mountains and my uncle lives
near there.
C My aunt and my uncle live near the Great Smoky Mountains.
D My aunt lives near the Great Smoky Mountains and my uncle also.
2. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F They live in a town named Gatlinburg, Tennessee.
G They live, in a town named Gatlinburg Tennessee.
H They live in a town named, Gatlinburg Tennessee.
J No change needed in sentence 3.
3. What change should be made to sentence 5?
A He was born, on May 12 1972.
If students are having trouble,
B He was born on May 12, 1972. consider reading the questions
aloud, pausing at each comma
C He was born on May, 12 1972. to help students identify incorrect
comma placement.
D He was born on, May 12 1972.
4. What is the best way to combine sentences 6 and 7?
F To celebrate, we baked lemon pie and we baked cherry pie.
G To celebrate, we baked lemon pie and cherry pie.
H To celebrate, we baked lemon pie and we celebrated with
cherry pie.
J We baked lemon pie to celebrate and we baked cherry pie
to celebrate.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 101


Spelling • Three-Letter Blends
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. scrubs


paper along
2. 2. screams
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. scratch
to write each 4. 4. scrape
word as it is
5. 5. screen
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. spread
the test, unfold 7. 7. splash
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. spray
right to correct 9. 9. streak
any spelling
10. 10. strength
mistakes.
11. 11. strong
Consider 12. 12. squeak
repeating each

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word and enunciating
the beginning sounds 13. 13. three
to help students
identify the three-letter 14. 14. throw
blends.
15. 15. thread
Review Words 16. 16. wrote
17. 17. knife
18. 18. sign
Challenge Words 19. 19. streamer
20. 20. scribble

102 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Three-letter blends are sounds
The three-letter blends scr, spr,
made by three letters in a row.
spl, str, squ, and thr usually
The letters scr make the sound at appear at the beginning of a
the beginning of the word scrap. word. If you see these letters
Other three-letter blends are str in the middle of the word, they
as in strap, spr as in spring, spl as might not stand for one sound.
For example, the letters spl in
in split, squ as in squid, and thr as
display are divided between
in threw. two syllables: dis/play.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the three-letter blends below.

strength scrape squeak screams three


scrubs throw spray strong screen
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

splash spread streak scratch thread

scr spr thr

1. scrubs 6. spray 11. throw

2. scrape 7. spread 12. three

3. screams str 13. thread

4. scratch 8. strength squ

5. screen 9. streak 14. squeak

10. strong spl

15. splash

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 103


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Three-letter blends are sounds
The three-letter blends scr, spr,
made by three letters in a row.
spl, str, squ, and thr usually
The letters scr make the sound at appear at the beginning of a
the beginning of the word scrap. word. If you see these letters
Other three-letter blends are str in the middle of the word, they
as in strap, spr as in spring, spl as might not stand for one sound.
For example, the letters spl in
in split, squ as in squid, and thr as
display are divided between
in threw. two syllables: dis/play.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the three-letter blends below.

split squeak splash squint three


throw spray straw scrubs screen

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


scrap stream thrill strong spree

scr spl squ

1. scrubs 6. split 11. squeak

2. screen 7. splash 12. squint

3. scrap str thr

spr 8. stream 13. three

4. spree 9. strong 14. throw

5. spray 10. straw 15. thrill

103A Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the three-letter blends below.

scrubs throne sprinkle strength spray


threaten scribble throw screams scratch
scrape spread splinter squeak strong

scr spr str

1. scrubs 6. spread 11. strength

2. scratch 7. sprinkle 12. strong

3. scrape 8. spray thr


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. screams spl 13. throw

5. scribble 9. splinter 14. threaten

squ 15. throne

10. squeak

B. Compare the words spray and strength. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words have a three-letter blend that begins with s and
ends with r. The blend is spelled spr in spray and str in strength.

Look at the selections you read this week, and look for words
with the three-letter blends scr, spr, spl, str, thr, or squ. Read
the words aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 103B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

streak three splash strength scrape


thread screen strong spray throw
scratch spread scrubs squeak screams

A. Write the spelling word that goes with the other two words.

1. washes, cleans, scrubs 4. needle, scissors, thread

2. powerful, mighty, strong 5. peep, squeal, squeak

3. pitch, toss, throw

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

6. The excited fan screams when her team wins.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. He had to teach his cat not to scratch the sofa.

8. I helped Dad scrape the old paint off the door.

9. Our tent flap has a screen that keeps the bugs out.

10. I will spread frosting on the cake.

1 1. We can use the water hose to spray the sand off our feet.

12. The prize winner said that he had a streak of good luck.

13. He used his strength to lift the heavy box.

14. I will need three more dollars to buy that book.

15. When he stepped in the puddle, there was a huge splash !

104 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

An eagle is a very shtrong bird. They spred their wings wide to


fly high into the air. They fly so fast they look like a streek against
the sky.

I saw theree whales on our island tour. I watched one blue whale
shpray water into the air. Whales have a lot of srength to be able to
swim so fast.

1. strong 4. three

2. spread 5. spray

3. streak 6. strength

Write an article about an animal that is very strong.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection

Use at least four spelling words.

Provide students with the list of spelling words to compare


with the misspelled words in the passage.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 105


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Three-letter blends are sounds created when three consonants
are blended together. The letters scr create the three-letter blend
in the word scroll. The letters spr create the blend in the words
sprint and spring. Other common three-letter blends include spl
as in splat, str as in straw, squ as in squid, and thr as in throne.

screen throw thread strength three


screams scrubs spray strong scrape
squeak spread streak scratch splash

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud, and then write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. s c r ubs scrubs 9. s t r eak streak

2. s c r eams screams 10. t h r ead thread

3. t h r ow throw 11. s t r ong strong

4. s c r ape scrape 12. s q u eak squeak

5. s c r een screen 13. t h r ee three

6. s p r ead spread 14. s c r atch scratch

7. s p l ash splash 15. s t r ength strength

8. s p r ay spray

106 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


Vocabulary Strategy • Homographs
Name

Homographs are words that have the same spelling but different
meanings. For example, the word bear can refer to the large
animal, or it can be a verb that means to carry or support.
Even though homographs are spelled the same way, they are
not always pronounced the same way. The bow or front of a ship
rhymes with how, but the bow in someone’s hair rhymes with toe.

Read the sentences below. Underline the context clues that help you
understand the meaning of each homograph in bold. Then write the
meaning of the homograph on the line.

1. When the wind died down I had to row my boat back to shore.
paddle with oars
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. I lined up my tomato plants in a neat row in my backyard.


horizontal line of items

3. The carpenter cut through the tree trunk with a saw.


sharp tool used to cut wood

4. The bird was hard to spot, but I finally saw it hiding in the tree.
caught sight of

5. Preparing for a marathon takes a lot of practice! You need to train for
months to be able to run such a long distance.
practice at a skill or activity

6. The summer night was so quiet. I could hear a train traveling down
the railroad far in the distance.
vehicle that runs on tracks; a locomotive

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4 107


Vocabulary Strategy • Similes
Name

A. Read the sentences from “A Dream of Gold Mountain.”


Underline the nouns that are compared in each simile. Then
write what the simile means on the line.

1. Lan was as white as a ghost.


Lan was scared.

2. The Gold Rush swept across America like wildfire when gold was found
in 1848.
The Gold Rush spread quickly across the country.

3. The future was as open as the land.


The future was unknown.

B. Read the sentences below. Complete each simile by choosing

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


the correct word from the box.

desert sun rock night

4. The stale bread was as hard as a rock .

5. With no rain, the landscape was as dry as a desert .

6. It was the middle of the day, but inside the forest it was as
black as night .

7. She was so happy, her eyes shone like the sun .

Make sure students understand that similes are a kind of figurative language and they
mean something other than their literal definition.

108 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 4


Grammar • Singular Possessive Nouns
Name

• A possessive noun is a noun that shows who or what owns or has


something. In the sentence I went to Kim’s house the possessive
noun is Kim’s.
• Add an apostrophe ( ’ ) and the letter s to make a singular noun
possessive: The dog’s ball.

A. Write the possessive form of each underlined noun on the


line. The first one is done for you.
1. the tail of the pig the pig’s tail

2. the ears of the rabbit the rabbit’s ears

3. the trunk of the elephant the elephant’s trunk


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. the neck of the giraffe the giraffe’s neck

5. the whiskers of the cat the cat’s whiskers

6. the teeth of the shark the shark’s teeth

7. the feathers of the hawk the hawk’s feathers

B. Read the excerpt from “Empanada Day.” Find and circle the
possessive noun. What belongs to the possessive noun you circled?
Write your answer on the line below.

One bite of Abuelita’s empanadas


And my mouth purrs like a cat.
“Teach me,” I beg and bounce on my feet,
“Teach me to make this magical treat.”

empanadas

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 109


Grammar • Plural Possessive Nouns
Name

• Adding an apostrophe to the end of a plural noun makes it


possessive. For example, a nest that belongs to two birds is a
birds’ nest.
• Adding an apostrophe and s forms a possessive of plural nouns
not ending in s. These are called irregular possessives. Examples
include men’s and women’s.
• Collective nouns are a singular form of a word that refers to a
group of things: family, group, band, herd.

Write the possessive form of each underlined plural noun.

1. the den of the rabbits the rabbits’ den

2. the cage of the parrots the parrots’ cage

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. the pond of the ducks the ducks’ pond

4. the home of the family the family’s home

5. the lodge of the beavers the beavers’ lodge

6. the nest of the bluebirds the bluebirds’ nest

7. the burrow of the chipmunks the chipmunks’ burrow

8. the cave of the bears the bears’ cave

9. the web of the spiders the spiders’ web

10. the room of the children the children’s room

In your writer’s notebook, write three complete sentences


using plural possessive nouns. You can select one of the
nouns from the questions above or think of your own.
110 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5
Grammar • Mechanics: Apostrophes in Possessive Nouns
Name

• Add an apostrophe and s to singular possessive nouns.


• Add an apostrophe at the end of plural possessive nouns that end
in s: The two swans’ pond.
• Add an apostrophe and s to the end of plural possessive nouns not
ending in s: The men’s baseball team.

Complete each sentence with the possessive form of the noun


in parentheses.

1. The (moose) moose’s antlers are large.

2. The (horse) horse’s mane is soft and silky.

3. (Porcupines) Porcupines’ quills are sharp. If students are


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

unfamiliar with
4. A (rabbit) rabbit’s tail is like cotton. the animals
referred to in these
questions, provide
owls’ clues to help them
5. The (owls) eyes are round. identify each species.

Connect to
Community
Talk to a parent or another trusted adult about some of
the animals that live around your community. What are
some of their features? Why are they important?

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 111


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Add an apostrophe and s to singular possessive nouns.


• Add an apostrophe to plural possessive nouns that end in s.
• Add an apostrophe and s to the end of plural possessive nouns
not ending in s.

Mark an X over any possessive noun that is not written correctly.


Rewrite the sentence on the line using the correct form of each
possessive noun.

1. The volunteer womens group at the hospital held a bake sale.


The volunteer women’s group at the hospital held a bake sale.

2. They raised money to help decorate the childrens’s wing.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


They raised money to help decorate the children’s wing.

3. Now there is a beautiful mural showing animals homes.


Now there is a beautiful mural showing animals’ homes.

4. My favorite part shows the Pacific Oceans’s sea life.


My favorite part shows the Pacific Ocean’s sea life.

5. I love the colors of the coral and fishes scales.


I love the colors of the coral and fish’s scales.

6. My sister likes the speckled pattern on the sea turtles’s shells.


My sister likes the speckled pattern on the sea turtles’ shells.

If students are still having trouble with proper placement of the apostrophe in
possessive nouns, consider using the first sentence as a model.

112 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5


Grammar • Test: Possessive Nouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) There are many trees outside my bedroom window. (2) On
summer mornings I wake up to the sound of the wind in the trees’
leaves. (3) Today I heard something new. (4) When I woke up this
morning, I heard chirping outside. (5) When I looked into the tree
outside, I found a small bird’s nest with two blue eggs.

1. Which word in sentence 2 is a 2. Which word in sentence 5 is a


plural possessive noun? singular possessive noun?
A evenings F tree
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use. Photo credit: Nicemonkey/Alamy Stock Photo

B wind G bird’s
C trees’ H nest
D leaves J eggs

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions to be made.


(1) Today I found a small spider in the attic of my families
home. (2) The spider was building a beautiful web in the shadows.
(3) When the spiders web was finished, the spider walked to the
edge of the web and sat very still. (4) Soon I heard the buzzing of
a small fly. (5) Just like that, the fly was caught in the web.

3. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 1?


A Change families to families’
B Change families to familys’
C Change families to family’s
D Make no change

4. What change, if any, should be made to sentence 3?


F Change spiders to spider’s
G Change spiders to spideres
H Change spiders to spiders’
J Make no change

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 113


Spelling • Digraphs
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. chick


paper along
2. 2. much
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. pitch
to write each 4. 4. teacher
word as it is
5. 5. lunch
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. hatch
the test, unfold 7. 7. cheese
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. stretch
right to correct 9. 9. thick
any spelling
10. 10. truth
mistakes.
11. 11. pathway
Enunciate each
syllable when 12. 12. them
reading the words so

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


students can have time 13. 13. fish
to process the sounds
of the digraphs.
14. 14. whales
15. 15. what
Review Words 16. 16. spray
17. 17. streak
18. 18. thread
Challenge Words 19. 19. sandwich
20. 20. weather

114 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Digraphs are two or more
The first syllable in bathtub is
letters that work together
spelled bath. The letter b stands for
to form a new sound. The /b/ and a stands for /a/. The letters
letters th form the sound at th form a digraph that stands for
the start of the word thunder. /th/. The second syllable is spelled
Other digraphs are ch as in tub. The letter t stands for /t/, u
stands for /u/ and b stands for /b/.
couch, tch as in scratch, sh as
Blend the letters together and read
in show, and wh as in where. the word aloud: bath/tub.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling words
that contain the digraphs below.

them teacher hatch truth pitch


thick what pathway stretch whales
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

fish cheese much chick lunch

ch th tch
teacher thick hatch
1. 6. 11.

2. cheese 7. pathway 12. stretch

3. much 8. truth 13. pitch

4. chick 9. them wh

5. lunch sh 14. what

10. fish 15. whales

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 115


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Digraphs are two or more
The first syllable in bathtub is
letters that work together to spelled bath. The letter b stands for
form a new sound. The letters /b/ and a stands for /a/. The letters
th form the sound at the start th form a digraph that stands for
of the word thunder. Other /th/. The second syllable is spelled
tub. The letter t stands for /t/, u
digraphs are ch as in couch,
stands for /u/ and b stands for /b/.
tch as in scratch, sh as in Blend the letters together and read
show, and wh as in where. the word aloud: bath/tub.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the digraphs below.

chick truth chair shown chin


wheel cheese sixth thick much

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


pitch bench fish teacher whales

ch tch sh

1. chick 8. pitch 12. fish

2. much th 13. shown

3. teacher 9. thick wh
4. cheese 10. truth 14. wheel

5. bench 11. sixth 15. whales

6. chair

7. chin

115A Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the digraphs below.

pitch what reach shadow thick


whales stretch chuckled pathway teacher
cheese search seashells weather crunch

ch tch sh

1. teacher 7. pitch 12. seashells

2. cheese stretch shadow


8. 13.

3. crunch th wh

search 9. pathway 14. whales


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4.

5. reach 10. weather 15. what

6. chuckled thick
11.

B. Compare the words crunch and pitch. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words end with a digraph that sounds like /ch/. The
digraph is spelled ch in crunch and tch in pitch.

Review the selections you read this week, and look for words
with the digraphs ch, th, sh, tch, and wh. Read the words you
find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 115B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

chick teacher cheese truth fish


whales lunch stretch pathway much
pitch hatch thick them what

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.

1. a baby bird chick 4. an afternoon meal lunch

2. an honest story truth 5. large sea animals whales

3. a kind of dairy food cheese

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

6. We had so much snow that our schools closed.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. I can pitch well, but I’m not a good catcher.

8. Our teacher asked us to open our books.

9. Did the turtle eggs hatch yet?

10. After the long test, we walked around to stretch our legs.

11. The ice on the pond is never thick enough to walk on.

12. We walked down the curving pathway in the park.

13. Apples are my favorite fruit, but I like them peeled first.

14. We saw turtles on a log and fish swimming in the pond.

15. Do you know what book we are supposed to read?

116 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraphs below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Once there were three wales who were best friends. Every day
they met for luntch. Then they played games in the wide open sea.
One day, a small fisch swam nearby.

He asked if he could join theam. “Sure!” they said and asked him
wat he liked to play. He said he liked to pich seashells. So the rest of
the day the four friends played together.

1. whales 4. them

2. lunch 5. what

3. fish 6. pitch

Writing Connection Write a story telling what you like to play with friends.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Use at least four spelling words.

You may want to check student comprehension of the


paragraph before proceeding with the rest of the activity.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 117


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Digraphs are two or more letters that create a new sound. The
beginning sound in thunder can be formed only with the letters
th. Other digraphs include tch as in switch, ch as in such, sh as in
push, and wh as in wheel.

them teacher hatch truth pitch


thick what pathway stretch whales
fish cheese much chick lunch

Fill in the missing letters to make a spelling word. Then write the
spelling word on the line. Use each word once.
1. c/t h ick chick/thick 9. t/c h ick thick/chick

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. mu c h much 10. tru t h truth

3. pit c h pitch 11. pa t h way pathway

4. tea c h er teacher 12. t h em them

5. lun c h lunch 13. fi s h fish

6. hat c h hatch 14. w h ales whales

7. c h eese cheese 15. w h at what

8. stret c h stretch

118 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

observes observant

observe

observation observing
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Use your notes from “The Inventor Thinks Up Helicopters” and


“Ornithopter.” Choose one word, and write it on the blade of the
helicopter’s propeller. Fill in the remaining blades with related words.

Reinforce the concept


of related words by
providing words in a
student’s native language. In
Spanish, for example, analizar
and analista are related words.

Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5 119


Vocabulary Strategy • Similes
Name

Read the lines from “Learning to Read.” Write the simile on the
line. Then write the two things that are being compared.

1. The letters stirred together


like a thick, messy mush.
The simile is letters like a thick, messy mush. The two things
being compared are letters and mush.

2. When I began reading,


a book was like a bowl
of letter soup.
The simile is a book was like a bowl of letter soup. The two
things being compared are a book and random letters in soup.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. So I brought books to my mom and dad
like gifts for a long time.
The simile is brought books to my mom and dad like gifts.
The two things being compared are books and gifts.

120 Grade 3 • Unit 2 • Week 5


Grammar • Verbs
Name

• A complete sentence has a subject and a predicate.


• The subject tells what or whom the sentence is about.
• The predicate tells what the subject does and has a verb.
• A verb is a word that tells what the subject does or is.
• In the sentence The monkey climbs the tree, the subject is The
monkey and the predicate is climbs the tree. The verb is climbs.

Draw a line under the verb in each sentence.

1. I read a book about birds.

2. I learned about their nests.

3. My neighbor is a bird watcher.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. She writes about the birds in our town.

5. I saw a hummingbird in the flowers.

6. A hummingbird is very small.

Writing Connection Write about some of the birds that you see in your
community. Then reread your work. Make sure each
sentence includes both a subject and predicate.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 121


Grammar • Action Verbs
Name

• An action verb shows an action in the predicate part of a


sentence. It tells what the subject does. Words like read, climb,
cry, ride, and speak are action verbs.
• Some action verbs tell about feelings and actions that cannot
be seen. Want, think, feel, and believe are also action verbs.

A. Circle the action verb in each sentence.


1. Our class planned a picnic. Consider providing a
model before students
begin the activity. Write
2. We put tablecloths on the picnic tables. the sentence Jack played the
guitar on the board. Circle the
word played and explain that
3. Everyone brought sandwiches. this is an action verb.

4. Jon likes potato salad.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. He cooked the potatoes.

B. Reread this paragraph from “Earth and Its Neighbors.” Circle


at least three action verbs. Then write them on the lines.

Galileo did not invent the telescope. However, 400


years ago he did build one that was strong enough
to study the sky. When Galileo looked into space, he
saw the rocky surface of the Moon. When he looked
at the Sun, he discovered spots on its fiery surface.

Possible answers: invent, build, study, looked, saw, discovered

122 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


Grammar • Mechanics: Quotation Marks and Colons in Time
Name

• Quotation marks ( “ ) show that someone is speaking. Quotation


marks come before and after a person’s exact words. The end
punctuation goes inside the quotation marks: I asked, “What
should we make for dinner?”
• Use a colon ( : ) between the hour and minutes when writing
time. One o’clock is written as 1:00. Two-thirty is written as 2:30.

Rewrite each sentence. Add quotation marks before and after a


speaker’s exact words. Put a colon between the hour and minutes
in times.

1. I’d like to see the new movie about penguins, said Mom.
“I’d like to see the new movie about penguins,” said Mom.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. I’ll check the paper to see what time it starts, I told them.
“I’ll check the paper to see what time it starts,” I told them.

3. Do you want to see the one at 230 or the one at 500? I asked.
“Do you want to see the one at 2:30 or the one at 5:00?” I asked.

4. Let’s go see the show at 230, Mom said.


“Let’s go see the show at 2:30,” Mom said.

In your writer’s notebook, write about a conversation you had


this morning. When you’re done, reread your work to make
sure you used quotation marks and colons correctly.

Review how time is broken down throughout the day. Confirm that students understand
that 2:30 is articulated as two-thirty.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 123


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Use quotation marks to show that someone is speaking.


Quotation marks come at the beginning and end of a person’s
exact words. End punctuation goes inside the quotation mark.
• Use a colon between the hour and minutes when writing time.

A. Proofread the paragraph. Draw a line under sentences that


need quotation marks. Circle the times that need a colon.
A Surprise Party
Last week my sister said, Let’s plan a birthday party for Dad. We
decided to have the party on Saturday at 300. It will be fun to have
the party in the park I told my sister and mom. I’ll get some balloons
and party hats Mom said. We went to the park at 230 to set up. Then
we waited, but Dad did not come at 300. He did not come at 315.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


I think we forgot to tell Dad about the party! said Mom.

B. Rewrite the paragraph. Use quotation marks, commas, and


colons where they belong.
Last week my sister said, “Let’s plan a birthday party for Dad.”
We decided to have the party on Saturday at 3:00. “It will be
fun to have the party in the park,” I told my sister and mom. “I’ll
get some balloons and party hats,” Mom said. We went to the
park at 2:30 to set up. Then we waited, but Dad did not come
at 3:00. He did not come at 3:15. “I think we forgot to tell Dad
about the party!” said Mom.

124 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


Grammar • Test: Action Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Every Thursday my parents and I go to my favorite
restaurant for dinner. (2) I usually order the chicken. (3) The chef
cooks it with lemon and garlic. (4) I can’t wait to learn how to
cook like that myself!

1. Which word is the action verb in 2. What is the subject of


sentence 1? sentence 3?
A Thursday F The chef
B go G cooks
C dinner H lemon
D favorite J garlic

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) When are we going to dinner I asked. (2) We’ll leave for
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

the restaurant at 600, Dad replied. (3) “I am very hungry let’s


leave at 5:00 instead,” Mom said.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A When are we going to dinner? I asked.
B “When are we going to dinner? I asked.”
C “When are we going to dinner?” I asked.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
F We’ll leave for the restaurant at 6:00, Dad replied.
G “We’ll leave for the restaurant at 6:00,” Dad replied.
H “We’ll leave for the restaurant at 600,” Dad replied.
J No change needed in sentence 2.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 125


Spelling • r-Controlled Vowels /ûr/
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. whirl


paper along
2. 2. third
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. girls
to write each 4. 4. firm
word as it is
5. 5. fern
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. herds
the test, unfold 7. 7. stern
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. serve
right to correct 9. 9. hurt
any spelling
10. 10. nurse
mistakes.
11. 11. turns
12. 12. learn

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. pearl
14. 14. word
15. 15. world
Review Words 16. 16. stretch
17. 17. thick
18. 18. whales
Challenge Words 19. 19. perfect
20. 20. Thursday

126 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When a vowel is followed
The word Thursday has two
by the letter r, the r changes syllables. Use your knowledge of
the vowel’s sound. The /ûr/ digraphs and r-controlled vowels to
r-controlled vowel sound is blend the sounds of the first syllable:
spelled er as in her, ir as in thurs. Now blend the sounds of
the second syllable: day. Say the
bird, ur as in burn, or as in
syllables together: Thurs/day.
worthy, and ear as in earth.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
contain the matching r-controlled vowel sound spellings.

fern hurt stern third herds


nurse whirl serve turns learn
girls pearl firm word world
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

/ûr/ spelled ir /ûr/ spelled er /ûr/ spelled ur


1. girls 7. fern 13. nurse

2. whirl 8. stern 14. hurt

3. firm 9. serve 15. turns

4. third 10. herds

/ûr/ spelled ear /ûr/ spelled or Review long and


short vowels with
5. pearl 11. word students to help them
better understand how
the letter r changes a

6. learn 12. world vowel’s sound.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 127


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When a vowel is followed by the
letter r, the r changes the vowel’s The word Thursday has two
syllables. Use your knowledge of
sound. The /ûr/ r-controlled digraphs and r-controlled vowels
vowel sound is spelled er as in to blend the sounds of the first
her, ir as in bird, ur as in burn, or syllable: thurs. Now blend the
as in worthy, and ear as in earth. sounds of the second syllable:
day. Say the syllables together:
Thurs/day.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
contain the matching r-controlled vowel sound spellings.

whirl word serve burn nurse


pearl herds her fern third
firm curve earn burst birds

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


/ûr/ spelled ir /ûr/ spelled er /ûr/ spelled ur
1. whirl 7. herds 12. nurse

2. third 8. fern 13. burst

3. firm 9. serve 14. burn

4. birds 10. her 15. curve

/ûr/ spelled ear /ûr/ spelled or


5. earn 11. word

6. pearl

127A Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words
that have the matching r-controlled vowel sound spellings.

third stern emerge Thursday preserve


worth serve word nurse whirl
firm learn suffered worms herder

/ûr/ spelled ir /ûr/ spelled er /ûr/ spelled or


1. third 6. stern 12. worms

2. whirl 7. serve 13. word

3. firm 8. herder 14. worth


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

9. emerge
/ûr/ spelled ur /ûr/ spelled ear
4. Thursday preserve 15. learn
10.

5. nurse suffered
11.

B. Compare the words stern and learn. How are the two words alike?
How are they different?
Both words rhyme. They each have the /ûr/ vowel sound.
The vowel sound is spelled er in stern and ear in learn.

Look through your writer’s notebook for words with


r-controlled vowels spelled ir, er, ur, ear, and or. Read the
words you find aloud. Then create a word sort for a partner.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 127B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

whirl firm stern nurse pearl


third fern serve turns word
girls herds hurt learn world

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.


1. after second third 4. hard or solid firm

2. short leafy plant fern 5. all of Earth world

3. medical worker nurse

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. The wind blew and the dry leaves began to whirl around.

7. The boys lined up on the left and the girls on the right.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


8. The fisherman found a beautiful pearl inside the oyster.

9. The film showed herds of grazing elephants.

10. Our principal is kind, but can be stern when she needs to be.

11. He will serve as class president this year.

12. When I fell on the icy sidewalk, I hurt my elbow.

13. How many left turns do we make to get to your house?

14. I want to learn how to build a model spaceship.

15. Which word did you miss on the spelling test?

128 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline


the misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.
Long ago there were three gurls who took a walk in the
woods. They stopped to rest near a tree when a small fairy flew
out from under a green furn. She was crying because she had
hirt her wing.
The girls said they would nerse the fairy back to health. They
took her home and put a bandage on her wing. When she was
better, she told her new friends to close their eyes and count to
three. On the theard count, they opened their eyes. Around each
of their necks hung a beautiful purle necklace.

1. girls 4. nurse

2. fern 5. third

hurt 6. pearl
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3.

Writing Connection Write a story about helping someone. Use at least


four spelling words. Reread your work for errors.

You may want to narrow the Writing Connection activity for some students. Allow them
to write a story with two spelling words instead of four.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 129


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a word is spelled with a vowel and then the letter r, the r
changes the vowel’s sound. When r comes after e, it creates the
vowel sound you hear in words like verb and permit. The same
sound can be spelled with ir as in girl and sir, ur as in burning and
curb, or as in word, and ear as in earth.

whirl turns learn nurse pearl


word fern serve firm third
girls herds hurt stern world

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud and then write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. l e a r n learn 9. th i r d third

2. f e r n fern 10. n u r se nurse

3. wh i r l whirl 11. w o r ld world

4. f i r m firm 12. g i r ls girls

5. h u r t hurt 13. p e a r l pearl

6. w o r d word 14. h e r ds herds

7. st e r n stern 15. t u r ns turns

8. s e r ve serve

130 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

amounts amounted

amount

amounting

Use your notes from Earth. Choose one word and write it inside the
telescope. Then write related words in the planets that can be seen
through the telescope. Use a dictionary for help.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Remind students of inflectional endings to help them generate


words related to the word they chose.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1 131


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Use the words and clues below to solve the crossword puzzle.

estimate bounce immigrated valuable


inspected whispered moment inventor
imagine observer arrived elect

1
O
2
B O U N C E
3
I S
4 5
M E S T I M A T E W
M R H
6
I V A L U 7A B L E 8
I
9
I 10M A G I N E R L S
O R R R E P

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


M A I C E
11 12
I N S P E C T E D I N V E N T O R
N E E E
T D D D

Across Down

2. Jump up and down 1. A person who sees something


4. Guess 3. Moved to a new country
6. Worth a great deal 5. Spoke very softly
9. Think of a picture or idea 7. Reached a destination
11. Looked at something carefully 8. Select someone for a position
12. Creator of a new machine or idea 10. A very short period of time

132 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 1


Grammar • Present-Tense Verbs
Name

• The tense of a verb tells when the action takes place. A verb in
the present tense tells what happens now.
• Add -s to most present-tense verbs with singular subjects. Do not
add -s to present-tense verbs with plural subjects.
• Remember that a simple sentence shows a complete thought and
has a subject and predicate. A verb must agree in number with
its subject in simple sentences.
• In the sentence The squirrel climbs the tree, the present-tense
verb climbs agrees with the singular subject The squirrel.
• In the sentence The squirrels climb the tree, there is no s at the
end of climb because The squirrels is a plural subject.

Choose the form of the verb that correctly agrees with the subject.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Circle your answer and write it on the line.

1. Brandon wants to make some money. want wants

2. He thinks of some ideas. think thinks

3. His parents talk to him about his plans. talk talks

4. They help him decide. help helps

5. Brandon plans to walk dogs. plan plans

6. He makes some flyers. make makes

In your writer’s notebook, write about something you could


do in your community to make money. Check your work when
you’re done to make sure your subjects and present-tense
verbs agree.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 133


Grammar • Subject-Verb Agreement
Name

• A verb must agree in number with its subject.


• When a present-tense verb with a singular subject ends in -sh,
-ch, -ss, -zz, or x, add -es: wishes, reaches, passes, buzzes, boxes.
• When a present-tense verb with a singular subject ends in a
consonant and y, change the y to i and add -es: try/tries, fry/fries.

A. For each verb below, write the present-tense form that


agrees with the subject given.
1. wash Dan washes .

2. fix Mom fixes .

3. toss They toss .

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. teach Mr. Alvarez teaches .

5. fly Lana flies .

B. Reread this excerpt from “Seeing Red.” Circle the first verb
in the underlined sentence.

These rovers sent images of Mars back to Earth.


They let us know about the rocks and soil. These
useful facts led to an answer. Scientists say Mars was
once warm and wet like Earth is today.

If Scientists was changed to A scientist, how would you


change the verb you circled to make the subject and verb
agree? Rewrite the new sentence on the lines below.
A scientist says Mars was once warm and wet like Earth
is today.

134 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


Grammar • Mechanics: Subject-Verb Agreement
Name

• Add -s or -es to most present-tense verbs with singular subjects:


The fox runs across the field.
• Do not add -s or -es to a present-tense verb when the subject
is plural: The foxes run across the field.
• Do not add -s or -es when the subject is I, you, or a compound
subject: I cook dinner, and Charlie and Nora make a salad.
• Remember that a compound sentence is formed by two simple
sentences joined by and, or, or but. Each subject must agree with
the verb that comes after it in a compound sentence: The dogs
bark, and the cat meows.

Choose the correct singular or plural form of the verb in each


sentence below. Underline your answer.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

1. The garden club members (meet, meets) at noon.


You may want to spend
2. Jack and Shanda (lead, leads) the meeting. extra time on verb forms
when the subject is I or you.
Explain that these are singular
3. Lisa (give, gives) a report on the flower sale. subjects, but you don’t add -s
to their corresponding verbs.
Provide some examples.
4. She (tell, tells) us that we made fifty dollars.

5. Lisa (sit, sits) down, and I (stand, stands) up.

6. I (explain, explains) that we planted ten trees last week, and the
members (cheer, cheers) loudly.

7. Jack and Shanda (end, ends) the meeting, and we all (walk, walks)
home.

In your writer’s notebook, write about some of the activities


you would do if you started your own club. Use at least one
compound sentence in your writing. When you’re done, check
your work to make sure your subjects and present-tense verbs
agree.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 135


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

A. Proofread the paragraph. Circle any verbs that do not agree


with their subjects.
Mom and Dad tells us that they have a HANDWRITING CONNECTION
big surprise for us. We gets in the car. Dad
Be sure to write legibly.
drives for about an hour. We parks at the
Use proper cursive and
airport and go inside. We watches out remember to leave spaces
the big window. Soon, a small plane land. between words.
Some time go by. I sees my grandparents
waving to us from a distance. We hurries
to the baggage claim to meet them.
Everyone hugs! I carries their bags to the car.

B. Rewrite the paragraph. Write the verbs so that they agree


with their subjects.
Mom and Dad tell us that they have a big surprise for us.
We get in the car. Dad drives for about an hour. We park at

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


the airport and go inside. We watch out the big window. Soon,
a small plane lands. Some time goes by. I see my grandparents
waving to us from a distance. We hurry to the baggage claim
to meet them. Everyone hugs! I carry their bags to the car.

If students require extra support, consider identifying the errors in the passage without
telling students how to correct the errors.

136 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


Grammar • Test: Subject-Verb Agreement
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Everyone is having a good time at the zoo. (2) A little girl
jumps up and down as her brothers point at the elephants. (3) A
boy sees a long snake. (4) People watch a lion and the lion stares
back. (5) The polar bears take a dip in their pool.

1. Which word in sentence 2 is a 2. Which word in sentence 4 is a


singular verb? plural verb?
A girl F People
B jumps G watch
C brothers H lion
D point J stares

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) Today my aunt, my brother, and I are at the zoo. (2) We
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

visits the monkeys first. (3) A mother monkey carry her baby on
her back. (4) We also see lions, elephants, and giraffes. (5) Soon
it’s time to leave. (6) I wish I could visit the zoo every day.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A We visit the monkeys first.
B We visites the monkeys first.
C We visit’s the monkeys first.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F A mother monkey carrys her baby on her back.
G A mother monkey carryes her baby on her back.
H A mother monkey carries her baby on her back.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 137


Spelling • r-Controlled Vowels /är/, /ôr/
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. sharp


paper along the
2. 2. yard
dotted line. Use
the blanks to 3. 3. artist
write each word 4. 4. carve
as it is read
5. 5. porch
aloud. When
you finish the 6. 6. storm
test, unfold the 7. 7. sport
paper. Use the
list at the right 8. 8. story
to correct 9. 9. chore
any spelling
10. 10. shore
mistakes.
11. 11. sore

Consider using 12. 12. hoard


the spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


words in a sentence 13. 13. oars
to help students avoid
confusing a word with
its homophone (e.g. 14. 14. pour
pour, poor; sore, soar).
15. 15. your
Review Words 16. 16. learn
17. 17. word
18. 18. turns
Challenge Words 19. 19. orchard
20. 20. ignore

138 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When the letter r follows the
Words with a vowel, two
letter a, it creates the /är/ sound
consonants, and another vowel
as in the word star. The /ôr/ (VCCV) are usually divided
sound in wore can be spelled or into syllables between the
as in torn, ore as in more, oar as two consonants (VC/CV). For
in soar, and our as in four. example: doc/tor, hor/net.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching sound spellings.

shore chore pour sharp yard


oars your story sore sport
artist storm carve hoard porch
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

/är/ spelled ar /ôr/ spelled or /ôr/ spelled ore


1. artist 7. storm 13. shore

2. carve 8. story 14. chore

3. sharp 9. sport 15. sore

4. yard 10. porch

/ôr/ spelled oar /ôr/ spelled our


5. oars 11. your

6. hoard 12. pour

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 139


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When the letter r follows the
letter a, it creates the /är/ sound Words with a vowel, two
consonants, and another vowel
as in the word star. The /ôr/ (VCCV) are usually divided
sound in wore can be spelled or into syllables between the
as in torn, ore as in more, oar as two consonants (VC/CV). For
in soar, and our as in four. example: doc/tor, hor/net.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching sound spellings.

sport story porch store roar


soar storm card sore yard
sharks hard chore more your

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


/är/ spelled ar /ôr/ spelled or /ôr/ spelled ore
1. hard 7. storm 12. chore

2. yard 8. sport 13. store

3. sharks 9. porch 14. sore

4. card 10. story 15. more

/ôr/ spelled oar /ôr/ spelled our


5. roar 11. your

6. soar

139A Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching sound spellings.

sharp orchard pour shore sore


your porch order ignore carve
artist storm uproar soaring tortilla

/är/ spelled ar /ôr/ spelled ore /ôr/ spelled or


1. sharp 6. sore 11. porch

2. carve 7. shore 12. storm

3. artist 8. ignore 13. tortilla


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

14. order
/ôr/ spelled oar /ôr/ spelled our
4. soaring 9. your orchard
15.

5. uproar 10. pour

B. Compare the words sore and pour. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words rhyme. They each have the /ôr/ vowel sound.
The vowel sound is spelled ore in sore and our in pour.

Look back through the selections you read this week for words
with r-controlled vowels. Read the words aloud and record
them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 139B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

sharp carve sport shore oars


yard porch story sore pour
artist storm chore hoard your

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.

1. strong wind and rain storm 4. sculptor or painter artist

2. edge of the sea shore 5. floor of a building story

3. belonging to you your Allow students to refer to a dictionary


to look up words that they don’t know.

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. Be careful, the pin is very sharp .

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. I built a tree house in the back yard .

8. My dad likes to carve the turkey for Thanksgiving dinner.

9. A porch is usually built on the front of a house.

10. I think that basketball is my favorite sport of all.

11. It is my chore to take out the trash.

12. I hadn’t played tennis in so long that my arms are now sore .

13. I read a story about a troll who liked to hoard gold.

14. We had to get new oars for our row boat.

15. Would you like me to pour you a glass of water?

140 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline


the misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.
One day after lunch Caroline took a walk along the shoar.
She saw a woman painting. Caroline stopped and asked, “Are
you an airtist?” The woman said that she was. “My name is Mary
Cassatt,” she said. “And what is yore name?”
Caroline told the woman her name and then pointed toward
the blue house with the wide yeard where she lived. Suddenly,
the sky became dark. “I think it may stoarm!” said Caroline.
“Come to my house until it’s over.” For the rest of the afternoon,
Caroline and Mary sat on the pourch and talked about art.

1. shore 4. yard

2. artist 5. storm

your 6. porch
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3.

Writing Connection Write a story about meeting a famous artist. Use


at least four spelling words in your story.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 141


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a vowel is followed by the letter r, the r creates a new
vowel sound.
• The /är/ sound is spelled ar as in star, bar, and far.
• The /ôr/ sound is spelled or as in acorn, ore as in wore, oar as in
roaring, and our as in fourteen.

story carve sport shore oars


pour porch sharp sore yard
artist storm chore hoard your

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud, then write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. ch o r e chore 9. sh a r p sharp

2. p o r ch porch 10. y o u r your

3. a r tist artist 11. o a r s oars

4. p o u r pour 12. h o a r d hoard

5. y a r d yard 13. s o r e sore

6. st o r y story 14. c a r ve carve

7. sp o r t sport 15. sh o r e shore

8. st o r m storm

142 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


Vocabulary Strategy • Using a Dictionary
Name

You can use a digital dictionary to look up unfamiliar words. Enter


the word in the search box. Then click the search icon.
When you search a word, you’ll see it split into smaller parts.
These are syllables. You’ll also see symbols that show how the
word is pronounced. The word mountain might look like this:
e
moun•tain | \ moun ’ t n \
If you’re still not sure of how to say a word, you can also listen to
how a word is pronounced by clicking the audio icon.

Use the dictionary entry and context clues to figure out the meanings
of the bold words. Write the meanings and part of speech on the line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

1. The book club gave us the opportunity to talk about the book.
a good time to do something; noun

2. I have the opportunity to cook dinner for the family when Mom is away.
a good moment or chance; noun

Say the word in the dictionary entry out loud with a partner.
COLLABORATE How many syllables are in the word? How do you know?

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2 143


Vocabulary Strategy • Suffixes
Name

Suffixes are word parts that are added to the end of a word to
create a new word with a different meaning.
• The suffix -able means can be. Treatable means can be treated.
• The suffix -ful means full of. The word joyful means full of joy.
• The suffix -ly means like, or in a certain manner or way. The word
quickly means in a fast or quick way.
• The suffix -y means having a lot of. The word spicy means having
a lot of spice.

Read each question below. Add the suffix -able, -ful, -ly, or -y to the
word in the box that best answers each question. Then write the new
word and its meaning on the line after the question.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


rock near help believe

1. What is a mountain’s surface like?


rocky; having a lot of rocks

2. What are you if you assist others?


helpful; caring, willing to help

3. What do you call a story that seems real?


believable; can be believed

4. How alike are two things that are almost the same?
nearly; in a close way

Help students understand suffixes by explaining that other languages use suffixes as
well. Provide a couple of examples in a student’s native language.

144 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 2


Grammar • Past-Tense Verbs
Name

• A past-tense verb shows an action that has already happened.


• Add -ed to form the past tense of most verbs: called, jumped.
• Drop the e and add -ed to verbs that end in e: baked, smiled.
• The same form of a regular past-tense verb is used with both
singular and plural subjects in simple and compound sentences.

Find the past-tense verb in each sentence. Write it on the line.

1. We walked to Ocean Park. walked


For additional
practice, call out
2. Mom looked for an empty bench. looked some present-tense
verbs and ask students
to supply the past-
3. She liked to watch us play. liked tense form.

played
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. I played with my little sister in the sand.

5. We packed sand into a bucket. packed

6. Then we formed a sand castle. formed

Connect to
Community
Talk to a parent or another trusted adult about the
parks in your community. Write about what people do
there. Use past-tense verbs in your writing.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 145


Grammar • More Past-Tense Verbs
Name

• There are more special rules for making past-tense verbs.


• If a verb ends with a consonant and the letter y, change the y to i
before adding -ed: fry/fried, bury/buried.
• Double the consonant and add -ed to verbs that end with one
vowel and one consonant: hug/hugged; stop/stopped.

A. Choose the correct past-tense verb for each sentence. Circle


the verb and write it on the line.
1. Dad and I watched a movie about birds. watchd watched

2. The baby bird cried for food. cried cryed

3. Eagles glided through the air. glideed glided

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. Baby geese hurried to catch their mother. hurryed hurried

5. Tiny robins begged for more worms. begged beged

6. Woodpeckers tried to find insects in a tree. tryed tried

B. Reread this paragraph from “Anansi Learns a Lesson.” Circle


two past-tense verbs.

As soon as Anansi dropped the stones, he rocketed


to the surface of the lake. Anansi sputtered furiously.
“Fish and Turtle tricked me,” he cried angrily.

What are the present-tense forms of the verbs you circled?


Possible responses: drop, rocket, sputter, trick, cry

146 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


Grammar • Mechanics: Abbreviations and Name Titles
Name

• An abbreviation is a shortened form of a word. It ends with a


period. Inches is shortened to in. Feet is shortened ft.
• Titles before a name are capitalized: President Lincoln, Queen
Elizabeth. Some titles are abbreviated: Mr. for Mister, Dr. for
Doctor.
• Geographical names and places are capitalized: Asia, Texas, the
Rio Grande. Some geographical names are abbreviated: St. for
Street, Ave. for Avenue, U.S. for United States.
• Don’t sound out abbreviations like a regular word. Read the
entire word that the abbreviation stands for.

A. Read each sentence aloud. Then rewrite the sentences with


the correct spelling for titles and other abbreviations.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

1. Last week, doctor Bennet spoke to our class about healthy eating.
Last week, Dr. Bennet spoke to our class about healthy eating.

2. He bought them at ms. Baker’s Fruit Market on Hill st in Maplewood.


He bought them at Ms. Baker’s Fruit Market on Hill St. in Maplewood.

3. Our class wrote governor Rose to tell him what we learned.


Our class wrote Gov. Rose to tell him what we learned.

B. Read aloud and write the word that each abbreviation


stands for. Look up abbreviations in a dictionary for help.
4. Ave. Avenue 6. Mt. Mount 8. Dec. December

5. in. inches 7. Dr. Doctor 9. Rd. Road


In your writer’s notebook, write a story about a king or queen of
a faraway place. When you’re done, check that you capitalized
official titles of characters in your story. Also check that you
capitalized geographical names and places.
Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 147
Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• To form the past tense of most verbs, add -ed. For verbs that end
in the letter e, drop the e and add -ed.
• Change the y to i before adding -ed if the verb ends with a
consonant and y. Double the consonant and add -ed to verbs that
end with one vowel and one consonant.
• Capitalize abbreviations for geographical places and titles before
a name: St., Ave., Mrs., Dr.
• When you read an abbreviation, say the entire word the
abbreviation stands for.

A. Proofread the paragraph. Circle any past-tense verbs that


are incorrect. Underline incorrect abbreviations and titles.
Last summer, I worked with my dad at the television station.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


I carryed some of my dad’s equipment We talkd to people all over
town. He recorded what they said. Mister Higgins, who lives on
Lemon aven, said he once tryed to sail around the world. On Second
str, mrs kemp said she skiped rope for fifteen hours to win a contest.

B. Rewrite the paragraph. Spell past-tense verbs, titles, and


abbreviations correctly. Then read the paragraph out loud.
Last summer, I worked with my dad at the television station.
I carried some of my dad’s equipment. We talked to people all
over town. He recorded what they said. Mr. Higgins, who lives
on Lemon Ave., said he once tried to sail around the world. On
Second St., Mrs. Kemp said she skipped rope for fifteen hours
to win a contest.
C. Work with a partner to read aloud the word that each of
the following abbreviations stand for: ft., oz., Sept., TX. You
can use a dictionary for help.

148 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


Grammar • Test: Past-Tense Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I’m ready to go surfing today. (2) The sun and sand are hot,
but the water is cool. (3) I carry my board into the water and
paddle past the breaking waves. (4) I lie on my belly and listen to
the ocean. (5) Soon a big wave comes. (6) I hop to my feet and
ride it to shore.

1. How is the past-tense form of 2. How is the past-tense form of


carry in sentence 3 spelled? hop in sentence 6 spelled?
A carryed F hoped
B carryied G hoppied
C carried H hops
D caried J hopped

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) My grandmother lives at 101 maple rd. (2) I visited her last
summer. (3) Every morning, we baked pies for her neighbors. (4) I
delivered the pies to mrs green and dr lopez. (5) In the afternoon,
I played with my grandmother’s dogs. (6) I had so much fun.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A My grandmother lives at 101 Maple road. Invite students to
ask questions if
B My grandmother lives at 101 maple Rd. they don’t know what a
particular word means.
C My grandmother lives at 101 Maple Rd.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?
F I delivered the pies to Mrs. Green and dr Lopez.
G I delivered the pies to Mrs. Green and Dr. Lopez.
H I delivered the pies to mrs Green and Dr. Lopez.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 149


Spelling • r-Controlled Vowels /âr/, /îr/
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. careful


paper along
2. 2. stared
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. shared
to write each 4. 4. pair
word as it is
5. 5. stairs
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. wear
the test, unfold 7. 7. bear
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. where
right to correct 9. 9. there
any spelling
10. 10. dear
mistakes.
11. 11. rear

Consider 12. 12. gear


reading some

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


of the spelling words 13. 13. here
in a sentence to
help students from
confusing homophones 14. 14. career
like bear and bare.
15. 15. peer
Review Words 16. 16. shore
17. 17. carve
18. 18. storm
Challenge Words 19. 19. square
20. 20. clearly

150 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
The /âr/ sound in hair can be
spelled are as in bare, air as in Sometimes the same letters can
repair, ear as in swear, and ere make different sounds. The words
swear and fear have the letters ear,
as in there. The /îr/ sound in near
but swear rhymes with hair, while
can be spelled ear as in fear, eer fear rhymes with hear. Confirm
as in cheer, and ere as in sincere. pronunciation in a dictionary.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words with the matching r-controlled vowel spellings.

pair gear here stared wear


dear stairs career rear where
shared bear there careful peer
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

/âr/ spelled are /âr/ spelled ear /îr/ spelled ear


1. shared 6. bear 11. dear

2. stared 7. wear 12. gear

3. careful /âr/ spelled ere 13. rear

/âr/ spelled air 8. there /îr/ spelled eer


4. pair 9. where 14. career

5. stairs /îr/ spelled ere 15. peer


10. here

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words that have r-controlled vowels. Read the words you find
aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 151


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
The /âr/ sound in hair can be
spelled are as in bare, air as in Sometimes the same letters can
repair, ear as in swear, and ere make different sounds. The words
swear and fear have the letters ear,
as in there. The /îr/ sound in near
but swear rhymes with hair, while
can be spelled ear as in fear, eer fear rhymes with hear. Confirm
as in cheer, and ere as in sincere. pronunciation in a dictionary.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words with the matching r-controlled vowel spellings.

care stairs pear there pair


near deer peer dear dare
lair fair wear ear bear

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


/âr/ spelled are /âr/ spelled ear /îr/ spelled ear
1. care 7. pear 11. dear

2. dare 8. bear 12. ear

/âr/ spelled air 9. wear 13. near

3. lair
/âr/ spelled ere /îr/ spelled eer
4. stairs 10. there 14. deer

pair 15. peer


5.

6. fair

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words that have r-controlled vowels. Read the words you find
aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

151A Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the
words with the matching r-controlled vowel spellings.

shared fairly there steer gear


beard where stairs nearly square
careful wear career weird here

/âr/ spelled are /âr/ spelled ere /îr/ spelled ear


1. shared 6. there 11. nearly

2. square 7. where 12. beard

3. careful /âr/ spelled ear 13. gear

8. wear
/âr/ spelled air /îr/ spelled eer
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. fairly career
/îr/ spelled eir 14.
stairs 9. weird steer
5. 15.
/îr/ spelled ere
10. here

B. Compare the words wear and beard. How are the two words alike?
How are they different?
Both have the ear vowel spelling, but the letters create different
sounds. Wear rhymes with hair, and beard rhymes with weird.

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words that have r-controlled vowels. Read the words you find
aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 151B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

careful pair bear dear here


stared stairs where rear career
shared wear there gear peer

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.


1. two of something pair 3. large mammal bear

2. back or end rear 4. job or occupation career

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


5. He and his brother shared a sandwich together.

6. An acrobat must be careful when walking the high wire.

7. The child stared at the clown in the crazy costume.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


8. Walking up and down stairs is good exercise.

9. I need to wear my raincoat today.


If students find
the task too
10. Do you know where my book is? difficult, provide some
of the answers to the
questions so the task is
11. I found it up there on the top shelf. reduced.

12. Be a dear and help me sweep up.

13. What kind of camping gear will we need this summer?

14. Do you want to come here for lunch?

15. After we wrote our stories, we had a peer review.

152 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline


the misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.
People often want to know whare to go to look at stars. Out
in the country away from city lights is best. Be sure and go thair
on a clear night. If it’s cold, make sure to ware warm clothes.
Besides a telescope, make sure that a blanket is part of your
geer. You can lie on it to look up at the sky. Some people have
made a carear of studying stars. One scientist said, “I’d rather be
heare looking at stars than anywhere else in the world.”

1. where 4. gear

2. there 5. career

3. wear 6. here
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write about a job that you would like to do. Use
at least four spelling words.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 153


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a vowel is followed by the letter r, the r creates a new
vowel sound.
• The /âr/ sound is spelled are as in bare and compare, air as in
repair, ear as in swear, and ere as in there.
• The /îr/ sound is spelled ear as in fear, eer as in cheer, and ere as
in sincere.

careful pair bear dear here


stared stairs where rear career
shared wear there gear peer

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word aloud and then write it on the line.

1. r e a r rear 9. st a i r s stairs

2. w e a r wear 10. d e a r dear

3. h e r e here 11. c a r eful careful

4. p a i r pair 12. g e a r gear

5. th e r e there 13. sh a r ed shared

6. st a r ed stared 14. car e e r career

7. p e e r peer 15. b e a r bear

8. wh e r e where

154 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

displays displayed

display
Read the
directions and
model generating
displaying related words by
adding inflectional
endings to a word of
your choice. Students
can work with partners
on the activity if they
have trouble.

Use your notes from “Anansi Learns a Lesson.” Choose one word and
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

write it on the body of the spider. Then write as many related words as
you can on the spider’s legs. Use a dictionary to help you.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3 155


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Read the clues. Complete the puzzle with your vocabulary words. Put
the letters in the boxes together to learn a fun fact at the end.

amount convince globe courage


warmth photographs support temperature
remind solar system astronomy surface

1. A quantity of something A M O U N T

2. Cause someone to remember something R E M I N D

3. The outside part of something S U R F A C E

4. The world G L O B E

5. Cause someone to believe or do something C O N V I N C E

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. Bravery C O U R A G E

7. Pictures taken with a camera P H O T O G R A P H S

8. Provide what someone or something needs S U P P O R T

9. Our sun and the planets around it S O L A R S Y S T E M

10. A measurement of hot or cold T E M P E R A T U R E

11. The study of the stars and planets A S T R O N O M Y

12. Heat W A R M T H

This unit of distance is equal to 5.88 trillion miles.

O N E L I G H T - Y E A R

156 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 3


Grammar • Future-Tense Verbs
Name

• Verbs can show actions that happen in the present, past, or future.
• A future-tense verb describes an action that is going to happen.
• Use the verb will to write about the future: I will walk home soon.

A. Circle the verb in each sentence. Decide whether it is in the


present or future tense. Write present or future on the line.
1. Carla waits in the car for her dad. present

2. Dad will drop Carla off at school. future

3. Dad gets in the car. present Use a clock or


calendar to help
students connect time
future with the tense of a
4. They will go down Elm Street. verb. Point to the clock
and say: At 7pm, I will
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

eat dinner.
5. Carla sees the school up ahead. present

6. Dad will stop at the parents’ drop-off. future

B. Read the following paragraph from “A Clever Crow.” Circle


the past-tense verb in the underlined sentence. Then rewrite
the sentence with the future-tense form of the verb.

As she stared at the water in frustration, she noticed


what looked like small clear stones in it. That gave her
an idea. She started dropping stones inside the pitcher.
After dropping several, she was sure the level of the
water was rising. She kept dropping rocks until she could
take a good long drink.

She will start dropping stones inside the pitcher.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 157


Grammar • Subject-Verb Agreement with Future-Tense Verbs
Name

• A verb in the future tense tells about an action that will happen.
• Use will with a verb to form the future tense.
• A future-tense verb must agree with its subject.
• The same future-tense verb is used for both singular and plural
nouns: He will ride his bike to the park. His friends will come, too.

Change the underlined present-tense verbs to the future tense. Don’t


forget to use the word will with the verb. Write the new sentence.

1. We plant new flowers in the yard.


We will plant new flowers in the yard.

2. The rain falls into our new rain barrel.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


The rain will fall into our new rain barrel.

3. We water the flowers with the water that we collect.


We will water the flowers with the water that we collect.

4. Dad uses the rain in the bird bath, too.


Dad will use the rain in the bird bath, too.

5. The birds like their new bird bath.


The birds will like their new bird bath.

In your writer’s notebook, write about what you will do for fun
this weekend. Reread your work when you’re done. Make sure
you used future-tense verbs correctly.

158 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


Grammar • Mechanics: Book Titles
Name

• The important words in a book or magazine title are always


capitalized: Adventures of Huckleberry Finn.
• The words the, and, in, of, and a are not capitalized in a title
unless they are the first word: Of Mice and Men.
• Underline all of the words in a book or magazine title if you are
handwriting it. If you are using a computer, use italic type.

Rewrite each sentence. Write book and magazine titles correctly.

1. I checked out a book called the marching monkeys of Miami.


I checked out a book called The Marching Monkeys of Miami.

2. My friend’s favorite book is We can sing a Song.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

My friend’s favorite book is We Can Sing a Song.

3. For my birthday, Gram gave me a magazine called good music.


For my birthday, Gram gave me a magazine called Good Music.

Writing Connection Think of one of your favorite books. Write about what
happens in the story. Tell why you like it. Reread your
work to make sure you wrote the title correctly.

Ask students to call out some books they are familiar with. Model writing and underlining
the titles on the board.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 159


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A future-tense verb shows an action that is going to happen.


• Use the special verb will to write about the future.
• Capitalize the important words in a book or magazine title.
• Underline a book or magazine title if you are handwriting it. If you
are using a computer, put the title in italic type.

A. Read the dialogue. Circle any verbs that are not written
in the correct tense or do not agree with their subjects.
Underline book titles that are not written correctly.
“I hoped you can come to my party,” Tad said to Shanna.

“I will asked my mom,” said Shanna. “I will tell you tomorrow.”

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


“Great,” said Tad. “Have you read the book, frogs in a pond?”

“No,” said Shanna. “I’m reading a Cricket asks A question.”

“I will looked for that book at the library,” said Tad.

“You will likes it,” said Shanna. “It will makes you laugh.”

B. Rewrite the dialogue. Write verbs correctly. Correct the


book titles and underline them.
“I hope you can come to my party,” Tad said to Shanna.
“I will ask my mom,” said Shanna. “I will tell you tomorrow.”
“Great,” said Tad. “Have you read the book, Frogs in a Pond?”
“No,” said Shanna. “I’m reading A Cricket Asks a Question.”
“I will look for that book at the library,” said Tad.
“You will like it,” said Shanna. “It will make you laugh.”

160 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


Grammar • Test: Future-Tense Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Tomorrow we will throw a big party to celebrate my sister’s
graduation. (2) Friends and family will be there. (3) Last week,
my parents bought my sister a new bicycle for her graduation.
(4) They will give it to her at the party. (5) She will be so happy!

1. What is the future-tense verb in 2. Which sentence does not


sentence 1? contain a future-tense verb?
A Tomorrow F Sentence 1
B will throw G Sentence 3
C party H Sentence 4
D celebrate J Sentence 5

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) I love to read biographies. (2) One of my favorite books is
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

the life and writings of mark twain. (3) Next week, my school will
have a book fair. (4) I will look for the biography called The Story
of Abraham Lincoln. (5) I hope I will find it.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A One of my favorite books is the Life and Writings of Mark Twain.
B One of my favorite books is the life And writings Of mark twain.
C One of my favorite books is The Life and Writings of Mark Twain.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F Next week, my school have a book fair.
G Next week, a book fair my school will have.
H Next week, my school had a book fair.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 161


Spelling • Prefixes pre-, dis-, mis-
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. misprint


paper along
2. 2. misread
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. mistrust
to write each 4. 4. misspell
word as it is
5. 5. mistreat
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. precut
the test, unfold 7. 7. preview
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. prepaid
right to correct 9. 9. preplan
any spelling
10. 10. preheat
mistakes.
11. 11. distrust

As these spelling 12. 12. discount


words are longer,

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


allow ELLs some extra 13. 13. dishonest
time to process what
they hear before they
write the spelling 14. 14. discover
words.
15. 15. disable
Review Words 16. 16. stairs
17. 17. rear
18. 18. where
Challenge Words 19. 19. prejudge
20. 20. disconnect

162 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A prefix is a word part added
Prefixes often form the first
to the beginning of a word. The
syllable in a word. For example,
prefix dis- means not. The word the first syllable in the word
disorder means not in order. The mislead is the prefix mis-. The
prefix mis- means bad or wrong. second syllable is the base word
Misfortune means bad luck. The lead. Use the prefix to find the
word’s meaning. Mislead means
prefix pre- means before. Predate
to lead the wrong way.
means to come before.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words that contain the prefixes below.

preplan discount preview misread dishonest


preheat mistreat disable precut discover
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

mistrust distrust misprint misspell prepaid

mis- pre- dis-

1. mistrust 6. preplan 11. discount

2. mistreat 7. preheat 12. distrust

3. misprint 8. preview 13. disable

4. misread 9. precut 14. dishonest

5. misspell 10. prepaid 15. discover

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words that have the prefixes pre-, dis-, and mis-. Read the
words aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 163


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A prefix is a word part added
to the beginning of a word. The Prefixes often form the first
syllable in a word. For example,
prefix dis- means not. The word the first syllable in the word
disorder means not in order. The mislead is the prefix mis-. The
prefix mis- means bad or wrong. second syllable is the base word
Misfortune means bad luck. The lead. Use the prefix to find the
prefix pre- means before. Predate word’s meaning. Mislead means
to lead the wrong way.
means to come before.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words that contain the prefixes below.

discount mistreat precut preheat preplan


disagree prepay distrust misread misuse

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


mistrust mistake mislead discover dismount

mis- pre- dis-

1. misread 7. precut 11. discount

2. misuse 8. preplan 12. discover

3. mistrust 9. prepay 13. distrust

4. mistreat 10. preheat 14. disagree

5. mislead 15. dismount

6. mistake

163A Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the
spelling words that contain the prefixes below.

misprint preview dishonest presale discover


disconnect misspell preplan preheat misread
mistreat precut miscount dismounted distrust

mis- pre- dis-

1. misprint 6. preheat 11. dishonest

2. misread 7. preplan 12. dismounted

3. mistreat 8. precut 13. discover

4. miscount 9. preview 14. disconnect


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

5. misspell 10. presale 15. distrust

B. Compare the words misprint and misread. How are the words
alike? How are they different?
Both have the prefix mis- to mean bad or wrong, but they have
different root words. In misprint, the prefix is added to the word
print. In misread, the prefix is added to the word read.

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words that have the prefixes pre-, dis-, and mis-. Read the
words aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 163B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

misprint discount preview preheat dishonest


discover mistreat mistrust distrust misread
prepaid precut preplan misspell disable

A. Write a spelling word that matches each meaning.

1. read incorrectly misread 4. to plan before preplan

2. paid before prepaid 5. to treat badly mistreat

3. not honest dishonest

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. The misprint in the newspaper listed my name incorrectly.

7. Do spelling bee winners ever misspell a word?

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


8. I helped the teacher precut the paper for the first-graders.

9. After seeing the movie preview , I bought my tickets.

10. People mistrust or distrust a salesperson who is not truthful.

11. We preheat the stove before putting in the cake.

12. I distrust or mistrust that e-mail that tells me to send in $100.

13. The store gave us a discount because we bought two bikes.

14. It would be exciting to discover a new star or planet.

15. We had to disable the car horn to make it stop.

Explain that other languages use prefixes as well. The Spanish word preparar, for
example, means to prepare.

164 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline


the misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.
Every month, I get a magazine about nature. My mom got
a descount on it. It tells about all the things you can disscover
if you look closely. Once I mesread an article about stars and
thought it was about movie stars!
Some articles tell you how to care for animals and not misstreat
them. They also tell you to beware of disshonest ads that try to sell
people wild animals. Wild animals are not pets. At the end of the
magazine, there is a preaview of the next month’s magazine.

1. discount 4. mistreat

2. discover 5. dishonest

misread 6. preview
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3.

Writing Connection Write about one of your favorite things in nature.


Use at least four spelling words.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 165


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A prefix is added to the beginning of a word or word part to
make a new word with a different meaning.
• The prefix pre- means before. Prehistory means before history.
• The prefix mis- means wrong. Misuse means to use wrongly.
• The prefix dis- means not. It changes a word to the word’s
opposite meaning. The word disorder means not in order.

misprint distrust preview preheat dishonest


discover mistreat mistrust misspell misread
prepaid precut preplan discount disable

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word aloud, then write it on the line.

1. p r e view preview 9. p r e plan preplan

2. d i s count discount 10. d i s honest dishonest

3. m i s trust mistrust 11. d i s trust distrust

4. m i s spell misspell 12. m i s treat mistreat

5. m i s read misread 13. p r e heat preheat

6. p r e cut precut 14. d i s cover discover

7. m i s print misprint 15. p r e paid prepaid

8. d i s able disable

166 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


Vocabulary Strategy • Idioms
Name

An idiom is a group of words that means something different


from their literal meaning. The phrase it slipped my mind is an
idiom. It means I forgot. If you come across an idiom you don’t
know, you can look for context clues in the same sentence or a
nearby sentence to help you define the idiom.

A. Read the sentences below. Underline the context clues that


help you understand each idiom in bold. Then write the
meaning of the idiom on the lines below.
1. I knew the answer to every question on the math exam. That test was
a piece of cake.
something that is easy to do

2. Johnny is in hot water because he is late to class every day.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

in trouble

3. Everyone started to leave the classroom when the teacher said, “Hold
your horses. I still need to hand out the homework assignment.”
wait

4. They had to cancel their picnic because it was raining cats and dogs.
raining very hard

B. The idiom under the weather means sick or unwell. Write a


sentence below using the idiom under the weather.

Explain that other languages use idioms as well. In Spanish, one might say Echar
agua al mar (to throw water into the sea) to mean to do something pointless.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4 167


Vocabulary Strategy • Synonyms
Name

Read the each sentence below. Circle the synonym that helps you
figure out the meaning of each word in bold. Then write the meaning
of the bold word on the line.

1. Cara was upset. She was sad because her swim meet was canceled.
unhappy

2. The girl giving the speech was young and brave. She was fearless
even though she was speaking to a huge crowd.
having no fear

3. The farmer couldn’t work on the barren hill. Because it was empty, it
was not a place to grow food and raise animals.
with nothing on it

4. The cheetah was swift. He used his quickness to catch the antelope.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


fast

5. The runner wasn’t injured, but his pride was hurt. He knew he had
lost the race.
wounded

Writing Connection Think of something cold. Write about it on the lines


below. In your writing, use a synonym for the word cold,
like cool, frigid, or frosty.

168 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 4


Grammar • Combining Sentences With Verbs
Name

• Join two sentences with the same subject by combining the


predicates. Combine the predicates by using the word and.
• The sentences The wolves run in the field and The wolves howl in
the field can be combined: The wolves run and howl in the field.

The pairs of sentences below share the same subject. Combine the
sentences by using the word and to join the verbs. Then write the
new sentence on the line.

1. The dancer slides. The dancer leaps.


The dancer slides and leaps.

2. The musicians smile. The musicians play.


The musicians smile and play.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. More dancers appear. More dancers twirl.


More dancers appear and twirl.

4. People stand. People cheer.


People stand and cheer.

5. The dancers smile. The dancers wave.


The dancers smile and wave.

In your writer’s notebook, write two simple sentences


describing what you did for fun this weekend. Use two
different verbs. Then combine the two simple sentences into
one sentence. Use the above sentences as a model.

Write a sentence with one subject and two verbs on the board. Ask: How many
actions are in the sentence? What word joins the two actions?

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 169


Grammar • Subject-Verb Agreement When Combining Sentences
Name

• Subjects and verbs must agree. If a subject is singular, its verb


must be singular. If a subject is plural, its verb must be plural.
• In the sentence The owl hop along a branch, the subject and
verb do not agree. You could correct this sentence by making the
subject plural (The owls) or by making the verb singular (hops).

A. Circle the correct verbs below. Then rewrite each sentence.


1. The mayor (listen, listens) to people and (help, helps) them.
The mayor listens to people and helps them.

2. Librarians (read, reads) to children and (tell, tells) them about books.
Librarians read to children and tell them about books.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. A baseball player (hit, hits) the ball and (run, runs) to first base.
A baseball player hits the ball and runs to first base.

B. Read the paragraph from The Birth of an Anthem. Circle


the two verbs in the underlined sentence. Then rewrite the
sentence in the present-tense on the lines below.

A few days after they left, word reached Beanes


that the soldiers were stealing from his neighbors.
He had the soldiers held in a jail. The British officers
didn’t appreciate this. When they found out, they felt
betrayed. In the middle of the night, they arrested
Beanes and brought him aboard a British ship.

In the middle of the night, they arrest Beanes and bring him

aboard a British ship.

170 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


Grammar • Mechanics: Punctuation in Letters, Dates, Addresses, and Locations
Name

• Place a comma between the day and year in a date: July 4, 1776
• Place a comma between a street address and a city and between
a town and a state in a location: 350 5th Avenue, New York, NY
• Place a colon after the greeting of a formal letter: Dear Mr. Lowry:
• Place a comma after the closing of a letter: Sincerely,

Rewrite the letter on the lines below. Correct any missing punctuation.

If students need extra support, consider


808 Maple Street
pointing out the errors in the letter
without telling students how to correct them.
Lake City FL 35678
June 15 2014
Dear Ms. Alvarez
I ordered a Sparkle Yo-Yo from your company on May 20
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2014. The yo-yo came in the mail yesterday, on June 14 2014. It


looks as if you sent the Rocket Yo-Yo by mistake. I am returning
the Rocket Yo-Yo. Please send the Sparkle Yo-Yo that I ordered.
Sincerely
808 Maple Street
Lake City, FL 35678
June 15, 2014
Dear Ms. Alvarez:
I ordered a Sparkle Yo-Yo from your company on May 20, 2014.
The yo-yo came in the mail yesterday, on June 14, 2014. It looks
as if you sent the Rocket Yo-Yo by mistake. I am returning the
Rocket Yo-Yo. Please send the Sparkle Yo-Yo that I ordered.
Sincerely,

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 171


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Subjects and verbs must agree with one another in number. If a


subject is singular, its verb must also be singular. If a subject is
plural, its verb must also be plural.
• Place a comma between the day and year in a date. Place a
comma between a street address and a city and between a town
and a state in a location.
• Place a colon after the greeting of a formal letter. Place a comma
after the closing of a letter.

Rewrite each sentence on the lines below. Make sure that the verbs
agree in number with the subject. Correct any mistakes in punctuation.

1. Bears eats a lot of berries and then hibernates during the winter.
Bears eat a lot of berries and then hibernate during the winter.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. The new school in Daleville Ohio will open on September 4 2015.
The new school in Daleville, Ohio, will open on September 4, 2015.

3. The athlete jog ten miles each day and swim twenty laps.
The athlete jogs ten miles each day and swims twenty laps.

4. Each day I folds the newspapers and delivers them to my customers.


Each day I fold the newspapers and deliver them to my customers.

5. The students writes the letters and sends them to Albany New York.
The students write the letters and send them to Albany, New York.

172 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


Grammar • Test: Combining Sentences with Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I enjoy playing baseball. (2) I enjoy playing soccer. (3) I like
to be the pitcher when I play baseball. (4) My teammates say I
have a good arm. (5) When I play soccer, I like to be the goalie.

1. What is the best way to 2. What are the subject and verb
combine sentences 1 and 2? in sentence 4?
A I enjoy playing baseball and I F teammates; say
enjoy playing soccer. G teammates; have
B I enjoy playing baseball and H arm; say
soccer. J arm; have
C I enjoy playing baseball and
playing soccer too.
D I enjoys playing baseball and
soccer.

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

made. Then answer the questions.


(1) I wrote a letter to my cousin on April 20 2017. (2) She lives
in Santa Fe New Mexico. (3) I told her that I can’t wait to visit
her next summer. (4) We’re planning to hike through the desert!
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A I wrote a letter to my cousin on April, 20, 2017.
B I wrote a letter to my cousin on April, 20 2017.
C I wrote a letter to my cousin on April 20, 2017.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
F She lives in Santa Fe, New Mexico.
G She lives in Santa Fe: New Mexico.
H She lives in Santa Fe. New Mexico.
J No change needed in sentence 2.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 173


Spelling • Diphthongs
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. foil


paper along
2. 2. coins
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. noise
to write each 4. 4. point
word as it is
5. 5. enjoy
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. joyful
the test, unfold 7. 7. down
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. owl
right to correct 9. 9. crowd
any spelling
10. 10. plow
mistakes.
11. 11. round
12. 12. couch

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. proud
14. 14. bounce
15. 15. loudly
Review Words 16. 16. misprint
17. 17. prepaid
18. 18. discount
Challenge Words 19. 19. choice
20. 20. snowplow

174 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Diphthongs are sounds created
Look for word parts you know
when two vowels make one
in the word enjoyable, such
syllable. The /oi/ sound in boy. as the suffix able. Now look
can be spelled oy as in toy and oi at the base word left over:
as in join. The /ou/ sound in cow enjoy. Divide the base word
can be spelled ow as in brown into syllables: en/joy. Blend the
syllables together: en/joy/a/ble.
and ou as in cloud.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words with the matching sound spellings below.

plow bounce couch foil proud


enjoy point owl round coins
noise crowd joyful loudly down
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

oi ow ou
1. noise 7. plow 11. bounce

2. point 8. crowd 12. couch

3. foil 9. owl 13. round

4. coins 10. down 14. loudly

oy 15. proud
5. enjoy

6. joyful

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 175


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Diphthongs are sounds created
when two vowels make one Look for word parts you know
in the word enjoyable, such
syllable. The /oi/ sound in boy. as the suffix able. Now look
can be spelled oy as in toy and oi at the base word left over:
as in join. The /ou/ sound in cow enjoy. Divide the base word
can be spelled ow as in brown into syllables: en/joy. Blend the
and ou as in cloud. syllables together: en/joy/a/ble.

Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words with the matching sound spellings below.

plow point town crowd coins


house proud owl shout foil

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


boil joy oil round sound

oi oy ou
1. oil 6. joy 11. shout

2. foil ow 12. round

3. boil 7. town 13. proud

4. point 8. owl 14. house

5. coins 9. plow 15. sound

10. crowd

175A Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the spelling words in the box aloud. Then write the spelling
words with the matching sound spellings below.

voice prowling joyful proud snowplow


crowd loyal couch royally coins
noise louder bowed bounce foil

oi ow ou
1. voice 8. bowed 12. couch

2. coins 9. snowplow 13. proud

3. noise 10. crowd 14. louder

4. foil 11. prowling 15. bounce


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

oy

5. loyal

6. royally

7. joyful

B. Compare the words crowd and proud. How are the words alike?
How are they different?
The words rhyme. The /ou/ sound is spelled ow in crowd and ou
in proud. The words also end with the letter d.

Look through the selections you read this week. Look for
words with diphthongs spelled oi, oy, ow, and ou. Read the
words you find aloud and write them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 175B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

foil point down plow enjoy


bounce proud loudly round coins
noise joyful crowd couch owl

A. Write the spelling word that belongs with each word group.

1. hawk, crow, owl 4. circle, ball, round

2. sofa, chair, couch 5. lower, below, down

3. delighted, cheerful, joyful

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. Mom wrapped my sandwich in foil .
coins

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. He put three in the snack machine.

8. It made a lot of noise when she dropped the pans.

9. Can you point to the correct spelling?

10. We always enjoy being with our good friends.

11. A huge crowd of people lined up to see the movie.

12. The farmer uses a plow to break up the hard soil.

13. Dad was proud of me when I won the math prize.

14. The basketball needs more air for it to bounce properly.

15. We cheered loudly when our team won the game.


If students have trouble, allow them to refer to a dictionary. You can also provide
some of the answers so that the task is reduced.

176 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraphs below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.
I read a book about a family who moved west. They were
tired of all the noyse in the big city. There was always a croud of
people on the busy streets. People shouted lowdly all the time.
They knew they would enjoi the peace and quiet of the country.
They settled in a place with lots of farms. They used a plouw to
break up the hard earth so they could plant wheat. At night they
would poynt to all the stars they could see in the sky. They were so
happy to be on their new farm.

1. noise 4. enjoy

2. crowd 5. plow

3. loudly 6. point
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write to tell some reasons that people move to


new places. Use at least four spelling words.

Display the list of spelling words so students can compare them to the misspelled
words in the paragraph.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 177


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A diphthong is created when two vowels make one syllable.
Sometimes the same diphthong can be spelled in different ways.
• The /oi/ sound that you hear in boy can be spelled oi as in soil
and join. It can also be spelled oy as in toy and annoy.
• The /ou/ sound that you hear in cow can be spelled ou as in
cloud and out. It can also be spelled ow as in brown and town.

crowd point down plow proud


bounce couch owl round coins
noise joyful foil enjoy loudly

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word aloud and then write it on the line.

1. enj o y enjoy 9. cr o w d crowd

2. c o i ns coins 10. j o y ful joyful

3. l o u dly loudly 11. d o w n down

4. pr o u d proud 12. c o u ch couch

5. f o i l foil 13. p o i nt point

6. pl o w plow 14. b o u nce bounce

7. r o u nd round 15. n o i se noise

8. o w l owl

178 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


Vocabulary • Content Words
Name

CONNECT TO CONTENT
Content words are specific to a
“Birth of an Anthem” gives facts
field of study. The words national
about the creation of “The Star-
and government are social Spangled Banner.” The author
studies content words. uses social studies content words
to help you understand how this
You can figure out what a content
event was a unique moment in
word means by using context clues. American history.
You can also use a dictionary.

Go on a word hunt with a partner. Find content words related


COLLABORATE to unique events in our history, such as the creation of our
national anthem. Write them on the stripes of the flag below.

national
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

anthem

soldiers

patriotic

president

flag

Pick two words that you were able to figure out the meaning of by
using context clues. Write the words and what they mean on the lines.

Allow students to refer to a dictionary so they can see if the words they selected are
nouns, verbs, adjectives, or adverbs.

Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5 179


Vocabulary Strategy • Suffixes
Name

Read the sentences from “Mississippi Steamboats.” Read each word


in bold aloud. Then underline the suffix of the word in bold and write
the meaning of the word on the line.

1. Captains steered the steamboats from a little house on the roof of


the cabin. They had to be watchful of objects in the river.
full of watching, looking out

2. John Fitch made the first successful American steamboat, but it


could only float in deep water.
full of success

3. The Mississippi was not deep. However, this problem was fixable.
can be fixed

4. Captains had to be careful on moonless nights when it was hard to

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


see.
without a moon

5. As a result, trains became the most acceptable way to travel.


can be accepted

Writing Connection Write about what you might see while traveling on a
boat on a river. Use words with the suffixes -ly, -able,
or -ful in your writing. Use one of the words above or
think of your own.

180 Grade 3 • Unit 3 • Week 5


Grammar • Linking Verbs
Name

• An action verb tells what the subject does.


• A linking verb does not show action. It connects the subject to
the predicate. It describes the subject. In the sentence The wolf is
gray, the linking verb is the word is.
• The verb to be is the most common linking verb. It has special
forms in the present tense: am, is, are.

Circle the verb in each sentence. Decide whether it is an action verb


or a linking verb. Write action or linking on the line.

1. Lee is my older brother. linking Remind students


that the tenses
of the verb to be have
2. He plays baseball for the Comets. action different spellings.
Quickly review the
past, present, and
action future tenses to help
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. My family goes to see every game. students understand


linking verbs.

4. We are so proud of him. linking

5. Lee is one of the best athletes on the team. linking

6. My dad was a football quarterback in college. linking

7. Now he coaches football for a local team. action

8. Mom is an amazing tennis player. linking

9. I am a pretty good swimmer. linking

10. We are a very active family. linking

In your writer’s notebook, write about a sport or game that


you like to play. Reread your work when you’re done to make
sure you used action verbs and linking verbs correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 181


Grammar • More Linking Verbs
Name

• The verb to be is the most common linking verb. Its past tense
forms are was and were: He was a writer. They were readers.
• Use the linking verbs am, is, and was when the subject is singular.

A. Write am, is, or was to finish each sentence.

1. I am in the school play that opens today.

2. My friend, Jason, is also in the play.

3. I am an astronaut who gets lost in space.

4. The play is funny and exciting.

5. Jason was silly and forgetful during yesterday’s rehearsal.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. Yesterday I was nervous about going on stage.

7. But today I am excited!

B. Reread this paragraph from “The Impossible Pet Show.” Circle the
linking verb in the underlined sentence.

When the show began, I gulped and announced


the first pet. It was a parakeet named Butter whose
talent was walking back and forth on a wire.

Think of a time you were nervous. In your writer’s notebook,


write about what you did and how you felt. Reread your work
to make sure you used linking verbs and action verbs correctly.

182 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


Grammar • Mechanics: End Punctuation and Complete Sentences
Name

• Statements and commands end with periods.


• A question ends with a question mark.
• An exclamation ends with an exclamation point.
• A complete sentence has a subject and predicate. A complete
sentence must show a complete thought.

Rewrite each of the sentences below. Make sure you use correct end
punctuation and capitalization.

1. a new restaurant opened in town

A new restaurant opened in town.


2. what is your favorite food
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

What is your favorite food?


3. go to the new Oakville Café on Saturday

Go to the new Oakville Café on Saturday.


4. wow, they have the best cherry pies

Wow, they have the best cherry pies!


5. have you tried the apple pies yet

Have you tried the apple pies yet?

In your writer’s notebook, write about your favorite food.


Reread your work when you’re done to make sure you used
end punctuation correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 183


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Statements and commands end with periods. Questions end with


question marks. Exclamations end with exclamation points.
• The verb to be is the most common linking verb. Its past tense
forms are was and were. Use the linking verbs am, is, and was
when the subject is singular. Use are and were for plural subjects.
• A complete sentence has a subject and a predicate and shows a
complete thought.

A. Rewrite each of the sentences below. Correct the incorrect linking


verbs and any other mistakes you find. Remind students
that subjects
and verbs must always
1. what time are the train leave the station agree. Run through some
examples on the board if
necessary.
What time does the train leave the station?

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. the train to Hartford are always on time

The train to Hartford is always on time.


3. wow, I is going to be late if I don’t hurry

Wow, I am going to be late if I don’t hurry!


4. we am at the station

We are at the station.

B. Add a subject or predicate to the group of words below to form a


complete sentence. Write the new sentence on the line.

5. My grandparents are

Responses will vary. Example: My grandparents are a lot of fun.

184 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


Grammar • Test: Linking Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I am ten years old. (2) My older sister, Amanda, is twelve. (3) We
are good friends and do a lot of things together. (4) Yesterday we were
in the pool. (5) Today we are tired from swimming so much.

1. Which sentence contains a 2. What is the linking verb in


linking verb in the past tense? sentence 5?
A Sentence 1 F we
B Sentence 2 G are
C Sentence 3 H tired
D Sentence 4 J swimming

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) My father are a great baker. (2) Yesterday he made an apple
pie. (3) The filling was bubbling up through the golden crust. (4) It
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

smelled so delicious. (5) I is so excited to try a piece!

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?


A My father were a great baker.
B My father am a great baker.
C My father is a great baker.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 5?
F I am so excited to try a piece!
G I are so excited to try a piece!
H I were so excited to try a piece!
J No change needed in sentence 5.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 185


Spelling • Variant Vowels /ü/
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. spoon


paper along
2. 2. goose
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. booth
to write each 4. 4. gloom
word as it is
5. 5. rude
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. tube
the test, unfold 7. 7. due
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. clues
right to correct 9. 9. true
any spelling
10. 10. chew
mistakes.
11. 11. July
12. 12. look

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. shook
14. 14. notebook
15. 15. could
Review Words 16. 16. coins
17. 17. joyful
18. 18. round
Challenge Words 19. 19. classroom
20. 20. childhood

186 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The vowel sound in the word blue can
The word untrue has
be spelled oo as in room, u_e as in two syllables that divide
cube, ue as in cue, ew as in few, or after the prefix un-, or
u as in truly. The vowel sound in the between the consonants
word book can be spelled oo as in n and t. Blend the
took or ou as in would. sounds in the syllables
together: un/true.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching sound spellings.

could July goose true rude


due shook clues spoon notebook
booth look chew tube gloom
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

oo as in broom u_e as in tune oo as in cook

1. booth 6. tube 11. shook

2. goose 7. rude 12. look

3. spoon ue as in cue 13. notebook

4. gloom 8. due
ou as in would

ew as in few 9. clues 14. could

5. chew 10. true u as in truly

15. July

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 187


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The vowel sound in the word blue can
The word untrue has
be spelled oo as in room, u_e as in two syllables that divide
cube, ue as in cue, ew as in few, or after the prefix un-, or
u as in truly. The vowel sound in the between the consonants
word book can be spelled oo as in n and t. Blend the
took or ou as in would. sounds in the syllables
together: un/true.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching sound spellings.

loop hoop grew true rude


look chew group soup spoon
gloom tube glue due shook

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


oo as in broom u_e as in tune ou as in you

1. loop 7. tube 12. group

2. spoon 8. rude 13. soup

3. gloom ue as in cue oo as in cook

4. hoop 9. due 14. shook

ew as in few 10. glue 15. look

5. chew 11. true

6. grew

187A Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words with the matching sound spellings.

spoon classroom clues chew booth


groups tube through renew notebook
childhood include could shook gloom

oo as in broom u_e as in tune ew as in few

1. booth 6. tube 11. chew

2. classroom 7. include 12. renew

3. spoon oo as in cook ou as in would


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. gloom 8. shook 13. could

ue as in cue 9. childhood ou as in you

5. clues 10. notebook 14. through

15. groups

B. How are the words could and groups alike? How are they different?
Both words use the ou vowel spelling, but it produces different

sounds. Groups has a long u as in blue, and could has the same

vowel sound as should.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 187B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

spoon gloom due clues shook


could rude chew July notebook
booth tube true look goose

Read the clues. Then use 1


N
the spelling words to O
2
J
complete the sentences. 3
T R U E
4
T U B E L
Consider
prefilling
B Y
some of the words O
so students have 5 6
more support in G S P O O N
completing the 7
puzzle. B O O T H K
8
O O G
9
S C O U L D
10 11

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


R C L U E S K O
12
U H L O O K
13
D U E M
E W

Across Down
3. The opposite of false 1. Where you write things down
4. A hollow cylinder or pipe 2. The month after June
6. Something to eat soup with 5. A bird that lives near water
7. Where you buy tickets 6. The past tense of shake
9. The past tense of can 8. Darkness
11. Hints 10. The opposite of polite
12. Use your eyes 11. Move your teeth up and down
13. Expected at a certain time

188 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraphs below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Once there was a gouse named Sam who didn’t know how to fly.
Some of the ducks on the pond were roode to Sam and teased him
unkindly. One day a kind duck walked up to Sam and said, “Is it trew
that you don’t know how to fly?”

“I cood teach you how, if you want,” said the kind duck. Duck
showed Sam what to do. He said, “Lok at me fly and then do what
I do.” Soon, Sam was flying just like Duck. He was so happy that he
shoulk with joy!

1. goose 4. could

2. rude 5. look

3. true 6. shook
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a story about a character who learns something


new. Use at least four spelling words in your writing.

Some students may have an easier time if you provide the list of spelling words for
them to compare against the misspelled words in the passage.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 189


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Words with the long u sound as in blue can be spelled in several
ways: oo as in room, u_e as in cube, ue as in cue, ew as in few,
and u as in truly. The vowel sound you hear in the word book can
be spelled oo as in took and ou as in would.

spoon gloom due chew shook


goose rude clues July notebook
booth tube true look could

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud, then write it on the line.

1. sh o o k shook 9. d u e due

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. sp o o n spoon 10. noteb o o k notebook

3. cl u e s clues 11. tr u e true

4. r u d e rude 12. J u l y July

5. c o u ld could 13. l o o k look

6. b o o th booth 14. t u b e tube

7. ch e w chew 15. g o o se goose

8. gl o o m gloom

190 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

apologizing apologizes

apologize apologies

apologized apology

Use your notes from The Talented Clementine. Choose one word and
write it on the movie clapper board below. Then write as many related
words as you can on the lines. Use a dictionary to help you.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1 191


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Complete the puzzle with the vocabulary words. Use the letters in
the boxes to solve the riddle below.

population boomed vehicles unique


transportation descendants agreeable dismay
appreciate resources splendid watchful

1. The act of moving T R A N S P O R T A T I O N

2. Machines that move people or goods V E H I C L E S

3. One of a kind U N I Q U E Allow students to refer to a


dictionary if they have a hard
time remembering some of
4. Wonderful S P L E N D I D the words.

5. Number of people in one place P O P U L A T I O N

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. Nice or pleasant A G R E E A B L E

7. Being careful to look out for something W A T C H F U L

8. Be grateful for something A P P R E C I A T E

9. Grew or expanded in a short period of time B O O M E D

10. People after earlier generations D E S C E N D A N T S

11. Shock and surprise D I S MA Y

12. Materials used to perform a task R E S O U R C E S

This land animal can swim up to 100 miles at a time. What is it?

T H E P O L A R B E A R

192 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 1


Grammar • Contractions with Not
Name

• A contraction is a shortened form of two words.


• An apostrophe ( ’ ) takes the place of one or more letters
in a contraction.
• Common contractions are isn’t for is not, wasn’t for was not,
hasn’t for has not, and won’t for will not.
• Some contractions are formed with forms of the verbs be, do,
have, and the word not: isn’t, wasn’t, aren’t, hasn’t, haven’t.
• A contraction usually changes the sound of one or both of
the words being combined. For example, the short o in not is
dropped in the word isn’t. A contraction may also have a different
number of syllables than the two words being combined. For
example, will not is two syllables, but won’t is one.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Circle the contraction in each sentence. Write the words that


form the contraction.

1. Tim’s book isn’t on the bookshelf. is not

2. He hasn’t finished reading it yet. has not

3. He won’t stop looking until he finds it. will not

4. I looked in my room but it wasn’t there. was not

5. The book isn’t on the table. is not

6. Tim hasn’t looked under the chair. has not

7. It isn’t on top of Dad’s bookshelf. is not

In your writer’s notebook, write about a time when you lost


something. Describe where you looked for it. Did you find it?
Check for errors in contractions when you’re done.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 193


Grammar • More Contractions with Not
Name

• A contraction is a shortened form of two words. An apostrophe


takes the place of one or more letters in a contraction.
• Some more important contractions are can’t for can not, doesn’t
for does not, aren’t for are not, and didn’t for did not.

A. Rewrite each sentence using a contraction with not in place


of the underlined verb.
Explain that other languages use
contractions as well. In Spanish,
1. I did see the parade last Saturday. if the preposition de appears before
the article el, the words are combined
as del.
I didn’t see the parade last Saturday.
2. The marching band does practice every day.

The marching band doesn’t practice every day.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. The big floats are made with lots of flowers.

The big floats aren’t made with lots of flowers.

B. Reread this paragraph from “Painting From Memory.” Circle one


contraction. Write the two words that the contraction combines.

New York was not easy at first because I knew


no one and spoke imperfect English. Yet I didn’t feel
homesick when I looked at my paintings of home. I soon
found friends at school, too. Like me, they’re artists, and
we now paint together after school.

Possible answers: did not, they are

In your writer’s notebook, write about something that you’re


lucky to have. Reread your work to check for errors.

194 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


Grammar • Mechanics: Using Apostrophes
Name

• Do not confuse contractions with possessive nouns. An


apostrophe is used with a noun to show ownership: The girl’s toy.
• The words don’t, won’t, and haven’t are contractions. The
apostrophe shows where letters are left out.

Read each sentence. Write C if the underlined word is a


contraction. Write P if it is a possessive noun.

1. I don’t know what time the train leaves. C

2. Dave’s bag is already packed. P

3. We won’t need heavy coats in Florida. C


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. We haven’t decided which beach to visit first. C

5. My aunt’s house is near Sunrise Beach. P

Writing Connection Write about a trip you have taken or would like to take
in the future. Reread your work to make sure you used
apostrophes in contractions and possessive nouns.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 195


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A contraction is a shortened form of two words. An apostrophe


shows where letters have been left out.

A. Proofread this passage. Circle any contractions that are not


correctly written.

Just a few years ago I didnt know how to tie my shoes. My Uncle
Jeff said he would teach me. “It isnt’ hard to do,” he said. “It wont take
me more than five minutes to show you how.”

He showed me the steps and then I tried. But it didnt work. I ended
up tying a big knot in my shoelace. “I know this is’nt how to do it,” I
said. Uncle Jeff showed me again. “We arent going to give up!” he
told me. I tried to tie my shoe but it just wasnt working. My loops were
either too big or too small. But Uncle Jeff didnt give up. Finally, I tied

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


my shoe! “That wasnt so hard, was it?” he asked. I just laughed.

B. Rewrite the passage. Write the contractions correctly.


Just a few years ago I didn’t know how to tie my shoes. My
Uncle Jeff said he would teach me. “It isn’t hard to do,” he said.
“It won’t take me more than five minutes to show you how.”
He showed me the steps and then I tried. But it didn’t work. I
ended up tying a big knot in my shoelace. “I know this isn’t how
to do it,” I said. Uncle Jeff showed me again. “We aren’t going
to give up!” he told me. I tried to tie my shoe but it just wasn’t
working. My loops were either too big or too small. But Uncle Jeff
didn’t give up. Finally, I tied my shoe! “That wasn’t so hard, was
it?” he asked. I just laughed.

196 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


Grammar • Test: Contractions with Not
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) My cat’s name is Max. (2) He is very independent. (3) He
doesn’t come when I call him. (4) He will not sit on my lap. (5) But
yesterday when he was playing in the backyard, I called, “Max,
Max, come inside.” (6) He actually listened!

1. Which sentence uses an 2. What is the correct way to write


apostrophe that shows sentence 4 with a contraction
possession? for “will not”?
A Sentence 1 F He willn’t sit on my lap.
B Sentence 2 G He won’t sit on my lap.
C Sentence 3 H He w’ont sit on my lap.
D Sentence 4 J He wasn’t sit on my lap.
B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) My friend is a great guitar player. (2) “I cant’ play guitar. Can
you teach me?” I asked him. (3) “Sure. We’ll go to the park. Bring
your guitar,” he said. (5) “I don’t have one,” I said. (6) “You can
borrow my brother guitar. Let’s go!” he said.

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?


A “I cant play guitar. Can you teach me?” I asked him.
B “I ca’nt play guitar. Can you teach me?” I asked him.
C “I can’t play guitar. Can you teach me?” I asked him.
D No change needed in sentence 2.

4. What is the correct way to write sentence 6?


F “You can borrow my brothers guitar. Let’s go!” he said.
G “You can borrow my brother’s guitar. Let’s go!” he said.
H “You can borrow my brotheres’ guitar. Let’s go!” he said.
J No change needed in sentence 6.
Consider reading the paragraphs aloud, changing your voice to reflect spoken dialogue.
Invite students to ask questions if they don’t know what something means.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 197


Spelling • Plural Words
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. years


paper along
2. 2. twins
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. trays
to write each 4. 4. states
word as it is
5. 5. ashes
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. foxes
the test, unfold 7. 7. inches
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. flies
right to correct 9. 9. cities
any spelling
10. 10. ponies
mistakes.
11. 11. bunches
For more
support, use 12. 12. alleys

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word frames in
which you provide 13. 13. lunches
some of the non-
spelling-target
letters for students. 14. 14. cherries
15. 15. daisies
Review Words 16. 16. spoon
17. 17. clues
18. 18. shook
Challenge Words 19. 19. heroes
20. 20. libraries

198 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
To form plural nouns, add -s to most
An abbreviation is a
singular nouns: cars, books. Add -es if shortened form of a word.
a noun ends in -s, -ss, -sh, -ch, or -x: You don’t usually sound
buses, dresses, dishes, couches, boxes. out an abbreviation like
If a noun ends in a consonant and the a normal word. Instead,
letter y, change the y to an i and add you pronounce the entire
word that the abbreviation
-es: stories, babies, bodies. stands for. For example, for
in. you read inches.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the plural endings listed below.

years lunches inches twins foxes


ponies cities flies bunches cherries
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

daisies states ashes alleys trays

change y to i and
add -s add -es add -es

1. years 6. lunches 11. ponies

2. states 7. inches 12. daisies

3. twins 8. ashes 13. cities

4. alleys 9. bunches 14. flies

5. trays 10. foxes 15. cherries

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 199


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
To form plural nouns, add -s to most
An abbreviation is a
singular nouns: cars, books. Add -es shortened form of a word.
if a noun ends in -s, -ss, -sh, -ch, or You don’t usually sound
-x: buses, dresses, dishes, couches, out an abbreviation like a
boxes. If a noun ends in a consonant normal word. Instead, you
and the letter y, change the y to an i pronounce the entire word
that the abbreviation stands
and add -es: stories, babies, bodies. for. For example, for in. you
read inches.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the plural endings listed below.

years states inches lunches ashes


bodies skies boxes horses twins

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


trays foxes cities ties flies

change y to i and
add -s add -es add -es

1. years 7. ashes 12. flies

2. twins 8. foxes 13. cities

3. trays 9. inches 14. skies

4. states 10. lunches 15. bodies

5. horses 11. boxes

6. ties

199A Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the plural endings listed below.

trays inches alleys heroes cherries


journeys ponies eyelashes libraries ashes
foxes bunches daisies chimneys scratches

change y to i and
add -s add -es add -es

1. trays 5. ashes 12. ponies

2. alleys 6. foxes 13. cherries

3. chimneys 7. inches 14. daisies


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. journeys 8. bunches 15. libraries

9. heroes

10. eyelashes

11. scratches

B. How are the words alleys and ponies alike? How are they different?

Both are plural. Alley ends in a vowel and y, so the plural form
ends in -s. Pony ends in a consonant and y, so the plural form
ends in -es.

Look back through the reading selections you read this week
for plural nouns. Read the words you find aloud. Then create a
word sort for a partner.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 199B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

years states inches ponies lunches


twins ashes flies bunches cherries
trays foxes cities alleys daisies

A. Write a spelling word that goes with the other two words.

1. apples, grapes, cherries 4. puppies, calves, ponies

2. towns, villages, cities 5. days, months, years

3. bears, wolves, foxes 6. roses, tulips, daisies

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


7. Small streets behind buildings are called alleys .
trays

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


8. The waiters brought our food to us on large .

9. There are fifty states in the United States.

10. Tiny insects called flies can buzz through the air.

11. After the campfire is out, we pour water on the ashes .

12. Students may buy their lunches at school or bring them


from home.

13. Groups of something are often called bunches .

14. This ruler shows that there are 12 inches in one foot.

15. A brother and sister who are twins are alike in many ways.

200 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Pam and Tam are eight yeares old. They are also twines who look
exactly alike. But Pam and Tam like different things. Pam’s favorite
fruit is cherrys, but Tam likes apples the best.

Pam likes insects, such as bees, flys, and moths. She also likes
birds, especially the big crows that make such noise. Tam likes
working in her flower garden. She grows roses, lilies, and daisys. She
doesn’t like the crows that fly down and nip at her colorful flowers.
One day, Pam had a good idea. She made a scarecrow. It was thirty
inchs tall. She placed him on a pole in the garden. The crows never
bothered Tam’s flowers again!

1. years 4. flies

2. twins 5. daisies
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. cherries 6. inches

Writing Connection Write a story about a character who solves a problem.


Use at least four spelling words in your story.

For more support, let students know which words are misspelled without telling them
how to correct the errors.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 201


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Add -s to most singular nouns to create plural nouns. Add -es if a
singular noun ends in -s, -ss, -sh, -ch, or -x. If a singular noun ends
in a consonant and y, change the y to an i and add -es.

years states inches ponies lunches


twins ashes flies bunches cherries
trays foxes cities alleys daisies

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud and then write it on the line.
1. fl i e s flies 9. pon i e s ponies

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. bunch e s bunches 10. all e y s alleys

3. twin s twins 11. inch e s inches

4. fox e s foxes 12. cit i e s cities

5. cherr i e s cherries 13. ash e s ashes

6. lunch e s lunches 14. year s years

7. dais i e s daisies 15. stat e s states

8. tray s trays

202 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


Vocabulary Strategy • Root Words
Name

A root word is the simplest form of a word. It has no prefixes,


suffixes, or inflectional endings added to it. For example, success
is the root word of successful.
You can use root words to figure out the meaning of an
unfamiliar word. You might know that success means a result that
you hoped for. You know that the suffix –ful means full of. So the
word successful must mean full of success.

How many words can you make with the root word perfect? Write
the words on the tree branches below. Use a dictionary and your
knowledge of prefixes, suffixes, and inflectional endings to help you.

imperfect
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

perfectly imperfectly

imperfection
perfection

perfect

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2 203


Vocabulary Strategy • Prefixes
Name

A prefix is a word part added to the beginning of a word. A


prefix changes the meaning of the word it is added to. You can
use prefixes to help you figure out the meaning of unfamiliar
words.
• The prefix pre- means before. For example, the word preview
means to view or see before.
• The prefixes un-, im-, and non- mean not or opposite of. The
word uncomfortable means not comfortable, impolite means not
polite, and nonfiction means the opposite of fiction.

Add the prefix pre-, un-, im-, or non- to the words in the box
below. Then complete the sentences with the new words.

pre heat un sure im possible

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


un bearable non sense im perfect

1. Without my coat on, I find the cold weather is unbearable .

2. He was unsure of how to answer the question because he


did not study.

3. This article is nonsense ! I don’t understand it at all.

4. Some people said training an elephant was impossible , but


she said that it could be done.

5. I will preheat the oven before baking the pie.

6. The diamond had a scratch on it that made it imperfect .

Explain that prefixes are common in other languages as well. Spanish uses the prefix pre- in
words like prehistoria (prehistory) and predecir (predict).

204 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 2


Grammar • Main and Helping Verbs
Name

• A verb may be more than one word. The main verb tells what the
subject is or does. The helping verb helps the main verb show
action: has baked; have climbed; had seen.
• The words have, has, and had can be helping verbs in simple and
compound sentences: Mom and I have baked a cake. She had
baked a pie, and Dad had baked bread.

Read each sentence. Underline the main verb. Circle the helping verb.

1. Jenna has read a book about recycling.

2. Nate and Jenna have talked to our class about helping.

3. Mr. Hart’s class had started recycling last year.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. Our class has asked Mr. Hart’s class to tell us what they do.

5. We have decided that we want to help his class.

6. Mr. Hart’s class had visited the recycling center in town.

7. Our teacher has planned a field trip there, too.

Writing Connection Write about a class trip you have taken. Reread your
work to make sure you used helping verbs correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 205


Grammar • More Helping Verbs
Name

• The verb forms of to be can also act as helping verbs. Is, are, am,
was, were, and will can be helping verbs: I am thinking about
what to eat.
• The helping verb must agree with the subject of the sentence.

A. Complete each sentence with the correct helping verb.

1. Next week my family will visit Mount Rushmore. will are

2. We are planning to leave Tuesday. am are

3. I am reading a book about the monument. is am

4. My dad was telling us about his first trip there. was will

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. The car trip will take ten hours. is will

B. Reread this paragraph from Amazing Wildlife of the Mojave.


Circle the helping verb in the underlined sentence.

Although it is very dry, the Mojave is a living


place or environment for many fascinating animals
and plants. Over many years they have changed,
or adapted, so they live very well in a dry, hot
environment. They do this in different ways.

In your writer’s notebook, write about some of the animals you


might find in a dry, hot environment. When you’re done, check
your work to make sure your subjects and verbs agree.

206 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


Grammar • Mechanics: Commas and Quotation Marks in Dialogue
Name

• Quotation marks show that someone is speaking. They come at


the beginning and end of the speaker’s exact words: “Let’s go
swimming,” I said. Punctuation appears inside quotation marks.
• If the end of a quotation comes at the end of sentence, end the
sentence with a period, question mark, or exclamation mark.
• If the sentence continues after a quotation, close the quotation with
a comma, question mark, or exclamation mark.

Rewrite each line of dialogue below. Use quotation marks and


commas correctly.

1. We had lots of snow last night said Mom.

“We had lots of snow last night,” said Mom.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. Do you think the schools will be closed today I asked.

“Do you think the schools will be closed today?” I asked.


3. Mom said, Let’s turn on the TV to see if there is an announcement.

Mom said, “Let’s turn on the TV to see if there is an announcement.”


4. School officials just told us that Baker City Schools will be closed today
said the announcer.

“School officials just told us that Baker City Schools will be


closed today,” said the announcer.

In your writer’s notebook, write about a conversation you had


with a friend or family member. Check your work to make sure
you used quotation marks to show a speaker’s exact words.
If students have trouble identifying the dialogue in the passage, try reading it aloud. Change your
voice to signal when someone is speaking.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 207


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Use quotation marks at the beginning and end of a speaker’s exact


words. Commas and periods always appear inside quotation marks.
• The helping verb must agree with the subject of the sentence in
simple and compound sentences.

A. Proofread this passage. Circle any incorrect helping verbs.


Underline any dialogue that is not written correctly.

I are helping my neighbor with his HANDWRITING CONNECTION


vegetable garden. He am planting lettuce
Be sure to write legibly.
and tomatoes. I said Mr. Jackson where
Use proper cursive and
do you want me to plant these cucumber remember to leave spaces
seeds. He said Let’s put them in the next between words.
row. Mr. Jackson and I was working hard all

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


afternoon. Look at that dark cloud I told him. I hope the rain are wait
until we finish he said. “Me too, I said.”

B. Rewrite the passage. Write helping verbs correctly. Use commas


and quotation marks correctly.
I am helping my neighbor with his vegetable garden. He is
planting lettuce and tomatoes. I said, “Mr. Jackson, where do
you want me to plant these cucumber seeds?” He said, “Let’s put
them in the next row.” Mr. Jackson and I were working hard all
afternoon. “Look at that dark cloud,” I told him. “I hope the rain
will wait until we finish,” he said. “Me too,” I said.

If students need extra support, provide some information on the board for them to reference as
they work. Consider writing some examples of common helping verbs so students have an easier
time identifying them in the passage.

208 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


Grammar • Test: Main and Helping Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Yesterday I was painting a picture of our garden when my
friend Samantha stopped by. (2) “Today my Mom and I are driving
up to the mountains for a picnic,” Samantha said. (3) “Do you
want to come along?” she asked. (4) “Absolutely!” I exclaimed.
(5) “You can paint a picture of the mountains,” Samantha said.

1. What is the helping verb in 2. What is the main verb in


sentence 1? sentence 2?
A was F are
B painting G driving
C picture H mountains
D stopped J picnic

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) Katie has an amazing singing voice. (2) She have taken singing
lessons for three years. (3) I am planning a party for all my students,
her singing teacher said. (4) “Will you sing at the party?” she asked.
(5) “Sure!” Katie said.

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?


A She is taken singing lessons for three years.
B She taken singing lessons for three years.
C She has taken singing lessons for three years.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F “I am planning a party for all my students.” Her singing teacher said.
G “I am planning a party for all my students,” her singing teacher said.
H “I am planning a party for all my students, her singing teacher said.”
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 209


Spelling • Variant Vowels /ô/
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. taught


paper along
2. 2. hauls
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. caused
to write each 4. 4. paused
word as it is
5. 5. squawk
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. drawing
the test, unfold 7. 7. crawl
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. flawless
right to correct 9. 9. lawn
any spelling
10. 10. salt
mistakes.
11. 11. talked
Use the
spelling words 12. 12. halls

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


in a sentence to
help students with 13. 13. water
homophones like
hauls and halls.
14. 14. bought
15. 15. thoughtless
Review Words 16. 16. inches
17. 17. cities
18. 18. cherries
Challenge Words 19. 19. walrus
20. 20. autumn

210 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The vowel sound in the
The word thoughtless has two syllables
word straw can be spelled that divide between the base word
au as in autumn, aw as thought and the suffix -less. Blend the
in dawn, a as in tall, and syllables: thought/less. Note: The letters
ough as in thought. ough also form long o as in though, off
as in cough, and uff as in tough.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching spelling patterns.

salt paused halls hauls drawing


taught squawk flawless lawn caused
bought water talked crawl thoughtless
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

/ô/ spelled au /ô/ spelled aw /ô/ spelled a

1. taught 5. squawk 10. salt

2. paused 6. flawless 11. water

3. hauls 7. lawn 12. halls

4. caused 8. crawl 13. talked

9. drawing
/ô/ spelled ough

14. bought

15. thoughtless

Look through the selections you read this week for words with
the vowel sound spellings au, aw, a, and ough. Read the words
you find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.
Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 211
APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The vowel sound in the
The word thoughtless has two syllables
word straw can be spelled that divide between the base word thought
au as in autumn, aw as and the suffix -less. Blend the syllables
in dawn, a as in tall, and together: thought/less. Note: The letters
ough as in thought. ough can also form long o as in though,
off as in cough, and uff as in tough.

Write the spelling words that contain the matching spelling patterns.

crawl salt draw raw walk


water halt ball taught hauls
caused halls lawn small bought

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


/ô/ spelled au /ô/ spelled a /ô/ spelled aw

1. taught 5. salt 12. lawn

2. hauls 6. halt 13. raw

3. caused 7. halls 14. crawl

/ô/ spelled ough 8. small 15. draw

4. bought 9. ball

10. water

11. walk

Look through the selections you read this week for words with
the vowel sound spellings au, aw, a, and ough. Read the words
you find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.

211A Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that have the matching spelling patterns.

taught paused squawk crawl walrus


thoughtless fault halted sought hauls
stalk salt smallness scrawny flawless

/ô/ spelled au /ô/ spelled a /ô/ spelled aw

1. taught 5. salt 10. squawk

2. paused 6. stalk 11. flawless

3. hauls 7. halted 12. scrawny


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. fault 8. smallness 13. crawl

9. walrus
/ô/ spelled ough

14. sought

15. thoughtless

B. Compare the words taught and sought. How are they alike?
How are they different?

The two words rhyme and have similar vowel sounds but different
spellings. The vowel sound in taught is spelled with the letters au.
The vowel sound in sought is spelled with the letters ough.
Look through the selections you read this week for words with
the vowel sound spellings au, aw, a, and ough. Read the words
you find aloud and record them in your writer’s notebook.
Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 211B
Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

taught paused crawl salt flawless


bought halls water talked hauls
caused drawing lawn squawk thoughtless

A. Write the spelling word with the opposite meaning of each word
written below.

1. learned taught 3. thoughtful thoughtless

2. sold bought 4. listened talked

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.

5. That truck hauls loads of dirt and rock.

6. The ice storm caused many trees to break.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Please get a glass of water for the speaker.

8. The students hung artwork in the halls of our school.

9. A diamond that is perfect is called flawless .

10. Some birds make pleasing sounds, but other birds only squawk .

11. If it doesn’t rain soon, Dad will have to water the lawn .

12. I made a drawing of our school using charcoal pencils.

13. Babies learn to crawl before they walk.

14. Our principal paused before he continued speaking.

15. This popcorn has too much salt and butter.

212 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraphs below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

I heard a loud squauk sound outside my window. I saw a bird


sitting in the bird bath in the middle of our laun. The bird splashed in
the wawter and made a lot of noise.

I made a drauing of the bird so I would remember it. The next day
I showed it to my teacher. She looked at it and then pawsed. “I think
it might be a blue jay,” she said. Together, we found a book about
birds in the library. She tawt me how to identify the bird by finding it
in the book. “Yes, that’s it!” I said when I saw the blue jay’s picture.

1. squawk 4. drawing

2. lawn 5. paused

3. water 6. taught
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write about a bird that you have seen. Tell what it
looks and sounds like. Use at least four spelling words.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 213


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
The vowel sound that you hear in the word straw can be spelled
in different ways: au as in autumn, aw as in dawn, a as in tall,
and ough as in thought.

taught paused crawl salt water


hauls squawk flawless talked bought
caused drawing lawn halls thoughtless

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud and then write it on the line.

1. s a l t salt 9. p a u sed paused

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. h a u ls hauls 10. h a lls halls

3. squ a w k squawk 11. cr a w l crawl

4. c a u sed caused 12. l a w n lawn

5. dr a w ing drawing 13. fl a w less flawless

6. b o u ght bought 14. t a l ked talked

7. w a ter water 15. th o u ghtless thoughtless

8. t a u ght taught

214 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


Vocabulary • Content Words
Name

CONNECT TO CONTENT
Content words are specific to a
Amazing Wildlife of the
field of study. The word desert is Mojave is an informational
a science content word. text that gives facts about the
Mojave Desert and the animals
Authors use content words to
that live there. The author uses
explain a concept or idea. You science content words such as
can figure out what a content adapted to help you understand
word means by using context how mammals, birds, reptiles,
clues or a dictionary. and insects survive in the hot,
dry desert.

Go on a word hunt with a partner. Find content words related


COLLABORATE to deserts and wildlife. Write them on the hawk’s wings.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

environment mammals

reptiles vibrations

predator burrow

shelter habitat

Pick two words you could figure out the meaning of using context
clues. Write the words and what they mean on the lines.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3 215


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Use the words in the box and the clues to solve the crossword puzzle.

apologized confidence talents disbelief


attention embarrassed achievement fabulous
audience realized offered features

1 2
Have R E A L I Z
E D
pairs of 3
students discuss M A
the meaning 4 5

of each word F F E O R E D B C
6
before filling in
the blanks.
A A A H
7
B A T R I
8
T U U T R E
9
A P O L O G I Z E D E A V
L O I N S E
10
F E A T U R E S E T S M

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


11
N S C O N F I D E N C E
T C O D N
12
D I S B E L I E F E N T

Across Down

1. Understood or became aware 2. Uncomfortable or ashamed


of something
3. The result of hard work
4. Presented help for someone to
5. Excellent
accept or turn down
6. Careful watching or listening
9. Said sorry
7. A group of people watching a
10. Traits or qualities of something
performance
11. Belief or trust in yourself
8. Natural abilities or skills
12. Lack of faith or trust in
something

216 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 3


Grammar • Complex Sentences
Name

• A clause is a group of words that has a subject and a verb.


• An independent clause can stand alone as a sentence: He was
tired. A dependent clause cannot stand alone as a sentence:
Because he went for a hike.
• A simple sentence has one independent clause.
• A compound sentence has two or more independent clauses.

Read each clause. Write yes if the clause is independent. Write no if


it is not an independent clause.

1. My dad works at a pet store. yes

2. Takes care of the fish and reptiles. no


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. He tells people how to care for their new pets. yes

4. Mom likes dogs, but I like cats. yes

5. People who want to buy pets. no

Connect to
Community
Talk to a parent or another trusted adult about some
of the important stores in your neighborhood or
community. Remember to use complete sentences.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 217


Grammar • Subordinating Conjunctions
Name

• Dependent clauses cannot stand alone as a sentence and are


introduced by subordinating conjunctions: When I get older . . .
• Some examples of subordinating conjunctions are after,
because, if, unless, while, until, when, and before.

A. Read each sentence. Circle the dependent clause. Write the


subordinating conjunction on the line.
1. After my dad gets home, we will go to the game. After

2. While Mom makes dinner, I’ll do my homework. While

3. I think the game will be called off because it is raining. because

4. I won’t know the score until they make an announcement. until

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. If the game isn’t played today, it will be held next Saturday. If

B. Reread the paragraph from “Gray Wolf! Red Fox!” Underline


the dependent clause in the last sentence. Circle the
subordinating conjunction.

Did you ever see a photograph of a gray wolf or a


red fox? Don’t they look a lot like dogs? Aren’t they
fantastic-looking animals? Well, dogs, foxes, and
wolves are all related. They are all members of the
same family. And while gray wolves and red foxes
might look alike, they are different in many ways.

In your writer’s notebook, write about some other animals


that look alike, like cheetahs and tigers or horses and zebras.
Reread your work to make sure you used complete sentences.

218 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


Grammar • Mechanics: Using Commas in Sentences
Name

• When an independent clause begins a sentence, it is not usually


followed by a comma: We’ll eat lunch after we go swimming.
• When a dependent clause begins a sentence, it is usually
followed by a comma: After we go swimming, we’ll eat lunch.
• A complex sentence includes an independent clause and one
dependent clause introduced by a subordinating conjunction.

Combine the clauses, using a comma when needed.

1. Our school day ends. When the bell sounds at 3:30.


Our school day ends when the bell sounds at 3:30.

2. Unless I have soccer practice. I go home and do my homework.


Unless I have soccer practice, I go home and do my homework.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. My dad picks me up. When my mom has to work late.


My dad picks me up when my mom has to work late.

4. If school is closed early. My neighbor, Mrs. Carter, picks me up.


If school is closed early, my neighbor, Mrs. Carter, picks me up.

5. Because of a big snow storm. School closed early last Monday.


Because of a big snow storm, school closed early last Monday.

In your writer’s notebook, write about what you do when you


get home from school. Use the sentences above as a model.
Check that you used commas correctly.

Let students know that not every combined sentence above requires a comma.
Review some additional examples to help students see when a comma is necessary.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 219


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• An independent clause can stand alone as a sentence.


A dependent clause cannot stand alone as a sentence.
• A simple sentence has one independent clause. A compound
sentence has two or more independent clauses. A complex
sentence includes an independent and dependent clause.
• When an independent clause begins a sentence, it usually is
not followed by a comma. When a dependent clause begins a
sentence, it usually is followed by a comma.

A. Rewrite the sentences below. Use commas correctly as needed.


1. When vacation starts I am going to visit my aunt in California.
When vacation starts, I am going to visit my aunt in California.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. My aunt lives in Malibu and she, has a house on the beach.
My aunt lives in Malibu, and she has a house on the beach.

3. Mom, plans to go there, after her job ends in June.


Mom plans to go there after her job ends in June.

4. If my aunt will let me I hope, to learn how to surf.


If my aunt will let me, I hope to learn how to surf.

B. Combine the following dependent and independent clauses.


Write the sentence correctly on the line.
5. Because my aunt is a professional surfer. She can give me lessons.
Because my aunt is a professional surfer, she can give me lessons.

220 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


Grammar • Test: Complex Sentences
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Today my family and I are going to the amusement park.
(2) We’ll go on the roller coaster first. (3) After we ride the roller
coaster, we’ll go on the Ferris wheel. (4) It’ll be a lot of fun!

1. Which sentence begins with a 2. What is the subordinating


dependent clause? conjunction in sentence 3?
A Sentence 1 F After
B Sentence 2 G we
C Sentence 3 H the
D Sentence 4 J on

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) My mother is teaching my older brother how to drive a car.
(2) Because there is little traffic they practice in the morning.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(3) My brother must pass the driving test, before he gets his
license. (4) When he has his license, he can drive me to school.

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?


A Because, there is little traffic they practice in the morning.
B Because there is little traffic they, practice, in the morning.
C Because there is little traffic, they practice in the morning.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F My brother must pass the driving test before he gets his license.
G My brother must pass the driving test before, he gets his license.
H My brother must pass, the driving test before he gets his license.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Read the questions and answer choices for students. Pause at each comma to help
students hear how the comma placement sounds unnatural.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 221


Spelling • Homophones
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. sale


paper along
2. 2. sail
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. beet
to write each 4. 4. beat
word as it is
5. 5. rode
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. road
the test, unfold 7. 7. rowed
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. its
right to correct 9. 9. it’s
any spelling
10. 10. your
mistakes.
11. 11. you’re
12. 12. their
Read each word

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


in a sentence. 13. 13. they’re
The context will
help students from
being confused by 14. 14. peace
homophones.
15. 15. piece
Review Words 16. 16. taught
17. 17. talked
18. 18. bought
Challenge Words 19. 19. seen
20. 20. scene

222 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Homophones are words that
A contraction is formed when
sound alike but have different
two words combine into one
meanings and spellings. For word. A contraction usually
example, the words blue and changes or drops a sound from
blew sound the same, but blue one or both of the words being
refers to the color and blew is the combined. For example, in the
word doesn’t the short o in not
past tense of the verb blow.
is dropped.

Write the spelling words that are homophones of the words below.

sale its rowed your they’re


peace rode beat beet sail
you’re road it’s their piece
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

1. piece peace 5. sale sail

2. you’re your 6. rode road

3. beet beat rowed


4. it’s its 7. they’re their

Which spelling words are contractions?

8. it’s 9. you’re 10. they’re

Write the spelling words with long e as in tree.

11. beet 13. peace

12. beat 14. piece

Look through the selections you read this week and search for
homophones. Read the words you find aloud. Then record them
in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 223


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
Homophones are words that
A contraction is formed when
sound alike but have different
two words combine into one
meanings and spellings. For word. A contraction usually
example, the words blue and changes or drops a sound from
blew sound the same, but blue one or both of the words being
refers to the color and blew is the combined. For example, in the
word doesn’t the short o in not
past tense of the verb blow.
is dropped.

Write the spelling words that are homophones of the words below.

road your it’s sea you’re


see rode beet two sail
to sale too beat its

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. see sea 5. sale sail

2. you’re your 6. to two

3. beet beat too


4. it’s its 7. rode road

Which spelling words are contractions?

8. it’s 9. you’re

Write the spelling words with long e as in tree.

10. beet 12. see

11. beat 13. sea

Look through the selections you read this week and search for
homophones. Read the words you find aloud. Then record them
in your writer’s notebook.

223A Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the
spelling words that are homophones of the words below.

its you’re their seen flee


weight flea scene peace it’s
piece they’re your there wait

1. piece peace 5. flea flee

2. you’re your 6. there they’re

3. seen scene their

4. it’s its 7. wait weight

Which spelling words are contractions?

8. it’s 9. you’re 10. they’re


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Write the spelling words with long e as in tree.

11. seen 13. flea 15. peace

12. scene 14. flee 16. piece

B. Compare the words wait and weight. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words are pronounced the same but have different
spellings and meanings. In the word wait, the vowel sound is
spelled ai. In the word weight, the vowel sound is spelled eigh.

Look through the selections you read this week and search for
homophones. Read the words you find aloud. Then record them
in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 223B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

sale beat rowed your they’re


sail rode its you’re peace
beet road it’s their piece

A. Write the spelling word that matches each meaning.

1. cloth to catch wind sail 4. part of something piece

2. red vegetable beet 5. path for vehicles road

3. opposite of my your

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. Alex used both oars and rowed the canoe to the island.

You’re

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Sean said to me, “ going to love summer camp.”

8. After the loud concert, I will need peace and quiet.

9. Our scout troop rode on a big float in the parade.

10. I finally beat my big brother at chess.

11. This is a good time to buy a bike because they are on sale .

12. The campers lost their map on the first day.

13. Do you think it’s too early to show up?

14. Dad pointed to the firefighters and said, “ They’re the real
heroes.”

15. The cat licked its sore paw.

224 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six mistakes in the use of homophones in the paragraphs


below. Circle the incorrectly used homophones. Write the correct
homophones on the lines.

Come visit Lakeview Cottages on you’re next vacation. You can


sale on Lake Emerald and picnic on Jasper Island. Their are lots of
things to see and do in the area.

If your looking for piece and quiet, then this is the place to come.
We are just up the rode on Saddleback Highway, about ten miles
from Dover. Hope to see you soon!

1. your 4. you’re

2. sail 5. peace

3. There 6. road
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a vacation booklet about a place you want


to see. Use at least four spelling words or other
homophones in your writing.

You can narrow the scope of the Writing Connection activity by asking students to use
only two spelling words or homophones in their writing.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 225


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Homophones are words that sound the same but have different
spellings and meanings. A pair or group of homophones often use
different vowel spellings, such as the words blue and blew, ate
and eight, and meat and meet.

sale beat their your they’re


peace it’s its you’re sail
beet road rode rowed piece

Write the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud, then write it on the line.
1. r o d e rode 9. s a i l sail

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. r o a d road 10. y o u r your

3. r o w ed rowed 11. y o u ’re you’re

4. pea c e peace 12. i t s its

5. pie c e piece 13. i t ’s it’s

6. th e i r their 14. b e a t beat

7. th e y ’re they’re 15. b e e t beet

8. s a l e sale

226 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


Vocabulary Strategy • Greek and Latin Roots
Name

Many words have roots from Greek and Latin. You can use your
knowledge of Greek and Latin roots to figure out the meaning of
an unfamiliar word.
The Latin root aud means to hear. This can help you understand
that the word audible means can be heard.
The Greek root graph means written, and the root bio means
life. This helps me see that a biography is a written work about
someone’s life.

The Greek root tele- means far away. How many words can you make
with tele-? Write a word in each column. Use a dictionary for help.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

telephone
telescope

telegraph

television

telegram
teleport

tele-

Note that other languages have a heavy Latin and Greek influence as well. In Spanish, the Latin
prefix geo- is used to create words like geografía and geólogo.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4 227


Vocabulary Strategy • Sentence Clues
Name

When you come across a new word, you can look for clues in the
sentence or a nearby sentence to figure out the word’s meaning.
Most bats are nocturnal. They sleep during the daytime and
look for food at night.
If you didn’t know the definition of nocturnal in the sentence
above, you could look at the second sentence for a clue. If bats
sleep during the day and eat at night, then nocturnal must mean
active during the nighttime.

Read the following sentences from “Adaptations: Grizzly and Polar


Bears.” Underline the sentence clues that help you figure out the
meaning of each word in bold. Write the word’s meaning on the line.

1. Every animal has adaptations. These are special ways that a

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


body works or is made.
unique traits of a living thing

2. Adaptations are very important for keeping all animals alive


and able to reproduce, or have offspring.
have babies or offspring

3. Both kinds of bears have toes with claws they cannot retract.
This means bears cannot pull their claws inside.
take back or pull inside

4. They also have a layer of blubber, or fat, over four inches thick.
fat

5. This helps them blend in with the trees and rocks in their
environment, or where they live.
place where something lives

228 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 4


Grammar • Irregular Verbs
Name

• Not all verbs add -ed to form the past tense.


• An irregular verb has a special spelling for the past tense.
Some irregular verbs are: come/came, do/did, say/said, go/went,
eat/ate, and sing/sang.
• A simple sentence has one independent clause.
• A compound sentence has two or more independent clauses.

Write the correct past tense form of the verb to finish the sentence.

1. come An author came to our school yesterday.

2. sing I sang a song for our school talent show.

3. do Cam did the same juggling act as last year.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. eat We ate our lunch outside today.

5. go My friend went camping last week.

6. say Our teacher said that everyone did a great job.

7. run My sister ran a marathon last year.

8. give We gave a box of canned goods to the shelter.

9. begin The play began at noon.

10. bring Sam brought his pet hamster to school.

In your writer’s notebook, write about what you did last


weekend. Reread your work when you’re done to check that
you used the correct past tense forms of irregular verbs.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 229


Grammar • Forms with Have and Do
Name

• Some irregular verbs have a special spelling when used with


helping verbs: sing/sang/had sung, eat/ate/had eaten.
• Subjects and helping verbs must always agree.

A. Rewrite the sentences. Write the underlined verbs correctly.


1. My family has goed to the seashore often during the summer.
My family has gone to the seashore often during the summer.

2. My teacher has gived a speech at the White House.


My teacher has given a speech at the White House.

3. The puppy has growed a lot this past year.


The puppy has grown a lot this past year.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. The birds had singed all morning.
The birds had sung all morning.

B. Reread the lines from “Why I Run.” Write the present tense
of the underlined verb in the first line. Then write how the
verb should be spelled if you add the helping verb had.

The first marathon I ever saw


was years ago with my grandma.
We stood out on our city’s streets
and marveled at the number of feet
and marveled at the number of feet.

see; had seen

230 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


Grammar • Mechanics: Correct Verb Forms
Name

• Irregular verbs have a special spelling to show that an action


happened in the past: build/built, find/found, run/ran, fly/flew.
• Some verbs have a special spelling when used with helping verbs:
fly/flew/had flown, swim/swam/had swum.

Rewrite the sentences using the correct past tense form of the verb
in parentheses.

1. Have you ever (go) to a national park?


Have you ever gone to a national park?

2. At Yellowstone National Park, my family (see) lots of wildlife.


At Yellowstone National Park, my family saw lots of wildlife.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. Dad had (bring) his best camera to get lots of pictures.


Dad had brought his best camera to get lots of pictures.

4. My friend Andi had (came) with us, too.


My friend Andi had come with us, too.

5. I (give) Andi the seat next to the window.


I gave Andi the seat next to the window.

In your writer’s notebook, write about a park or landmark


that you have seen or would like to see. You can use a
dictionary to make sure you used the correct verb forms.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 231


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Irregular verbs have a special spelling to show that an action


happened in the past.
• Some verbs have a special spelling when used with helping verbs
like have, has, and had.

A. Proofread this passage. Circle any incorrect irregular verbs.


Last week my mom comed to our school and gived a speech about
being a volunteer. She has always sayed how important it is for people to
help others. She has gave many hours of her time helping out at
the animal shelter. I have seed her go out many times to rescue an
animal. At the shelter she has sitted with several sick animals until they
has eated a meal. I am proud to say that my mom has winned the
Volunteer of the Year Award.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


B. Rewrite the passage. Write irregular verbs correctly.
Last week my mom came to our school and gave a speech
about being a volunteer. She has always said how important it is
for people to help others. She has given many hours of her time
helping out at the animal shelter. I have seen her go out many
times to rescue an animal. At the shelter she has sat with several
sick animals until they have eaten a meal. I am proud to say that
my mom has won the Volunteer of the Year Award.

Irregular verbs can be difficult because students must commit them to memory.
Consider writing on the board some of the present and past forms of the irregular
verbs featured in the passage.

232 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


Grammar • Test: Irregular Verbs
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Yesterday my uncle and I went to the movies. (2) We bought
some popcorn. (3) Then we found great seats. (4) We sat in our
seats and ate the popcorn. (5) We enjoyed the movie because it
told an exciting story about brave heroes.

1. Which sentence contains two 2. Which is the irregular verb in


irregular verbs? sentence 5?
A Sentence 1 F enjoyed
B Sentence 3 G told
C Sentence 4 H exciting
D Sentence 5 J movie

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to
be made. Then answer the questions.
(1) Last year, my family moved to a new town. (2) At first,
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

I feel sad. (3) I missed my friends. (4) But when I gone to my new
school, I meet a lot of nice kids. (5) Now I am happy we moved.

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?


A At first, I have feel sad.
B At first, I felt sad.
C At first, I feeled sad.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?
F But when I went to my new school, I meeted a lot of nice kids.
G But when I have went to my new school, I have met a lot of nice
kids.
H But when I went to my new school, I met a lot of nice kids.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Consider allowing students access to a dictionary to confirm spellings of


irregular verbs.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 233


Spelling • Soft c and g
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. pounce


paper along
2. 2. placed
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. dice
to write each 4. 4. cents
word as it is
5. 5. price
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. space
the test, unfold 7. 7. mice
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. office
right to correct 9. 9. wage
any spelling
10. 10. age
mistakes.
11. 11. gyms
12. 12. giant
Provide ELLs with

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


extra time to 13. 13. changes
process what they hear
before they write the
spelling words. 14. 14. message
15. 15. pages
Review Words 16. 16. your
17. 17. road
18. 18. peace
Challenge Words 19. 19. giraffe
20. 20. peaceful

234 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The letters c and g can have a
When the letter c comes before
hard or soft sound. The letter c
the letters i or e, it usually has
has a hard /k/ sound in cat, but a a soft /s/ sound: circle, center.
soft /s/ sound in center. The letter When g comes before the
g has a hard /g/ sound in garden, letters i or e, it usually has a
but a soft /j/ sound in gem. soft /j/ sound: age, gigantic.

Write the spelling words that contain the matching soft c and soft g
spellings. Read the words aloud to hear the soft c and g sounds.

pounce pages wage mice changes


age giant office gyms message
dice space placed price cents
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

ending in -ge
soft c spelled ce or -ges beginning with g-

1. pounce 9. age 14. giant

2. dice 10. pages 15. gyms

3. space 11. wage

4. office 12. changes

5. placed 13. message

6. mice

7. price

8. cents

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 235


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
The letters c and g can have a
When the letter c comes before
hard or soft sound. The letter c
the letters i or e, it usually has
has a hard /k/ sound in cat, but a a soft /s/ sound: circle, center.
soft /s/ sound in center. The letter When g comes before the
g has a hard /g/ sound in garden, letters i or e, it usually has a
but a soft /j/ sound in gem. soft /j/ sound: age, gigantic.

Write the spelling words that contain the matching soft c and soft g
spellings. Read the words aloud to hear the soft c and g sounds.

cell price mice age pages


village giant cents since placed
gyms space gems slice large

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


ending in -ge
soft c spelled ce or -ges beginning with g-

1. cell 9. age 13. giant

2. placed 10. pages 14. gyms

3. since 11. village 15. gems

4. price 12. large

5. slice

6. space

7. mice

8. cents

235A Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read the words aloud and then write the spelling words that
contain the matching soft c and soft g spellings.

peaceful message officer changes garage


cabbage cents citizen gently pounce
office Egypt pages placed giant

ending in -ge or
soft c spelled ce soft c spelled ci -ges

1. peaceful 7. citizen 10. garage

2. pounce beginning with g- 11. cabbage

3. office 8. giant 12. message


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. placed 9. gently 13. changes

5. cents 14. pages

6. officer

15. Which word has an unusual soft g spelling? Egypt

B. Say the word garage aloud. What do you notice about the
sounds each letter g makes?
The first g in the word garage is hard, but the second g is soft.

Look back through your writer’s notebook for words with the
soft c or g. Read the words you find aloud. Then create a word
sort for a partner.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 235B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

pounce cents mice age changes


placed price office gyms message
dice space wage giant pages

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.

1. parts of books pages 4. coins or change cents

2. cost of something price 5. small rodents mice

3. numbered cubes dice

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. My kitten likes to pounce on her squeaky toy.

7. I called and left a message for Coach Stanton.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


8 Mom placed my birthday cake on the table.

9. New technology changes the way people communicate.

10. The vastness of space is hard to imagine.

11. Mr. Helton is very lively for a man of his age .

12. The book is about a giant who is taller than a


skyscraper.

13. My mom works in a big office building in the city.

14. All the school gyms will get new basketball nets.

15. Do astronauts earn a big wage for the work they do?

236 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraphs below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Once there were three mise named Pip, Kip, and Flip who lived in
a school. They had lots of spase to play when school was over for the
day. They liked to play in the principal’s offisce because there was
always a lot of paper to chew there.

One night the principal came back to school to do some work. He


brought his cat with him. The big cat tried to pounse on poor Pip! Pip
had never seen a cat before and thought it was a terrible jiant! “We
don’t like all these chanjes!” said Kip. He and his brothers left the
school to look for a safer place to live.

1. mice 4. pounce

2. space 5. giant
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. office 6. changes

Writing Connection Write a story about where the mice might go next. Use
at least four spelling words in your story.

If students need help with the Writing Connection activity, consider providing
sentence frames.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 237


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
The letters c and g can make hard or soft sounds. When c is
followed by an e or i, it usually makes the soft /s/ sound that you
hear in words like center. When the letter g is followed by an e or
i, it usually makes the soft /j/ sound that you hear in gentle.

pounce cents mice age changes


placed price office gyms message
dice space wage giant pages

Fill in the missing letters to make a spelling word. Read the spelling
word aloud, then write it on the line.
1. off i c e office 9. poun c e pounce

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. pri c e price 10. g i ant giant

3. g yms gyms 11. c e nts cents

4. mess a g e message 12. wa g e wage

5. pla c e d placed 13. sp a c e space

6. chan g e s changes 14. a g e age

7. d i c e dice 15. m i c e mice

8. p a g es pages

238 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

misadventure adventured

adventure

adventurous adventurer

Use your notes from “The Winningest Woman of the Iditarod Dog Sled
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Race.” Choose one word and write it on the sled below. Then write
related words on the dogs. Use a dictionary for help.

If students need extra support, you can preselect a word. Then have students look
for words related to the word you chose.

Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5 239


Vocabulary Strategy • Metaphor
Name

A metaphor compares two different things without using the


words like or as. Metaphors are a kind of figurative language, so
they mean something other than what they literally say.
We watched the clouds overhead. Balls of cotton sailing
against a deep blue sky.
In the lines above, balls of cotton is a metaphor to describe the
way the clouds look.

Read the lines from “Why I Run.” Find the metaphor and write it on
the line. Then write the two things that are being compared.

1. The runners were a rumbling herd,


except for a few—
a rumbling herd; runners and a herd of animals

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. Motorboats speeding over gray water,
these runners would inspire anyone’s daughter.
motorboats speeding over gray water; motorboats and runners

3. I went home that day and laced up my shoes


and although my feet started out as one big bruise
one big bruise; feet and a bruise

240 Grade 3 • Unit 4 • Week 5


Grammar • Pronouns
Name

• A singular pronoun replaces a singular noun.


• A plural pronoun replaces a plural noun or more than one noun.
• A personal pronoun replaces a noun that refers to a person
or thing. It can be singular or plural. Personal pronouns include
I, me, you, we, us, he, she, it, and they.

Rewrite each sentence below. Use the correct singular or plural


pronoun to replace the underlined noun or nouns.

1. Carlos is reading a book about African lions.


He is reading a book about African lions.

2. Marcus and Ana are interested in Bengal tigers.


They are interested in Bengal tigers.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. Jonas said, “Jonas saw a movie about wildlife in Costa Rica.”


Jonas said, “I saw a movie about wildlife in Costa Rica.”

4. The library closes at noon today.


It closes at noon today.

5. Carmen said, “Thalia and Carmen are planning a report on reptiles.”


Carmen said, “We are planning a report on reptiles.”

6. Jenna wants to write about sea turtles.


She wants to write about sea turtles.

In your writer’s notebook, write about an animal you would


like to learn more about. Reread your work when you’re done.
Make sure you used pronouns correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 241


Grammar • Pronoun Agreement
Name

• A plural pronoun must match the word or words it replaces: My


friends and I saw the jugglers perform. We saw them perform.
• A pronoun must agree with the word or pronoun it replaces in
both number and gender: Tess lost her notebook.

A. Circle the correct pronoun to replace the underlined noun.


Write the sentence on the line using the correct pronoun.
1. Cam and Tara helped out at the bake sale. He They
They helped out at the bake sale.

2. Our principal let us put a table up outside. it he


Our principal let us put it up outside.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. David made lots of posters for the bake sale. She He
He made lots of posters for the bake sale.

B. Circle the proper noun in the underlined sentence in this


passage from “Hiram Revels—The First African American
Senator.” Rewrite the sentence and replace the proper noun
with a pronoun.

Hiram Revels helped many people throughout his


life. He helped people learn. As a senator, he helped
the country progress. He was truly a good citizen!

He helped many people throughout his life.

242 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


Grammar • Mechanics: Pronoun Agreement, Capitalizing I, and Nouns
Name

• Pronouns must match a noun’s number and gender.


• If the sentence is not clear as to what noun or nouns the pronoun
refers to, avoid using a pronoun.
• Proper nouns begin with a capital letter and name specific
people, places, and things. They include names, titles, holidays,
and geographical names: Jim, Doctor Garcia, Labor Day, Boston.

Rewrite each sentence using correct capitalization.

1. My friend sam and i both have pen pals in other countries.

My friend Sam and I both have pen pals in other countries.

2. Sam’s pen pal is named amit and he lives in india.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Sam’s pen pal is named Amit and he lives in India.

3. My pen pal’s name is belinda and she lives in australia.


My pen pal’s name is Belinda and she lives in Australia.

4. When i see a letter from melbourne, i get really excited.


When I see a letter from Melbourne, I get really excited.

Writing Connection Write about a country you want to learn more about.
When you’re done, check your writing for correct
capitalization and pronoun agreement.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 243


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A pronoun must agree with the word or noun it replaces in both


number and gender.
• A proper noun begins with a capital letter. The pronoun I is
always capitalized.

A. Proofread the paragraph. Circle any incorrect pronouns and


words that should be capitalized.
Last summer my mom and i went to seattle, washington. Us had a
great time there seeing all the sights. We went to the seattle aquarium
and learned all about sea otters and salmon. Mom took lots of pictures,
and he plans to make a scrapbook of our trip. My favorite place to eat
was mike and mary’s pizza on jackson street. We even got to meet
Mike and Mary. them have been making pizzas for over twenty years!
Mom and i had such a great time that us plan to go back next july.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


B. Rewrite the paragraph with the correct pronouns. Make sure
all proper nouns and I are capitalized.
Last summer my mom and I went to Seattle, Washington. We
had a great time there seeing all the sights. We went to the
Seattle Aquarium and learned all about sea otters and salmon.
Mom took lots of pictures, and she plans to make a scrapbook
of our trip. My favorite place to eat was Mike and Mary’s Pizza
on Jackson Street. We even got to meet Mike and Mary. They
have been making pizzas for over twenty years! Mom and I had
such a great time that we plan to go back next July.

Explain to students that Seattle is a city in


Washington state in the Pacific Northwest.
Point to the state and city on a map.

244 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


Grammar • Test: Singular and Plural Pronouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) My brother Ben and I are interested in astronomy. (2)
After dark, we look at the planets through telescopes. (3) Ben’s
telescope is stronger than mine. (4) When I look through it, I can
see Jupiter and Saturn. (5) It’s exciting to study astronomy.

1. What is the plural pronoun in 2. What does “it” refer to in


sentence 2? sentence 4?
A we F Ben
B look G the telescope
C and H Jupiter
D through J Saturn

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) My friend susie and me want to be astronauts when we
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

grow up. (2) Us like to read about famous astronauts such as


john glenn. (3) Someday we want to travel to the International
Space Station. (4) How amazing to see Earth from space!
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A My friend Susie and i want to be astronauts when we grow up.
B My friend Susie and I want to be astronauts when we grow up.
C My friend Susie and me want to be astronauts when we grow up.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
F We like to read about famous astronauts such as john glenn.
G Us like to read about famous astronauts such as John Glenn.
H We like to read about famous astronauts such as John Glenn.
J No change needed in sentence 2.

Invite students to ask questions


if they don’t know what a
particular word means.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 245


Spelling • Compound Words
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. airplane


paper along
2. 2. daytime
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. birthday
to write each 4. 4. daylight
word as it is
5. 5. hairdo
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. somebody
the test, unfold 7. 7. birdhouse
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. barefoot
right to correct 9. 9. headlight
any spelling
10. 10. sometime
mistakes.
11. 11. someone
12. 12. newspaper

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Allow ELLs
extra time to 13. 13. sidewalks
process what they
hear. Remember to 14. 14. basketball
enunciate each word.
15. 15. stagecoach
Review Words 16. 16. placed
17. 17. office
18. 18. giant
Challenge Words 19. 19. handwriting
20. 20. windshield

246 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A compound word is formed by two
You should also divide a
shorter words. Use the shorter words compound word into its
to figure out the meaning of the smaller words to sound it
compound word. For example, break out. Read these examples
waterfall into the words water and aloud: horse/back, book/
fall to see that a waterfall is made by store, water/melon, grass/
hopper, sun/shine.
water falling over the edge of a cliff.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that include the words written below.

airplane daylight birdhouse sometime sidewalks


daytime hairdo barefoot someone basketball
birthday somebody headlight newspaper stagecoach
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

1. day daytime 5. light daylight


daylight headlight
birthday 6. basket basketball

2. some somebody 7. news newspaper


sometime 8. walk sidewalks
someone 9. do hairdo

3. time daytime 10. house birdhouse


sometime 11. coach stagecoach

4. foot barefoot 12. ball basketball

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 247


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A compound word is formed by two
You should also divide a
shorter words. Use the shorter words compound word into its
to figure out the meaning of the smaller words to sound it
compound word. For example, break out. Read these examples
waterfall into the words water and aloud: horse/back, book/
fall to see that a waterfall is made by store, water/melon, grass/
hopper, sun/shine.
water falling over the edge of a cliff.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that include the words written below.

airplane daylight birdhouse sometime sidewalks


daytime sunset railroad birthday doghouse
someone notebooks headlight newspaper stoplight

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. day daytime 5. time daytime
daylight sometime
birthday 6. road railroad

2. some someone 7. news newspaper


sometime 8. walk sidewalks

3. sun sunset 9. air airplane


daylight birdhouse
4. light 10. house
headlight doghouse
stoplight 12. books notebooks

247A Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that include the words written below.

homemade hairdo barefoot someone basketball


windowpane stagecoach headlight newspaper birthday
thumbnail whoever windshield throughout handwriting

1. day birthday 9. light headlight

2. some someone 10. hand handwriting

3. home homemade 11. news newspaper

4. who whoever 12. foot barefoot

5. through throughout 13. do hairdo


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

6. thumb thumbnail 14. coach stagecoach

7. window windowpane 15. ball basketball

8. shield windshield

B. Compare the words daytime and birthday. How are they alike?
How are they different?

Both words are compound words. Both words contain the smaller
word day. The word daytime begins with day. The word birthday
ends with day.

Look for compound words in the selections you read this week.
Read the words you find aloud. Then use the words to make a
word sort for a partner.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 247B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

airplane daylight birdhouse sometime sidewalks


daytime hairdo barefoot someone basketball
birthday somebody headlight newspaper stagecoach

A. Join two words from the riddle to make a compound word.


1. Time during the day daytime

2. A house for a bird birdhouse

3. A ball thrown in a basket basketball

4. Places for walks on the side of a street sidewalks

5. The day of your birth birthday

6. The light of the day daylight

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. A foot that is bare barefoot

8. A paper containing news newspaper

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


9. Mom went to the salon and asked for a new hairdo .

10. I saw a really old stagecoach at the Transportation Museum.

11. A bulb burned out of our car’s left headlight .

12. We flew on an airplane to get across the ocean.

13. Come to my house sometime on Saturday to watch a movie.

14. Dad asked if someone or somebody would help him with the dishes.

15. Did someone or somebody lose a red wool scarf at the game?

248 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the story below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.
Princess Anna was having a birtday party. It was such an
important day that she decided to get a new hairdoo. Later, she
arrived at the party in a stagecoch that was made of pure gold.
The princess danced until her feet began to hurt! She tossed
off her shoes and danced bearfoot. When daylite came, the
happy but tired princess went home. The next day there was a
picture in the newzpaper showing the laughing princess at her
party.

1. birthday 4. barefoot

2. hairdo 5. daylight

3. stagecoach 6. newspaper
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a story about your birthday or another


special day. Use at least four spelling words.

Students may have an easier time with the writing task if you ask them to use only two
spelling words instead of four.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 249


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
Compound words are formed when two shorter words are put
together, as in the words bookstore, backpack, and underground.
Sound out a compound word by dividing it into its two shorter
words. Look for familiar spelling patterns in the shorter words.
For example, divide the word lifetime into the words life and time.
Note how each of the shorter words has a VCe spelling pattern
and long i vowel sound. Read the entire word aloud: life/time.
Dividing a compound word into shorter words can also help you
figure out a compound word’s meaning. Lifetime refers to the
amount of time in one life.

airplane daylight birdhouse sometime sidewalks


daytime hairdo barefoot someone basketball

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


birthday somebody headlight newspaper stagecoach

Write the missing word to complete each compound spelling word.


Read the spelling word aloud. Then write it on the line.

1. air plane airplane 6. news paper newspaper

2. head light headlight 7. bare foot barefoot

3. day time daytime 8. bird house birdhouse

day light daylight 9. birth day birthday

4. hair do hairdo 10. side walks sidewalks

5. some body somebody 11. stage coach stagecoach

some time sometime 12. basket ball basketball

some one someone

250 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, and suffixes.

participating participation

participate

participated participates

Review your notes on Elizabeth Leads the Way. Choose one word from
your notes or the selection and write it on the bottom book. Then write
related words on the other books. Use a dictionary for help.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Remind students that some words change their spelling and pronunciation when inflectional
endings are added or removed. Encourage students to check their spellings in a dictionary.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1 251


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Write the vocabulary word that best completes each sentence.

adventurous prefer shelter courageous


fabulous environment extremely weird
competition admires pronounce practicing

1. His piano teacher asked, “Are you practicing every day?”

2. The courageous lifeguard jumped in the pool to save the boy


who fell in the water.

3. Her French teacher taught her how to pronounce new words.

4. A mountain climber is an example of an adventurous person.

5. Winter in Alaska is extremely cold.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. His mother admires his beautiful artwork.

7. Some people like to play tennis, but I prefer soccer.

8. The party was so much fun. I had a fabulous time.

9. A lizard lives in a hot and dry environment .

10. When it started to rain, they took shelter under a tree.

11. I had a weird dream that I could fly.

12. Andy won the competition because he was the best swimmer.

Provide ELLs with extra support by allowing them access to a dictionary.


You can also complete the sentences with rough synonyms of the vocabulary
words so students have additional clues.

252 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 1


Grammar • Subject Pronouns
Name

• A subject pronoun is used as the subject of a sentence.


• Singular subject pronouns are I, you, he, she, and it: I drive the
car. He plays football.
• Plural subject pronouns are we, you, and they: We go swimming.
They eat dinner.

Read the sentences. Choose the correct pronoun in parentheses


to complete each sentence. Write the pronoun.

1. My friend Ted and I started a lawn service. (me, I)

2. We made a list of all the services we will offer. (We, Us)

3. I am good at raking and cleaning up. (Me, I)


He is good at planting and weeding.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. (He, Him)

5. We asked the Smiths, “Would you like our help?” (you, them)

6. They signed up for a one month trial. (Them, They)

7. Dad said that he is very proud of us. (him, he)

8. It is a good way to make money this summer. (It, You)

9. We hope to have at least five customers. (Us, We)

10. Ted and I plan to work hard. (me, I)

In your writer’s notebook, write about a way you could earn


money during the summer. Then reread your work. Make sure
you used subject pronouns correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 253


Grammar • Object Pronouns
Name

• An object pronoun can take the place of an object noun: Mark


invited Kim. Mark invited her.
• Singular object pronouns are me, you, him, her, and it.
• Plural object pronouns are us, you, and them.

A. Read the sentences. Choose the correct pronoun in parentheses


to complete each sentence. Write the pronoun.
1. Dad helped us build a tree house. (we, us)

2. I hope you can come see it. (you, us)

3. I asked her to help me clean up. (she, her)

4. We can help him put away the tools. (he, him)

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. Mom saw them reading a book. (them, they)

B. Reread this paragraph from “Susan B. Anthony Takes Action.”


Circle the object pronouns in the underlined sentence.

When Susan went to school, she saw that boys


and girls were not treated the same way. One of her
teachers refused to teach Susan long division. She
said that girls did not have any reason to know math.
As a result, Susan’s family took her out of school and
taught her at home.

In your writer’s notebook, write about your favorite school


subject. Check your work when you are done to make sure you
used object pronouns correctly.

254 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


Grammar • Mechanics: Pronoun Usage
Name

• Use the subject pronouns I, you, he, she, it, we, and they to
replace subject nouns: I throw the ball to Jack.
• Use the object pronouns me, you, him, her, it, us, and them to
replace object nouns: I throw the ball to him.
• A present-tense verb must agree with its subject pronoun.
• Add -s or -es to most present-tense action verbs when using
the singular pronouns he, she, and it. Do not add -s or -es to a
present-tense action verb when using the plural pronouns we,
you, and they: He eats dinner. They eat dinner.

Replace each underlined word or group of words with the correct


subject or object pronoun. Write the new sentences.
1. My grandmother took my brother and me to Washington, D.C.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

She took us to Washington, D.C.

2. The Smithsonian is an amazing place to spend the day.

It is an amazing place to spend the day.

3. My grandmother, brother, and I got to tour the White House.

We got to tour the White House.

4. My brother asked my grandmother if she had ever been there before.

He asked her if she had ever been there before.

In your writer’s notebook, write about what you would see on


a trip to Washington, D.C. Reread your work to make sure your
pronouns agree with your verbs.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 255


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Use the subject pronouns I, you, he, she, it, we, and they as the
subject of a sentence or to replace subject nouns.
• Use the object pronouns me, you, him, her, it, us, and them
to replace object nouns.
• A present-tense verb must agree with its subject pronoun.

A. Proofread the paragraph below. Circle any pronouns that are used
incorrectly.
My classmates and I have been learning about space. Us got to
visit a planetarium last week. Zach and me made a big mural that
shows planets, moons, and constellations. We invited other classes
to come and see our mural. Them were amazed at what they saw.
Our teacher, Ms. Alba, asked our principal to come see it. We asked
he if he would like to hang it in his office. Mr. Costas gave we a big

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


compliment. Him said he would be honored to have it on his wall.

B. Rewrite the paragraph with the correct pronouns.


My classmates and I have been learning about space. We
got to visit a planetarium last week. Zach and I made a big
mural that shows planets, moons, and constellations. We
invited other classes to come and see our mural. They were
amazed at what they saw. Our teacher, Ms. Alba, asked our
principal to come see it. We asked him if he would like to
hang it in his office. Mr. Costas gave us a big compliment. He
said he would be honored to have it on his wall.

Help students understand any unfamiliar terms,


such as planetarium, mural, or constellations.

256 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


Grammar • Test: Subject and Object Pronouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) David’s mother is a doctor. (2) She takes care of many
people and helps them get well. (3) Her patients like her very
much because she is caring and kind. (4) David is proud of his
mother. (5) He wants to be a doctor like his mom.

1. What is the object pronoun in 2. What is the subject pronoun in


sentence 2? sentence 5?
A She F He
B takes G wants
C people H his
D them J mom

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) I love my new puppy. (2) My sister and me named she Scout.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(3) Scout enjoys playing in the backyard. (4) Sometimes she chases
birds, but she can’t catch they.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A My sister and I named she Scout.
Remind students that
B My sister and me named her Scout. subjects perform an
action while objects are acted
C My sister and I named her Scout. upon by the subject.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?
F Sometimes her chases birds, but her can’t catch them.
G Sometimes she chases birds, but she can’t catch them.
H Sometimes she chases birds, but she can’t catch they.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 257


Spelling • Inflectional Endings -ed, -ing, -s
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. names


paper along
2. 2. named
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. naming
to write each 4. 4. hopes
word as it is
5. 5. hoped
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. hoping
the test, unfold 7. 7. dances
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. danced
right to correct 9. 9. dancing
any spelling
10. 10. drops
mistakes.
11. 11. dropped
Consider using 12. 12. dropping
each spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


word in a sentence so
students can hear the
13. 13. wraps
different verb tenses in
context. 14. 14. wrapped
15. 15. wrapping
Review Words 16. 16. basketball
17. 17. airplane
18. 18. birthday
Challenge Words 19. 19. driving
20. 20. traded

258 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

RULE REVIEW
Inflectional endings are letters added
If a word ends in silent e,
to the end of a word to change the
drop the e before adding
word’s meaning. The letter -s is used -ed or -ing: type/typed/
to form plural nouns and some present typing. If a word ends in
verbs. The letters -ed are added to a vowel and consonant,
regular verbs to show that an action double the final consonant
before adding -ed or -ing:
happened in the past. The letters -ing
stop/stopped/stopping.
show that an action is happening now.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
contain the matching spelling pattern.

wrapped dropped named drops hoping


dances hoped danced hopes names
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

naming wraps wrapping dropping dancing

drop e and add -ed drop e and add -ing add -s


1. hoped 6. naming 11. dances

2. named 7. hoping 12. wraps

3. danced 8. dancing 13. drops

double consonant double consonant 14. hopes


and add -ed and add -ing
wrapped wrapping 15. names
4. 9.

5. dropped 10. dropping

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 259


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

RULE REVIEW
Inflectional endings are letters added
If a word ends in silent e,
to the end of a word to change the
drop the e before adding
word’s meaning. The letter -s is used -ed or -ing: type/typed/
to form plural nouns and some present typing. If a word ends in
verbs. The letters -ed are added to a vowel and consonant,
regular verbs to show that an action double the final consonant
before adding -ed or -ing:
happened in the past. The letters -ing
stop/stopped/stopping.
show that an action is happening now.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that contain the matching spelling pattern.

hoped hopes naming racing hugs


hugged names raced hugging named

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


races hoping drops dropping dropped

drop e and add -ed drop e and add -ing add -s


1. hoped 6. naming 11. hugs

2. named 7. hoping 12. races

3. raced 8. racing 13. drops

double consonant double consonant 14. hopes


and add -ed and add -ing
15. names
4. hugged 9. hugging

5. dropped 10. dropping

259A Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the
spelling words with the matching spelling pattern.

arrived hopes achieves dropped danced


noticed dropping wrapping hoped driving
offering traded dancing wrapped hoping

drop e and add -ed double consonant double consonant


hoped and add -ed and add -ing
1.
6. wrapped 11. wrapping
2. arrived
7. dropped 12. dropping
3. danced

drop e and add -ing add -s


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. noticed
8. driving 13. hopes
5. traded
9. hoping 14. achieves

10. dancing
add -ing
15. offering

B. Compare the words hoped and dropped. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words have the inflected ending -ed. To form the word
hoped, you drop the e from hope and add -ed. To form the word
dropped, you have to double the final consonant p in drop and
then add -ed.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 259B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

hoped hopes dances drops danced


wrapped names wraps hoping named
naming dropped dancing dropping wrapping

A. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


1. Last week I danced in a musical play at school.

2. Mom is wrapping my birthday present in the other room.

3. I am hoping that we will have a snow day soon.

4. We named our three puppies Spot, Dot, and Not.

5. I had hoped the rain would stop before the big game.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. The people were dancing and singing on stage.

7. Our school will be naming our team’s mascot this week.

8. My apple rolled across the floor when I dropped it.

9. The girls wrapped sandwiches for the picnic.

10. We are dropping my sister off at soccer practice first.

B. Write the spelling words that mean the same thing as the
words below.

11. give a name to names 14. to fall drops

12. want to be true hopes 15. cover wraps

13. move to music dances

260 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the story below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.
Dave was always looking for ways to help others. He hopeed
to travel around the world helping people in need. One day he
was droping off some canned goods at the soup kitchen when he
learned some bad news. The soup kitchen would close because
there wasn’t enough money. He droped the cans into the bin and
went home, hopeing to get an idea to save the soup kitchen.
At home, his mom was watching a dance contest on TV.
“People just love danceing,” she said to Dave. And that’s how
Dave got the idea for a fundraiser. He charged five dollars per
person and asked everyone to bring three cans of soup. People
danceed all evening and had fun helping the soup kitchen.

1. hoped 4. hoping
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. dropping 5. dancing

3. dropped 6. danced

Writing Connection Write a story about someone who helps others.


Use at least four spelling words in your story.

If students need extra support, point out the six misspelled words in
the paragraph. Have students make the corrections on their own.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 261


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
An inflectional ending is added to a root word to create a new
word. The letter -s is added to form most plural nouns and some
present-tense verbs. The ending -ed shows that an action already
happened. The ending -ing shows that an action is still happening.
Drop the final e in words that end in e before adding the endings
-ed or -ing. Double the final consonant in words that end in a vowel
and consonant before adding -ed or -ing.

names dropping dances danced wraps


wrapped hoped drops dropped named
hoping naming dancing hopes wrapping

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Join each word with the ending to form a spelling word. Read the
spelling word aloud and then write it on the line.

1. name + ed named 9. wrap + ing wrapping

2. dance + ed danced 10. name + s names

3. name + ing naming 11. drop + ed dropped

4. hope + s hopes 12. hope + ing hoping

5. wrap + ed wrapped 13. dance + s dances

6. dance + ing dancing 14. hope + ed hoped

7. drop + s drops 15. drop + ing dropping

8. wrap + s wraps

262 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


Vocabulary Strategy • Antonyms
Name

Antonyms are two words that have opposite meanings. For


example: old and new, hot and cold, early and late, large and
small, easy and difficult, open and closed.
When you come across a word you don’t know, look for a nearby
antonym to help you figure out the word’s meaning.

Read the sentences below. Underline the antonym in the second


sentence that has the opposite meaning of the word in bold in the
first sentence. Write the meaning of the bold word on the lines.

1. Your hands are filthy from playing in the dirt. Make sure they are
clean before you eat dinner.

very dirty
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

2. The monkey made swift leaps from tree to tree, but the snake crawled
slowly on the ground below.

very fast

3. They saw enormous redwood trees when they visited California. The
redwood trees made the tall oak trees in their hometown look tiny.

very large

4. I was amused when the movie began. But by the time it was over, I
felt bored.

interested or entertained

5. The frigid weather was very uncomfortable. She was finally able to
warm up when she got inside.
very cold

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2 263


Vocabulary Strategy • Prefixes and Suffixes
Name

Prefixes and suffixes are word parts that are added to a root word
to create a new word with a new meaning. Prefixes are added to
the beginning of a word. Suffixes are added to the end of a word.
The prefixes un- and dis- mean not or the opposite of. For
example, disorder means not in order. Unaware means not aware.
The suffix -ly means in such a way. It is usually used to change an
adjective into an adverb, as in the words quickly and happily.

Read each sentence from “Hiram Revels—The First African American


Senator.” Underline the word in each sentence that has the prefix un-
or dis- or the suffix -ly. Write the meaning of the word on the line.

1. Back then, African Americans were treated badly.


in a way that is bad; not good

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. Still, the laws in the South were unfair toward all African Americans.
not fair

3. Because he was unable to go to college in the South, Revels went to


colleges in Indiana and Ohio.
not able
Reinforce student understanding of prefixes
4. He became highly educated. and suffixes by reviewing more examples
of words with the prefixes un- and dis- and the
suffix -ly.
very well; to a high degree

5. There were many newly freed African Americans.


in a way that is new; recent

6. Revels disliked rules that were unfair for African Americans.


did not like

264 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 2


Grammar • Pronoun-Verb Agreement
Name

• A present-tense verb must agree with its subject pronoun in


simple and compound sentences: They dive into the pool.
• Add -s or -es to most present-tense action verbs only when using
the singular pronouns he, she, and it: She dives into the pool.

Circle the verb that agrees with the subject pronoun in each
sentence. Write the sentence on the line.
Help students understand
1. She (read, reads) a story to us every day. English pronouns by
pointing out ones in Spanish:
yo, tú, él, etc.
She reads a story to us every day.
2. It (make, makes) us laugh to hear funny stories.

It makes us laugh to hear funny stories.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. It (take, takes) us twenty minutes to walk to the library.

It takes us twenty minutes to walk to the library.


4. He (look, looks) for books about monkeys.

He looks for books about monkeys.

Connect to
Community
Talk to a parent or another trusted adult about your
town library. Write about why libraries are important.
Check your work for pronoun-verb agreement.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 265


Grammar • More Pronoun-Verb Agreement
Name

• Do not add -s or -es to a present-tense verb when using the plural


pronouns we, you, and they or the singular pronouns I and you.
• Subject pronouns and their verbs must agree in simple and
compound sentences.

A. Choose the correct verb in parentheses to complete each


sentence. Write the verb on the line.
1. We like helping Mom with our garden. (like, likes)

2. She grows lettuce, tomatoes, and cucumbers. (grow, grows)

3. I help pull the weeds, and my brother waters. (help, helps)

4. He knows how to plant seeds, too. (know, knows)

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. Do you want a garden at your house? (want, wants)

B. Reread this paragraph from “Juanita and the Beanstalk.”


Circle the pronoun in the underlined sentence. Then rewrite
the sentence in the present tense on the lines.

“I don’t want to sell Pepe!” cried Juanita. She


petted the goat lovingly. But she was an obedient girl
and would not disobey her mother. Reluctantly, she
took Pepe to town. On her way she met an old man
who patted Pepe kindly.

She pets the goat lovingly.

266 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


Grammar • Mechanics: Pronoun-Verb Agreement
Name

• A present-tense verb must agree with its subject pronoun in


simple and compound sentences.
• Add -s or -es to most present-tense action verbs only when using
the singular pronouns he, she, and it.
• Do not add -s or -es to a present-tense verb when using the plural
pronouns we, you, and they or the singular pronouns I and you.

Choose the correct verb to complete each sentence. Write the


verb on the line.
1. I (like, likes) Career Day at school. like

2. We (hear, hears) speakers, like Mr. Jace, talk


about their jobs. hear
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. He (work, works) on jets and airplanes. works

4. I (think, thinks) that would be a hard job to do. think

5. They (tell, tells) our class about the importance of reading. tell

6. I (see, sees) a speaker dressed like an astronaut. see

7. She (explain, explains) what she does on space walks. explains

8. I (hope, hopes) to be a writer when I grow up. hope

In your writer’s notebook, write about what you would like to be


when you grow up. Reread your work when you are done. Make
sure your pronouns and verbs agree.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 267


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A present-tense verb must agree with its subject pronoun in


simple and compound sentences.
• Add -s or -es to most present-tense action verbs only when using
the singular pronouns he, she, and it. Do not add -s or -es to a
present-tense action verb when using the plural pronouns we,
you, and they or the singular pronouns I and you.

Rewrite the sentences below. Make sure that the pronouns and
verbs agree with each other. HANDWRITING CONNECTION

1. I sees a huge spider web on my bike! Remember to write


legibly. Use proper cursive
I see a huge spider web on my bike!
and leave spaces between
words.
2. He paint pictures of sailboats on the lake.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


He paints pictures of sailboats on the lake.

3. They hikes the Grand Canyon every August.


They hike the Grand Canyon every August.

4. It rain almost every afternoon in Florida.


It rains almost every afternoon in Florida.

5. Do you swims at the Oak Park Water Club?


Do you swim at the Oak Park Water Club?

Make sure students don’t confuse plural nouns, which do add -s,
with verbs that agree with plural pronouns. Verbs paired with the
pronouns we and they do not add -s.

268 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


Grammar • Test: Pronoun-Verb Agreement
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) My friend Jenny and I go to the library every week.
(2) We return our old books before looking for new ones. (3) The
librarian often helps us. (4) He knows where all the books in the
library are.

1. What is the verb that agrees 2. Which sentence contains a


with the singular pronoun He in plural subject pronoun?
sentence 4? F Sentence 1
A where G Sentence 2
B knows H Sentence 3
C books J Sentence 4
D are

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) My favorite book is Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. (2) It


is about a girl who follows a rabbit down a hole. (3) She discover
a new world with many unusual characters. (4) They takes her on
adventures and shows her many strange things.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
A She discovers a new world with many unusual characters.
B It discover a new world with many unusual characters.
C They discovers a new world with many unusual characters.
D No change needed in sentence 3.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?
F They take her on adventures and shows her many strange things.
G They take her on adventures and show her many strange things.
H They takes her on adventures and show her many strange things.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 269


Spelling • Closed Syllables VC/CV
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. basket


paper along
2. 2. rabbit
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. lesson
to write each 4. 4. letter
word as it is
5. 5. invite
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. bedtime
the test, unfold 7. 7. mammal
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. number
right to correct 9. 9. fellow
any spelling
10. 10. chapter
mistakes.
11. 11. follow
12. 12. problem

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. chicken
14. 14. butter
15. 15. napkin
Review Words 16. 16. hoping
17. 17. dances
18. 18. dropped
Challenge Words 19. 19. suppose
20. 20. stubborn

270 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

RULE REVIEW
If a syllable ends in a consonant, it
Alphabetize words by
is a closed syllable and the vowel
sorting them by where the
sound is usually short. In words first letter appears in the
with a vowel-consonant-consonant- alphabet. The words bear,
vowel (VCCV) spelling pattern, the car, and apple are sorted as
word is usually divided between apple, bear, car. If two words
begin with the same letters,
the two consonants. Read these
sort by the first letter they
words aloud: sum/mer, rep/tile. don’t share: stay, step, stop.

A. Write the spelling words with the matching spelling patterns.

basket letter mammal chapter chicken


rabbit invite number follow butter
lesson bedtime fellow problem napkin
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

ll bb tt
1. fellow 4. rabbit 6. letter

2. follow ss 7. butter

mm 5. lesson
3. mammal

B. Alphabetize these spelling words to the third letter: invite, chapter,


basket, chicken, bedtime, problem, number, napkin
basket, bedtime, chapter, chicken, invite, napkin, number,
problem

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 271


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

RULE REVIEW
If a syllable ends in a consonant, it
You can alphabetize words
is a closed syllable and the vowel
by listing them based on
sound is usually short. In words where the first letter appears
with a vowel-consonant-consonant- in the alphabet. So the words
vowel (VCCV) spelling pattern, the bear, car, and apple would
word is usually divided between be sorted as apple, bear, car.
If two words have the same
the two consonants. Read these
first letter, sort them by the
words aloud: sum / mer, rep / tile. second: bear, blue.

A. Write the spelling words with the matching spelling patterns.

basket latter lesson problem Sunday


rabbit invite chapter army ladder
hello number follow butter pepper

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


ll tt bb
1. hello 4. latter 7. rabbit

2. follow 5. butter
ss
8. lesson
dd pp
3. ladder 6. pepper

B. Write these spelling words in alphabetical order: basket, invite,


number, chapter, problem, army, Sunday
army, basket, chapter, invite, number, problem, Sunday

271A Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words with the matching spelling patterns.

basket rascal mammal chapter chicken


rabbit suppose bottom method retreat
napkin bedtime fellow problem chimney

ll mm pp
1. fellow 3. mammal 5. suppose

tt bb
2. bottom 4. rabbit
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

B. Alphabetize these words to the fourth letter: basket, napkin, rascal,


bedtime, chapter, method, problem, chicken, retreat, chimney
basket, bedtime, chapter, chicken, chimney, method, napkin,
problem, rascal, retreat

C. Compare the words fellow and follow. How are the words alike?
How are they different?
Both words have the VC/CV pattern and a double consonant
spelling pattern ll. The word fellow has a short e sound in the first
syllable. The word follow has a short o sound in the first syllable.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 271B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

basket letter mammal chapter chicken


rabbit invite number follow butter
lesson bedtime fellow problem napkin

A. Write the spelling word that goes with the other two words.
1. plate, placemat, napkin 4. bird, reptile, mammal

2. lunchtime, daytime, bedtime 5. postcard, e-mail, letter

3. squirrel, chipmunk, rabbit Allow students access to a dictionary to


confirm definitions of the spelling words.

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. I had toast with butter and jam for breakfast.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Can the repair shop fix the problem with the car engine?

8. The last chapter in this book is very exciting.

9. I will invite all my friends to my birthday party.

10. Mom puts vegetables into a big basket at the market.

11. A good lesson for life is learning to be patient.

12. Our house number is 24 Oak Lane.

13. Dad says, “A good fellow uses good manners.”

14. A chicken can live for seven or eight years.

15. If Jim knows the way, we should follow him to the show.

272 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraph below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.
The first leson in chaptur two is all about animals and their
habitats. I read about the rabit, a quiet and shy animal. He is
part of the mamul group and can be found in forests, meadows,
and even deserts. Sometimes people keep them as pets and call
them bunnies. There was a photo in the book of a bunny that
slept in a bakset next to his owner’s bed. This pet liked to folow
his owner all over the house.

1. lesson 4. mammal

2. chapter 5. basket

3. rabbit 6. follow
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Writing Connection Write a story about what it would be like to keep


a rabbit for a pet. Use at least four spelling words.

You may also display the list of spelling words so students can compare the
spelling words to the misspelled words in the paragraph.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 273


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A closed syllable is a syllable that ends in a consonant. Closed
syllables usually have a short vowel sound. When a word has a
vowel-consonant-consonant-vowel (VCCV) spelling pattern, the
syllable division is usually between the two consonants. Read these
words aloud: doctor (doc/tor), runner (run/ner), traffic (traf/fic).

basket letter mammal chapter chicken


rabbit invite number follow butter
lesson bedtime fellow problem napkin

A. Circle the spelling word in each row that rhymes with the word in
bold type. Read the spelling word aloud and write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. better ladder letter batter letter

2. habit bedtime heater rabbit rabbit

3. yellow fellow follow yelled fellow

4. flutter chapter butter platter butter

5. camel mammal maple model mammal

6. swallow swell flowing follow follow

B. Write each spelling word. Draw a line between the syllables.

7. basket bas / ket 12. chapter chap / ter

8. lesson les / son 13. problem prob / lem

9. invite in / vite 14. chicken chick / en

10. bedtime bed / time 15. napkin nap / kin

11. number num / ber

274 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, and suffixes.

considering considers

consider

considered consideration

Look at your notes from Clever Jack Takes the Cake. Choose one word
and write the word on the bottom layer of the cake below. Then write
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

related words on the other layers. Use a print or digital dictionary to


help you think of related words.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3 275


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Use the words in the box and the clues to solve the crossword puzzle.

citizenship horrified unfairness surface


continued participate waver boomed
daring proposed warmth related

1
P
2 3 4
S U N F A I R N E S S H
U R O
5
R C O N T I N U E D R
F I R
6 7
W A V E R C I T I Z E N S H I P
C I F
8 9 10
R E L A T D E P R O P O S E D I
A A E

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


11 12
W A R M T H B O O M E D
I E
N
G
Across Down

3. Lack of honesty or justice 1. Join in


5. Kept going 2. The outside of something
6. Go back and forth 4. Very scared
7. Membership of a country 9. Brave
8. From the same family
10. Suggested or asked
Tell students that
11. Heat they can count
the number of letters
in each word to help
12. Grew or expanded suddenly them fill in the puzzle.

276 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 3


Grammar • Possessive Pronouns
Name

• A possessive pronoun takes the place of a possessive noun: That


is Jane’s backpack. That is her backpack.
• A possessive pronoun shows who or what owns something: That
notebook belongs to him. That is his notebook.
• Use these possessive pronouns before nouns: my, his, her, its, our,
your, their.

A. Write the possessive pronouns on the line.


1. My family won a trip to Chicago. My

2. We wrote an essay telling our reasons for wanting to go. our

3. Dad spent most of his childhood there. his


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. Mom used to visit her grandmother in Chicago. her

5. Mom and Dad want us to see their favorite landmarks. their

B. Reread this paragraph from “When Corn Was Cash.” Circle


one possessive pronoun.

Life is easier today. We have a system of money. We


have stores that sell everything we need. But people
still like to barter. The next time your school has a swap
meet, think about trading in some of your old games
and toys. Bartering is fun, and it helps people clean out
their closets!

In your writer’s notebook, write about a city you have visited


or would like to visit. When you’re done, reread your work.
Make sure you used possessive pronouns correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 277


Grammar • Possessive Pronouns That Stand Alone and Reflexive Pronouns
Name

• Some possessive pronouns that can stand alone are mine, yours,
his, hers, ours, and theirs: That book is mine.
• Reflexive pronouns are used when the subject and the object of
a sentence are the same: I drove myself to the store. Reflexive
pronouns include myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves
and themselves.

A. Read the sentences and the possessive pronouns in parentheses.


Write the correct possessive pronoun on the lines.
1. The students in our class are painting. (our, ours)

2. I am almost finished with mine . (my, mine)

3. Have you finished yours ? (your, yours)

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. Staci showed me her painting. (her, hers)

B. Read the sentences and the reflexive pronouns in parentheses.


Write the correct reflexive pronoun on the lines.
5. The class read quietly to themselves . (himself, themselves)

6. Karen poured herself a glass of water. (herself, myself)

7. I bought myself a new computer. (myself, themselves)

8. You should cook yourself dinner. (ourselves, yourself)

In your writer’s notebook, write about something you created.


Say why you’re proud of what you made. Review your work
when you’re done to make sure you used possessive and
reflexive pronouns correctly.

278 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


Grammar • Mechanics: Possessive Pronouns and Reflexive Pronouns
Name

• A possessive pronoun replaces a possessive noun. Use these


possessive pronouns with nouns: my, your, his, her, its, our, their.
• Use these possessive pronouns alone, without a noun: mine,
yours, his, hers, ours, theirs.

Replace each underlined possessive noun with the correct


possessive pronoun. Write the new sentences on the lines.
1. Jana left Jana’s backpack on the bus. Consider completing the first
question as a model so students
fully understand the task.
Jana left her backpack on the bus.

2. Frank and Pia studied Frank’s and Pia’s spelling words together.

Frank and Pia studied their spelling words together.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. Tim asked Clara, “Is this Clara’s notebook?”

Tim asked Clara, “Is this your notebook?”

4. Jason gave me Jason’s camera and asked me to take a picture.

Jason gave me his camera and asked me to take a picture.

Writing Connection Write about your favorite thing that you own. Say
why you like it. Check your work for any errors.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 279


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A possessive pronoun replaces a possessive noun. Use the


pronouns my, your, his, her, its, our, and their with nouns. Use the
pronouns mine, yours, his, hers, its, ours, and theirs by themselves.
• Nouns and pronouns must agree when used in simple and
compound sentences.

A. Proofread the paragraph. Circle any incorrect pronouns.


Mine brother and I visited our grandparents on theirs farm last
summer. They have a vegetable garden, and they raise sheep. Theirs
dogs help herd the sheep. My grandmother uses hers tomatoes to
make delicious soup. Mine grandfather uses the sheep’s milk to make
cheese. We like the cheese sandwiches he makes from its. Theirs farm
is a busy place in the summer. My brother and I had the best time on
ours vacation.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


B. Rewrite the paragraph with the correct pronouns.
My brother and I visited our grandparents on their farm last

summer. They have a vegetable garden, and they raise sheep.

Their dogs help herd the sheep. My grandmother uses her

tomatoes to make delicious soup. My grandfather uses the

sheep’s milk to make cheese. We like the cheese sandwiches

he makes from it. Their farm is a busy place in the summer.

My brother and I had the best time on our vacation.

Consider writing a list of possessive pronouns on the board for students to refer to
as they complete the task.

280 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


Grammar • Test: Possessive Pronouns and Reflexive Pronouns
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) My mother asked my brother and me to clean our rooms.
(2) I finished cleaning mine quickly. (3) Then I helped my brother
clean his room. (4) I picked up all his books. (5) I was proud of
myself for helping him.

1. What is the possessive pronoun 2. What is the reflexive pronoun


in sentence 4? in sentence 5?
AI F I
B picked G myself
C his H for
D books J him

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) Mine sister and I visited our aunt and uncle at theirs ranch.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(2) They have horses and ponies. (3) Our aunt rides hers favorite
horse every day. (4) We got to ride the ponies and feed them hay.
(5) What fun we had on our visit!
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A Mine sister and I visited ours aunt and uncle at theirs ranch.
B My sister and I visited our aunt and uncle at theirs ranch.
C My sister and I visited our aunt and uncle at their ranch.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F Ours aunt rides hers favorite horse every day.
G Our aunt rides her favorite horse every day.
H Our aunt rides hers favorite horse every day.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 281


Spelling • Inflectional Endings y to i
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. tries


paper along
2. 2. tried
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. trying
to write each 4. 4. dries
word as it is
5. 5. dried
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. drying
the test, unfold 7. 7. hurries
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. hurried
right to correct 9. 9. hurrying
any spelling
10. 10. studies
mistakes.
11. 11. studied

Students may 12. 12. studying


benefit from

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


hearing the spelling 13. 13. plays
words in a sentence
so they have greater
context for the 14. 14. played
different verb tenses.
15. 15. playing
Review Words 16. 16. chapter
17. 17. bedtime
18. 18. letter
Challenge Words 19. 19. obeyed
20. 20. worrying

282 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When a word ends in a consonant and
The inflectional ending
y, change the y to an i before adding
-ing usually forms the last
the endings -es or -ed: fry, fries, fried. syllable in a word. For
When a word ends in a vowel and words that end in y, the
y, do not change the y to an i: spray, syllables usually divide
sprays, sprayed. Never change the y to between the y and i:
dry/ing, carry/ing.
an i when adding -ing: frying, spraying.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that match the spelling patterns.

drying playing dried hurrying plays


tried hurries trying studied dries
hurried tries studies studying played
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

change y to i and change y to i and


add -es add -ed add -ing
1. tries 5. tried 11. drying

2. dries 6. dried 12. playing

3. hurries 7. hurried 13. trying

4. studies 8. studied 14. hurrying

15. studying
add -s or -ed
9. played

10. plays

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 283


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When a word ends in a consonant and
The inflectional ending
y, change the y to an i before adding
-ing usually forms the last
the endings -es or -ed: fry, fries, fried. syllable in a word. For
When a word ends in a vowel and words that end in y, the
y, do not change the y to an i: spray, syllables usually divide
sprays, sprayed. Never change the y to between the y and i:
dry/ing, carry/ing.
an i when adding -ing: frying, spraying.

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the spelling
words that match the spelling patterns.

tries crying flying flies dried


played plays cried cries tried
trying drying dries stays playing

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


change y to i and change y to i and
add -es add -ed add -ing
1. tries 5. tried 11. drying

2. dries 6. dried 12. playing

3. cries 7. cried 13. trying

4. flies 14. crying


add -s or -ed
8. played 15. flying

9. plays

10. stays

283A Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the
spelling words that match the spelling patterns.

worrying studying studied studies trying


tried dried replied hurries obeying
obeyed drying hurrying dries tries

change y to i and change y to i and


add -es add -ed add -ing
1. tries 5. tried 10. worrying

2. dries 6. dried 11. drying

3. hurries 7. replied 12. obeying


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. studies 8. studied 13. trying

14. hurrying
add -ed
9. obeyed 15. studying

B. Compare the words tried and trying. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words have the same base word, try. To form the word
tried, change the y to and i and add -ed. To form the word
trying, add -ing to the base word try.

Look for verbs that end in y in the selections you read this
week. In your writer’s notebook, practice adding the endings
-ed, -ing, and -s or -es to the verbs you find.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 283B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

tries studying hurries trying hurried


playing dried plays studied played
studies drying hurrying dries tried

A. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


1. Last year, my brother played
for the Trenton Panthers.

2. Pioneers dried apples so they would last longer.

3. My friend and I are studying for the weekly spelling test.

4. Dad is trying to fix the broken chain on my bike.

5. We hurried to catch the train before it pulled away.

6. My sister studied in the library for her history test.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. We are drying the wet beach towels on the clothes line.

8. The baby tried to walk for the first time.

9. Sam was hurrying to reach his classroom before the bell rang.

10. The school band is playing


a lively march.

B. Write the spelling word that means the same thing as the
words written below.

11. attempts to tries 14. learns about studies

12. makes less wet dries 15. does for fun plays

13. rushes or speeds hurries

284 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

Underline the six misspelled words in the paragraphs below.


Write the words correctly on the lines.
My class has been studeing the presidents. I picked up many
interesting facts. I read that Thomas Jefferson plaed chess. It’s
well known that Abraham Lincoln studyed to be a lawyer, and
he hid things in his stovepipe hat.
In the White House, George Washington liked to eat cake
with nuts and dryied fruits. And John F. Kennedy enjoyed plaing
with his children. Do you suppose they tryed to play hide and
seek in the Oval Office? I’ll always wonder.

1. studying 4. dried

2. played 5. playing

studied 6. tried
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3.

Writing Connection What do you think makes a good president? Write


your ideas. Use at least four spelling words.

Invite students to ask questions about the former presidents


referred to in the paragraph.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 285


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a word ends in a consonant and the letter y, change y to i
before adding the inflectional endings -es or -ed: fry, fries, fried. Do
not change y to i when adding -ing: frying.
In most cases, when a word ends in a vowel and the letter y, do
not change the y to an i before adding any inflectional endings:
spray, sprays, sprayed, spraying.

drying dries plays hurrying hurries


playing studying hurried studied played
trying tries studies dried tried

Combine each word and ending. Read the spelling word aloud and
then write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. dry + s dries 9. play + ing playing

2. study + ed studied 10. study + s studies

3. try + ing trying 11. try + s tries

4. hurry + ing hurrying 12. study + ing studying

5. dry + ed dried 13. play + s plays

6. try + ed tried 14. hurry + s hurries

7. play + ed played 15. dry + ing drying

8. hurry + ed hurried

286 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


Vocabulary Strategy • Homographs
Name

Homographs are words that are spelled the same but have
different meanings. They are sometimes pronounced differently.
For example, the word lead can refer to a kind of heavy metal, or
it can be a verb meaning to manage or oversee. When you come
across a homograph in a text, use nearby words and context
clues to figure out which meaning the author is using.

A. Read the sentences below. Underline the context clues to


help you understand the meaning of the homograph in bold.
Then write the meaning of the word on the line.
1. He tried hard to win the race, but he only came in second place.
after first

2. The quick flash of lightning lit up the dark room for less than a second.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

short unit of time

3. The factory is able to produce thousands of cars every year.


to make or create

4. The fruits and vegetables in the produce aisle looked very fresh.
farm-grown foods

B. Write two sentences on the lines. In your first sentence, use


the word bat to refer to the wooden club used in baseball. In
your second sentence, use bat to refer to the flying animal.

Consider reading the instructional text and questions aloud so students can hear how
the words lead and produce have different pronunciations in different contexts.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4 287


Vocabulary Strategy • Root Words
Name

Read each sentence below. Write the root word of the underlined
word. Then write the meaning of the underlined word.
1. We rode the train from Texas to Utah so that we could see trees,
mountains, rivers, and all other parts of the beautiful scenery.
scene; how a certain place looks, the features of a landscape

2. After I took a sip of the smoothie, the flavor of blueberry was


unmistakable. I would know it anywhere!
mistake; not able to mistake or confuse with anything else

3. The performer can do many things, but her specialty is singing.


special; a special quality or ability

4. We were overjoyed and smiling ear to ear when our parents said we
could adopt a puppy.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


joy; to have great feelings of joy

5. I thought that my new shoes would hurt my feet, but instead they
were quite comfortable.
comfort; able to have comfort

6. The uninformed guests did not know where they were supposed to sit.
inform; not educated, told, or informed.

7. She was relieved to know that she earned an A even though her last
project had received a B.
relief; having a feeling of relief

288 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 4


Grammar • Pronoun-Verb Contractions
Name

• A contraction is a shortened form of two words: she is = she’s.


• An apostrophe replaces letters that are left out in a pronoun-
verb contraction.
• Some common contractions are he’s (he is), she’s (she is), it’s (it is),
you’re (you are), I’m (I am), we’re (we are), they’re (they are), and
I’ve (I have).

Rewrite each sentence and replace the underlined words with the
correct contraction.

1. I am writing a report about animals and their habitats.


I’m writing a report about animals and their habitats.

2. I think it is interesting to learn about where animals live.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

I think it’s interesting to learn about where animals live.

3. Dad says that he has seen an eagle’s nest.


Dad says that he’s seen an eagle’s nest.

4. I have only seen a picture of an eagle’s nest high in a tree.


I’ve only seen a picture of an eagle’s nest high in a tree.

5. They are known for building huge nests.


They’re known for building huge nests.

In your writer’s notebook, write about a kind of bird that you


have seen where you live. Use pronoun-verb contractions in
your writing. Reread your work for any errors.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 289


Grammar • More Pronoun-Verb Contractions
Name

• Contractions can be formed with a pronoun and a helping verb


such as is, have, or will.
• Some contractions formed with the word will are I’ll (I will), he’ll
(he will), she’ll (she will), we’ll (we will), you’ll (you will), it’ll (it will),
and they’ll (they will).

A. Underline the two words in each sentence that you can make
into a contraction. Rewrite the sentence with the contraction.
1. We will have lots of fun at the park. Explain that contractions formed
with will are used to describe
actions that will happen in the future.
We’ll have lots of fun at the park.

2. I will give her a call right now.


I’ll give her a call right now.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. Do you think it will be ready by noon?
Do you think it’ll be ready by noon?

B. Reread this paragraph from “Pedal Power.” Underline the


two words that you can make into a contraction. Then
rewrite the sentence with the contraction on the lines.

What do you think? Are inventions that use pedal


power a good idea, or a waste of time? Think about
the arguments for and against pedal power, and
decide. Maybe one day you will invent a pedal-
powered machine!

Maybe one day you’ll invent a pedal-powered machine!

290 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


Grammar • Mechanics: Spelling Contractions and Possessive Pronouns
Name

• Do not confuse possessive pronouns with contractions.


• The words it’s, you’re, and they’re are contractions. They each
have an apostrophe that stands for letters that are left out.
• The words its, your, and their are possessive pronouns. They do
not have apostrophes.

A. Write C if the underlined word is a contraction. Write P if it is a


possessive pronoun.

1. I hope it’s not too late to enter the science fair. C

2. Lin and Gary showed me their science project. P

3. I want to ask if they’re finished with it. C


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. Have you planned your project yet? P

5. I am certain that you’re going to win. C

B. Complete each sentence with the correct contraction or possessive


pronoun in parentheses.

6. I like (your, you’re) your new backpack.

7. (Their, They’re) They’re going to pick us up at noon.

8. I don’t think (it’s, its) it’s going to rain today.

9. I think that (your, you’re) you’re the best pitcher we have.

In your writer’s notebook, write about your favorite subject


in school. Check your work when you’re done to make sure
you didn’t confuse contractions and possessive pronouns.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 291


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Do not confuse possessive pronouns with contractions.


• The words it’s, you’re, and they’re are contractions. They each
have an apostrophe that stands for letters that are left out.
• The words its, your, and their are possessive pronouns. They do
not have apostrophes.

A. Proofread the paragraph. Circle any possessive pronouns or


contractions that are not used correctly.
Ive’ just read a book about the history of ice cream. Its
interesting to learn how long ice cream has been around. The
Persians were known for making they’re frozen treats by pouring
fruit juice over snow. I’am sure that was delicious. I learned that
George Washington and Thomas Jefferson liked ice cream.
They’are two of our founding fathers who visited ice cream

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


parlors in New York.

B. Rewrite the paragraph with the correct pronouns.


I’ve just read a book about the history of ice cream. It’s
interesting to learn how long ice cream has been around. The
Persians were known for making their frozen treats by pouring
fruit juice over snow. I’m sure that was delicious. I learned that
George Washington and Thomas Jefferson liked ice cream.
They’re two of our founding fathers who visited ice cream parlors
in New York.

Provide students with additional support by pointing out errors without correcting them.

292 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


Grammar • Test: Pronoun-Verb Contractions
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I’ve just read a book about elephants. (2) It’s interesting
to learn about their behavior and how they live. (3) They’re the
largest land animals in the world. (4) They eat only plants and
vegetables, not meat. (5) They use their tusks for defense and for
digging for water.

1. What is the contraction in 2. Which sentence contains a


sentence 2? contraction that means they are?
A It’s F Sentence 1
B to G Sentence 2
C their H Sentence 3
D they J Sentence 4

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(1) Maria dreams of working in a zoo when she grows up.


(2) Shell’ feed the animals and make sure their happy and
healthy. (3) She will give bananas to the monkeys and throw fish
to the sea lions. (4) “I’am sure that I’will be a great zookeeper!”
she thought to herself.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A Shell feed the animals and make sure theyre happy and healthy.
B She’ll feed the animals and make sure they’re happy and healthy.
C Shel’l feed the animals and make sure their happy and healthy.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?
F “I’m sure that I’ll be a great zookeeper!” she thought to herself.
G “Im’ sure that Ill’ be a great zookeeper!” she thought to herself.
H “Im sure that Iwill’ be a great zookeeper!” she thought to herself.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 293


Spelling • Open Syllables CVC
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. pilot


paper along
2. 2. diner
the dotted line.
Use the blanks 3. 3. tiger
to write each 4. 4. favor
word as it is
5. 5. lemon
read aloud.
When you finish 6. 6. planet
the test, unfold 7. 7. cover
the paper. Use
the list at the 8. 8. shady
right to correct 9. 9. robot
any spelling
10. 10. tiny
mistakes.
11. 11. label
12. 12. cozy

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. silent
14. 14. spider
15. 15. frozen
Review Words 16. 16. tried
17. 17. hurried
18. 18. studying
Challenge Words 19. 19. melon
20. 20. stomach

294 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
An open syllable is when a syllable
The word hotel has two
ends with a vowel. The vowel sound is syllables. The first syllable,
usually long, as in the word focus. The ho, ends with a long o. It is
consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) an open syllable. The second
spelling pattern can also form closed syllable, tel, ends with a
consonant and has a short e
syllables, as in river. Read these words
sound. It is a closed syllable.
aloud: focus (fo/cus), river (riv/er). Blend the syllables: ho/tel.

Write the spelling words that contain the matching sounds.

pilot favor cover tiny silent


frozen lemon diner label shady
tiger planet robot cozy spider
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

long a in first long i in first long o in first


syllable syllable syllable
1. favor 4. pilot 10. robot

2. shady 5. diner 11. cozy

3. label 6. tiger 12. frozen

7. tiny
short vowel in first
silent syllable
8.
13. lemon
9. spider
14. planet
Help students with the word
sort by sorting one word in each
15. cover
category as a class.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 295


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
An open syllable is when a syllable
The word hotel has two
ends with a vowel. The vowel sound is syllables. The first syllable,
usually long, as in the word focus. The ho, ends with a long o. It is
consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) an open syllable. The second
spelling pattern can also form closed syllable, tel, ends with a
consonant and has a short e
syllables, as in river. Read these words
sound. It is a closed syllable.
aloud: focus (fo / cus), river (riv / er). Blend the syllables: ho/tel.

Write the spelling words that contain the matching sounds.

pilot limit model tiny silent


diner lemon ever cover spider
tiger planet robot salad frozen

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


long i in first short vowel in first long o in first
syllable syllable syllable
1. pilot 7. lemon 14. robot

2. diner 8. planet 15. frozen

3. tiger 9. cover

4. tiny 10. limit

5. silent 11. model

6. spider 12. ever

13. salad

295A Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

A. Write the spelling words that contain the matching sounds.

pilot lemon shady refocus rumor


label planet robotic cozy frozen
favorite cover tiny modern melon

long a in first long o in first short vowel in first


syllable syllable syllable
1. favorite 7. robotic 11. lemon

2. shady 8. cozy 12. planet

3. label 9. frozen 13. cover


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

14. modern
long i sound in first long u in first
syllable syllable melon
pilot 15.
4. 10. rumor

5. tiny

long e in first
syllable
6. refocus

B. Compare the words label and planet. How are the words alike?
How are they different?
Both words have an a in the first syllable and a CVC spelling
pattern. The word label has a long a sound in the first syllable.
The word planet has a short a sound in the first syllable.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 295B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

pilot favor cover tiny silent


shady lemon diner label spider
tiger planet robot cozy frozen

A. Write the spelling word that belongs with each group below.
1. restaurant, cafe, diner 4. star, moon, planet

2. lion, cheetah, tiger 5. orange, lime, lemon

3. insect, bug, spider

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. Under the oak tree is a cool and shady place for a picnic.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. After the ice at the skating rink is frozen , hockey season
will begin.

8. The cabin is warm and cozy with a fire in the fireplace.

9. The jet pilot told us about his exciting job.

10. Can you do me a favor and help me with this heavy box?

11. Put a cover on the pot.

12. I have a toy robot that I programmed to tell jokes.

13. Our kitten is tiny now, but he will grow quickly.

14. The owl was as silent as a mouse as it landed in a tree.

15. Before I go to camp, I have to label my clothes.

296 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraph below.


Underline each misspelled word. Then write the words correctly
on the lines.
A tigur is an amazing animal. It is tiney when it is born, but
it grows fast. The biggest one on the planeat weighs more than
1,000 pounds. As it prowls through the shadey forest looking for
food, it is sielent. It has been given the labul of fierce, and I think
that fits this animal perfectly.

1. tiger 4. shady

2. tiny 5. silent

3. planet 6. label

Writing Connection Write about an animal that you think is fierce. Use
at least four spelling words.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

You can provide some sentence frames to help scaffold student writing. One fierce
animal is the . . . . I think it is fierce because . . . .

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 297


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
An open syllable is when a syllable ends with a long vowel sound,
as in the first syllable of the word token (to/ken). Words with a
consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) spelling pattern have a syllable
division after the vowel if the vowel is long, or after the second
consonant if the vowel is short: focus (fo/cus), limit (lim/it).

pilot favor cover tiny silent


diner lemon shady label spider
tiger planet robot cozy frozen

Fill in the missing syllable to make each spelling word complete. Read
the spelling word aloud and then write it on the line.
spi spider cov cover

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. der 9. er

2. le mon lemon 10. si lent silent

3. pi lot pilot 11. di ner diner

4. sha dy shady 12. pla net planet

5. fro zen frozen 13. ro bot robot

6. ti ny tiny 14. fa vor favor

7. co zy cozy 15. ti ger tiger

8. la bel label

298 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


Vocabulary • Content Words
Name

CONNECT TO CONTENT
Content words are specific to
It’s All in the Wind gives facts
a field of study. Electricity and
about wind energy. It also gives
wind are science content words. facts about why people support
Authors use content words to or do not support wind energy.
The author uses content words
explain a concept or idea. Use
that relate to this topic to
context clues to figure out what a help you understand how wind
content word means. You can also power works and why it is
use a print or digital dictionary. important.

With a partner, search for content words related to wind


COLLABORATE power. Write them on the blades of the wind turbines below.
env
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

po
llu

iro
tio

nm
n

ent

turbines
res
ou r
e

ces
l
ab
ew

gy
er
n
re

en

Pick two words that you were able to figure out the meaning of by
using context clues. Write the words and what they mean on the lines.

Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5 299


Vocabulary Strategy • Homophones
Name

Homophones are words that are pronounced the same way but have
different meanings. Homophones often have different spellings as well.
Some examples of homophones include tail and tale, blue and blew,
right and write, and hear and here.

Read each sentence below. Underline the context clues that help
you understand the meaning of each homophone in bold. Then
write the correct definition of the homophone on the line.

1. The lookout atop the mountain showed the best views I’ve ever seen.
looked at with one’s eyes

2. I liked every part of the movie, but the ending was my favorite scene.
part of a movie, book, or play

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. Cell phones started to become popular in the 1980s.
while or during

4. The travelers needed a place to sleep, so they stopped at an inn.


a business that provides food, drink, and a place to sleep

5. We watched the bald eagle soar high in the sky.


fly high in the air

6. I felt good after running yesterday, but today my muscles are sore!
achy, tender, or painful

Pick a pair of homophones listed on this page, or think


of a pair by yourself. In your writer’s notebook, write two
sentences. Use one of the homophones in one sentence, then
use the other homophone in your second sentence.
Help students understand the difference between pairs of homophones by pointing out
each word’s part of speech.

300 Grade 3 • Unit 5 • Week 5


Grammar • Adjectives
Name

• An adjective is a word that describes a noun. An adjective


usually comes before the noun it describes: The red ball.
• Some adjectives are descriptive. They tell what kind of person,
place, or thing the noun is: The small squirrel climbs the tall tree.
• Some adjectives tell how many: I caught a few fish.
• Some adjectives are limiting, such as this, that, these, and those.

Underline each adjective. Circle the noun the adjective describes.

1. Gramps has a brown horse. Remind students that an


adjective can come after
a noun if it is preceded
2. Rex is the name of this big animal. by the verb to be.

3. I am a good helper when I visit Gramps.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. I take Rex out for long rides.

5. I feed Rex juicy apples.

6. Gramps lets me polish the heavy saddle.

7. In June I will help him paint the old barn.

8. Gramps let me pick out the new color.

9. I chose a bright red.

10. I think Rex will like that color.

In your writer’s notebook, write about some things you might


see on a farm. Reread your work when you’re done to make
sure you used adjectives correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 301


Grammar • Articles
Name

• The articles a, an, and the are special adjectives.


• Use an before an adjective or singular noun that begins with a
vowel: an apple, an umbrella, an ocean.
• Use the before singular and plural nouns when referring to
something specific: the dogs, the door, the book.

A. Write a, an, or the to finish each sentence.


1. I went to see the first game of the World Series.

2. I wrote an essay about my exciting day.

3. I took a baseball in hopes of getting it signed.

4. After the game, I found my favorite pitcher.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. I told him that I was a big fan.

B. Reread this paragraph from Looking Up to Ellen Ochoa. Circle


the articles in the underlined sentence.

First, there is the ground crew. They inspect


and repair the shuttle before each mission. Next,
Mission Control workers guide the astronauts through
each moment of a mission and debrief them on
procedures. They are responsible for knowing how
equipment is working. They communicate with
astronauts to check on how they feel.

302 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


Grammar • Mechanics: Commas in a Series and in Dates
Name

• Use commas to separate three or more words in a series: I play


the guitar, piano, and drums.
• Use a comma between the day and year in a date: May 6, 2018.
• Use a comma after introductory words: No, I haven’t had lunch.

Rewrite each sentence. Add commas where they belong.


1. Wow this is a great book that I got at the library!
Wow, this is a great book that I got at the library!

2. It tells all about snakes lizards and alligators.


It tells all about snakes, lizards, and alligators.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. The author was born on June 15 1979.


The author was born on June 15, 1979.

4. He wrote another book about sharks whales and dolphins.


He wrote another book about sharks, whales, and dolphins.

Writing Connection Write about a book you recently read. Check your work
to make sure you used commas correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 303


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• An adjective is a word that describes a noun.


• Some adjectives are descriptive. Some adjectives tell how many.
Some adjectives are limiting, such as this, that, these, and those.
• Use a comma after introductory words, between the day and
year in a date, and to separate three or more items in a series.

A. Proofread the passage. Circle any adjectives and articles


that are not used correctly. Add commas where needed.
When I grow up I think I want to be a astronaut. A few years ago
I thought about becoming an famous basketball player. A long time
ago, my grandmother played on a all-girls team. She was born on
May 3, 1959. One time she told me, “This days were so much fun.”
But I think it would be fun to go on space missions, too. To become

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


an astronaut means that I have to be a excellent student. I got the
“A” on my last math test. Next week, I need to study for spelling,
science, and reading.

B. Rewrite the passage. Use the correct adjectives and articles.


Use commas correctly.
When I grow up I think I want to be an astronaut. A few

years ago I thought about becoming a famous basketball player.

A long time ago, my grandmother played on an all-girls team.

She was born on May 3, 1959. One time she told me, “Those days
were so much fun.” But I think it would be fun to go on space

missions, too. To become an astronaut means that I have to be


an excellent student. I got an “A” on my last math test. Next

week, I need to study for spelling, science, and reading.

304 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


Grammar • Test: Adjectives and Articles
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) My dad made a treasure hunt for my sister and me.
(2) He gave us a list of things he hid in our backyard.
(3) They included a tall jar with pennies in it, a painted egg,
two seashells, and a red ball. (4) We had a very fun day!

1. Which adjective in sentence 3 2. Which word in sentence 4 is an


tells how many? article?
A tall F We
B painted G very
C two Ha
D red J fun

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) Mom Dad and I went to my aunt’s house for dinner. (2) She
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

made an roast chicken for dinner and a apple pie for dessert.
(3) Then we worked together on a jigsaw puzzle.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A Mom Dad, and I went to my aunt’s house for dinner.
B Mom, Dad, and I went to my aunt’s house for dinner.
C Mom, Dad, and I, went to my aunt’s house for dinner.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
F She made an roast chicken for dinner and an apple pie for dessert.
G She made a roast chicken for dinner and a apple pie for dessert.
H She made a roast chicken for dinner and an apple pie for dessert.
J No change needed in sentence 2.

If you decide to read the passages and answer choices to students, pause at each
comma to help students hear how unnatural a misplaced comma sounds.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 305


Spelling • Prefixes un-, re-, pre-, and dis-
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. disagreed


paper along 2. 2. dislike
the dotted
line. Use the 3. 3. disappear
blanks to 4. 4. presale
write each
5. 5. preschool
word as it is
read aloud. 6. 6. precook
When you 7 7. previous
finish the
test, unfold 8. 8. rebuild
the paper. 9. 9. return
Use the list
10. 10. resell
at the right
to correct 11. 11. reprint
any spelling 12. 12. unwrap
mistakes.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. unlucky
14. 14. untied
15. 15. unbeaten
Review Words 16. 16. robot
17. 17. tiny
18. 18. label
Challenge Words 19. 19. unknown
20. 20. recover

306 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A prefix is a word part added
to the beginning of a word. The Prefixes usually form the first
syllable in a word. Sound out
prefixes un- and dis- mean not the prefix, then the rest of the
or the opposite of, as in disorder word. Then use the prefix to
and unprepared. The prefix re- figure out the word’s meaning.
means again, as in reset, and For example, the word preheat
pre- means before, as in predate. (pre/heat) means to heat before
cooking.

disagreed presale return unwrap unlucky


rebuild untied dislike reprint preschool
unbeaten resell previous precook disappear

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the words
that contain the prefixes below.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

dis- re- un-


1. disagreed 8. rebuild 12. unwrap

2. dislike 9. return 13. unlucky

3. disappear 10. resell 14. untied

pre- 11. reprint 15. unbeaten

4. presale

5. preschool

6. precook

7. previous

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words with the prefixes pre-, dis-, un-, and re-. Say the words
you find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 307


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A prefix is a word part added
to the beginning of a word. The Prefixes often form the first
syllable in a word. Sound out
prefixes un- and dis- mean not the prefix, then the rest of the
or the opposite, as in the words word. Use the prefix to figure
disorder and unprepared. The out the word’s meaning. For
prefix re- means again (reset) example, preheat (pre/heat)
and pre- means before (predate). means to heat before cooking.

unhappy prevent rebuild redo unkind


resell review unlucky dislike prepaid
precook untied reprint unfold return

Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the words

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


that contain the prefixes below.

dis- re- un-


1. dislike 5. review 11. unhappy

pre- 6. resell 12. unfold

2. prepaid 7. rebuild 13. unkind

3. precook 8. return 14. untied

4. prevent 9. reprint 15. unlucky

10. redo

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words with the prefixes pre-, dis-, un-, and re-. Say the words
you find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

307A Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

dislike previous rebuild unwrap unknown


reread recover disappear precook rearrange
untied unbeaten reenter unafraid unlucky

A. Read aloud the spelling words in the box. Then write the
words that contain the prefixes below.

dis- re- un-


1. dislike 5. recover 10. unwrap

2. disappear 6. rearrange 11. untied

pre- 7. rebuild 12. unafraid

3. precook 8. reread 13. unknown

4. previous 9. reenter 14. unbeaten


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

15. unlucky

B. Compare the words dislike and unlucky. How are they alike?
How are they different?
They each have a prefix added to a base word. The prefix in
dislike is dis-, which means not. The prefix in unlucky is un-,
which also means not.

Look back at the selections you read this week and look for
words with the prefixes pre-, dis-, un-, and re-. Say the words
you find aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 307B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

disagreed resell previous presale precook


untied preschool rebuild reprint dislike
disappear unlucky return unwrap unbeaten

A. Write the spelling word that completes each sentence.


1. I like oranges and limes, but I dislike lemons.

2. I saw the latest movie, but I didn’t see the previous movie.

3. Once the Sun came out, the snow began to disappear .

4. My friend bought movie tickets at the presale .

5. The wind damaged our treehouse, so we will rebuild it.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. I want to unwrap the gift and see what’s inside.

7. After missing the bus, I think this is an unlucky day.

8. Mom takes my little sister to preschool every morning.

9. The puppy untied my shoe and chewed the shoelace.

10. I will return the library book when I finish reading it.

B. Write a spelling word that matches each meaning.


11. not agreed disagreed 14. to print again reprint

12. sell again resell 15. to cook before precook

13. not beaten unbeaten


Allow students to consult a dictionary
to confirm their definitions.

308 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraphs below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Once there was a princess who went to prischool. She always


forgot her lunch, and usually she forgot her homework, too. She
thought she was a very unlukee princess. But her teacher desagreed.
One day Miss Dora said, “I can make all this bad luck desappear, if
you want.”

The princess said, “Yes, please!” Miss Dora gave the princess a
package. The princess unitied the red ribbon and began to unrap the
package. Inside was a beautiful notebook and pencil. The princess
wrote a note about bringing her homework and lunch to school. She
never forgot them again.

1. preschool 4. disappear

2. unlucky 5. untied
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. disagreed 6. unwrap

Writing Connection Write about what you do to help you remember things.
Use at least four spelling words.

To reduce the task, allow ELLs to include only two spelling words in their
writing instead of four.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 309


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A prefix is a word part that is added to the beginning of a base
word to create a new word. The prefix re- means again, as in
the word replay. The prefix pre- means before, as in preheat.
The prefixes dis- and un- both mean not or opposite of, as in the
words disobey and uncertain.

reprint unbeaten previous resell unlucky


untied preschool unwrap disagreed dislike
disappear precook return rebuild presale

Write the missing syllable to make each spelling word complete. Then
read the spelling word aloud, and write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. dis appear disappear 9. pre sale presale

2. un lucky unlucky 10. un beaten unbeaten

3. re build rebuild 11. re sell resell

4. un tied untied 12. un wrap unwrap

5. pre school preschool 13. dis like dislike

6. re turn return 14. pre cook precook

7. dis agreed disagreed 15. pre vious previous

8. re print reprint

310 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


Vocabulary • Content Words
Name

CONNECT TO CONTENT
Content words are words specific to
Looking Up to Ellen
a field of study. Words like space and Ochoa tells how Ellen
astronomy are science content words. Ochoa became the first
female Hispanic American
You can figure out what a content astronaut. The author uses
word means by using context clues. science content words to
You can also use a dictionary for help. help you understand more
about the space program.

Go on a word hunt with a partner. Find content words related


COLLABORATE to astronauts and outer space. Write them on the lines.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

astronaut mission specialist


aeronautics experiments satellite

Pick two words that you were able to figure out the meaning of
using context clues. Write the words and what they mean on the lines.

Ask students to identify the part of speech of each word they find. Allow them to use a
dictionary for assistance.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1 311


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Complete the puzzle with the vocabulary words. Use the letters in the
boxes to solve the riddle below.

energy natural pollution produce


renewable replace sources barter
humble waver traditional horrified

1. Something not made by people N A T U R A L

2. Small or modest H U M B L E

3. Something used to power things E N E R G Y

4. Trade without using money B A R T E R

5. Swap one thing for another R E P L A C E

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


6. Things that harms the environment P O L L U T I O N

7. Where things come from S O U R C E S

8. Go back and forth WA V E R

9. Very scared H O R R I F I E D

10. Able to be replaced after use R E N E WA B L E

11. How something has always been T R A D I T I O N A L

12. Make or create something P R O D U C E

This is the largest animal to have ever existed. What is it?

T H E B L U E W H A L E

312 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 1


Grammar • Adjectives That Compare

Name

• An adjective that compares is a descriptive adjective. You can


use adjectives to compare two or more nouns.
• Add -er to an adjective to compare two nouns: The Arctic is
colder than the tropics.
• Add -est to an adjective to compare more than two nouns:
Winter is the coldest of all four seasons.

A. Circle the correct adjective for each sentence.


1. This pumpkin is (bigger, biggest) than the one I grew last year.

2. Mercury is the (smaller, smallest) of all the planets.

3. This is the (sweeter, sweetest) orange I’ve ever eaten.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. That clap of thunder was even (louder, loudest) than the last one.

5. The yellow kitten is (furrier, furriest) than the striped one.

6. Of all the rabbits, the gray one was (quicker, quickest).

7. A river is usually much (wider, widest) than a creek.

B. Read the paragraph from “A Flight to Lunar City.” Circle the


adjective that compares in the underlined sentence.

Now they were almost there! Robbie wriggled and


squirmed. “Settle down!” Maria scolded. Sometimes
Robbie was awfully wild, like a real puppy. Maria
was thinking about adjusting his Personality Profile
Program to make him a little calmer.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 313


Grammar • Adjectives That Compare with Spelling Changes
Name

• Some adjectives change their spelling when -er or -est is added.


• When an adjective ends in a consonant and y, change the y to i
and add -er or -est: happy/happier/happiest, cozy/cozier/coziest.
• When an adjective ends in e, drop the e and add -er or -est:
pale/paler/palest, large/larger/largest.
• When adjectives have a short vowel sound before a final
consonant, double the final consonant and add -er or -est:
sad/sadder/saddest, thin/thinner/thinnest.

A. Add -er or -est to each adjective. Write the correct form.

Add -er Add -est

1. big bigger 6. funny funniest

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. sunny sunnier 7. safe safest

3. silly sillier 8. fat fattest

4. nice nicer 9. tiny tiniest

5. blue bluer 10. red reddest

B. Write the correct form of each adjective in parentheses.

11. Yesterday was the (hot) hottest day all summer.

12. Shane was (fast) faster than Tom.

13. This coat is (big) bigger than my old coat.

14. Tomorrow will be the (short) shortest day of the year.

15. It is (rainy) rainier today than it was yesterday.

314 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


Grammar • Mechanics: Correct Comparative and Superlative Forms
Name

• Some adjectives that compare do not add -er or -est.


• The comparative form of good is better, and the superlative
form is best.
• The comparative form of bad is worse, and the superlative
form is worst.
• Many is an adjective that refers to more than one thing. More
compares two things. Most compares more than two.

Circle the correct adjective for each sentence. Remind


students
1. I like corn (better, best) than green beans. that comparative
adjectives
compare two
2. Our city has (more, most) sunny days than rainy ones. things while
superlative
adjectives
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

3. That was the (worse, worst) movie I’ve ever seen. compare three or
more things.

4. I think the Eagles are the (better, best) team in the country.

5. I did (better, best) on the last test than this one.

6. My cold is (worse, worst) today than it was yesterday.

7. Of all my friends, Maria has the (more, most) video games.

8. I think Mrs. Casa is the (better, best) teacher in the world.

9. We had (more, most) snow days this year than last year.

10. I just played my (worse, worst) game ever.

In your writer’s notebook, compare your favorite and least


favorite foods. When you’re done, reread your work to make
sure you used comparative and superlative adjectives correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 315


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Add -er to an adjective to compare two nouns. Add -est to an


adjective to compare more than two nouns.
• The comparative form of good is better, and the superlative
form is best. The comparative form of bad is worse, and the
superlative form is worst.
• More compares two things. Most compares more than two.

A. Proofread this passage. Circle any adjectives and articles


that are not used correctly.
I think that Camp Woodbine is the better camp in the whole
state. The camp has really good counselors. James is the nicer
counselor of all of them. In the morning we get to choose our
activities for the day. I like swimming most than rowing. I’m a fast

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


swimmer, but my friend Patrick is fastest than I am. Last year we
went hiking on the longer trail through the woods. I got the worser
case of poison ivy ever!

B. Rewrite the passage. Use the correct adjectives and articles.


I think that Camp Woodbine is the best camp in the whole
state. The camp has really good counselors. James is the nicest
counselor of all of them. In the morning we get to choose our
activities for the day. I like swimming more than rowing. I’m a
fast swimmer, but my friend Patrick is faster than I am. Last year
we went hiking on the longest trail through the woods. I got the
worst case of poison ivy ever!

If students need more assistance, point out the errors in the passage without showing students
how to correct the errors.

316 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


Grammar • Test: Adjectives That Compare
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) My mom’s cat had a litter of kittens. (2) The black kitten
with the big eyes was smaller than the gray kitten. (3) The striped
kitten was loudest. (4) They are all very cute.

1. Which adjective in sentence 2 2. Which sentence contains a


compares two nouns? superlative adjective?
A black F Sentence 1
B big G Sentence 2
C smaller H Sentence 3
D gray J Sentence 4

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) My family just moved from the city to the country. (2) I
think the country is prettyer than the city. (3) The better thing
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

of all about the country is the air is cleaner. (4) I miss my city
friends, but we will still visit each other.
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A I think the country is prettier than the city.
B I think the country is more prettier than the city.
C I think the country is prettiest than the city.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F The more better thing of all about the country is the air is cleaner.
G The most better thing of all about the country is the air is cleaner.
H The best thing of all about the country is the air is cleaner.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 317


Spelling • Consonant + le Syllables
Name

Fold back 1. 1. able


the paper 2. 2. purple
along the
dotted line. 3. 3. riddle
Use the 4. 4. handle
blanks to
5. 5. eagle
write each
word as it is 6. 6. puzzle
read aloud. 7 7. castle
When you
8. 8. little
finish the
test, unfold 9. 9. pickle
the paper.
10. 10. towel
Use the list
at the right 11. 11. nickel
to correct 12. 12. camel
any spelling

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. travel
mistakes.
14. 14. tunnel
15. 15. squirrel
Review Words 16. 16. preschool
17. 17. rebuild
18. 18. unlucky

Challenge Words 19. 19. motel


20. 20. couple

318 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When a word ends in le or
el, the last syllable is usually The word turtle has two
syllables and a VCCCV spelling
formed by those letters and the pattern. The syllables divide
consonant before them. This is after the first consonant,
called a final stable syllable. creating a final stable syllable
Examples include cable (ca/ble), spelled tle. Blend the syllables
little (lit/tle), hotel (ho/tel), and and read the word aloud:
tur/tle.
channel (chan/nel).

able towel castle handle travel


tunnel eagle little puzzle riddle
nickel pickle camel squirrel purple
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the words that contain
the matching final consonant spelling.

-le -el
1. able 6. puzzle 10. towel

2. purple 7. castle 11. nickel

3. riddle 8. little 12. camel

4. handle 9. pickle 13. travel

5. eagle 14. tunnel

15. squirrel

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with a final syllable spelled le or el. Read the words you find
aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 319


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
When a word ends in le, el, or
al, the last syllable is usually The word turtle has two
syllables and a VCCCV spelling
formed by those letters and the
pattern. The syllables divide
consonant before them. This is after the first consonant,
called a final stable syllable. creating a final stable syllable
Examples include cable (ca/ble), spelled tle. Blend the syllables
viral (vi/ral), hotel (ho/tel), and and read the word aloud:
tur/tle.
channel (chan/nel).

able eagle ankle bottle travel


tunnel little puzzle towel purple
table middle pickle camel global

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the words that contain
the matching final consonant spelling.
-le -el
1. able 11. towel
2. purple 12. camel

3. table 13. travel

4. eagle 14. tunnel

5. puzzle -al
6. middle 15. global

7. ankle

8. little

9. pickle

10. bottle

319A Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

tunnel icicle pickle motel handle


terrible nickel camel whistle able
riddle castle single towel squirrel

A. Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words
that contain the matching final consonant sound.

-le -el
1. able 10. towel

2. terrible 11. nickel

3. riddle 12. camel

4. handle 13. motel

5. whistle 14. tunnel


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

6. single 15. squirrel

7. castle

8. icicle

9. pickle

B. Compare the words pickle and nickel. How are they alike?
How are they different?
The words pickle and nickel are rhyming words. Both words end
with the same sound. The sound is spelled -le in pickle. The
sound is spelled -el in nickel.

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with a final syllable spelled le or el. Read the words you find
aloud, and record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 319B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

able handle castle towel travel


tunnel eagle nickel little purple
riddle puzzle pickle camel squirrel

A. Write the spelling word that goes with the other two words.
1. red, blue, purple 4. penny, dime, nickel

2. hawk, owl, eagle 5. tiny, small, little

If necessary, provide some of the


3. mansion, palace, castle answers so that the task is reduced.

B. Write the spelling word that completes each sentence.


6. It is fun to travel by trains and planes.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. An earthworm digs a deep tunnel underground.

8. Did the squirrel bury an acorn under the tree?

9. I lost a piece of the puzzle and can’t finish it.

10. A camel is a desert animal with a hump on its back.

11. Will you be able to go to the movie with me?

12. Dad asks me a riddle every night after dinner.

13. I eat a crisp, green pickle with my sandwich.

14. We need a towel to wipe up the water we spilled.

15. I broke the handle on my new suitcase.

320 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraph below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Long ago, a king and queen lived in a big cassel. The king wore a long
purpel cape and shiny crown. One day a squirle came along and saw the
crown in the window. He grabbed it from the window and ran. The king
chased him, but the animal ran deep inside a tunnle with the crown. The
king wanted to find someone who was abel to crawl inside and get his
crown. Finally, a litel boy said he would do it. In a few minutes, he came
out with the king’s crown.

1. castle 4. tunnel

2. purple 5. able

3. squirrel 6. little

Writing Connection Write a story about a king and queen. Use at least four
spelling words in your story.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Read the entire passage aloud before asking students to read it for themselves and
identify errors. Make sure students understand what is happening in the passage.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 321


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
When a word ends with the letters le or el, the final syllable
usually includes the consonant that comes before those
letters. This is called a final stable syllable. For example, the
letters ble form the last syllable in the word possible. The letters
bel form the last syllable in the word label.

able handle castle towel travel


purple eagle little nickel tunnel
riddle puzzle pickle camel squirrel

Write the missing letters to make each spelling word complete. Read
the spelling word aloud, and then write it on the line.
el camel 9. pur ple purple

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. cam

2. a ble able 10. lit tle little

3. rid dle riddle 11. ea gle eagle

4. tra vel travel 12. puz zle puzzle

5. tow el towel 13. nick el nickel

6. squir rel squirrel 14. tun nel tunnel

7. pick le pickle 15. cas tle castle

8. han dle handle

322 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


Vocabulary Strategy • Multiple-Meaning Words
Name

Multiple-meaning words are words that have more than one


meaning. For example, a school is a place where you go to learn.
But a school is also a word for a group of fish.
When you come across a multiple-meaning word, use context
clues to figure out which meaning the author is using.

Read the sentences below. Underline the context clues that help you
figure out the meaning of each word in bold. Then write the meaning
of the word on the line. Use a dictionary for help.

1. The woman kept her money and valuable jewelry in a safe.


strong metal box with a lock

2. Amelia Earhart was the first female pilot to fly solo across the Atlantic.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

move through the air

3. The farmer grew corn and potatoes on his land.


a part of Earth’s surface

4. Members of the audience were impressed with the actors in the play.
drama performed on a stage

5. He could easily lift the box because it was very light.


the opposite of heavy

6. The white crane flew from its nest to the river to catch a fish.
a long-legged bird that lives near water

When students are finished, ask them to think of some of the other meanings for the multiple-
meaning words in bold.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2 323


Vocabulary Strategy • Greek and Latin Roots
Name

Many English words have roots in Greek and Latin. For example,
the Latin root fin meaning end is the root of the English words
final and finish. Use your knowledge of roots to figure out the
meaning of a new word. Here are some roots that may help you:
• The Latin root mir means wonder or amazement.
• The Latin root orb means circle or ring.
• The Greek root hydro means water.

Use the Greek and Latin roots from the box above to find the
meaning of each word in bold below. Write the meaning of the
word on the line. Then use each word in a sentence of your own.

1. orbit circular path of a planet

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Earth’s orbit around the Sun takes one year.

2. infinite without end


It’s hard for me to imagine how limitless and infinite the

universe is!

3. admire to feel respect or look up to


I admire my brother because he is so brave.

water source on a city street


4. hydrant
The firefighters hooked up their fire hose to the hydrant to put

out the fire.

324 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 2


Grammar • Adverbs That Tell How
Name

• An adverb describes an action verb.


• Adverbs can tell the place, time, or manner in which an action
takes place. Adverbs answer the questions where, when, or how.
• Most adverbs that tell how an action takes place end in -ly: He
walked slowly. The dog barked loudly.

A. Draw one line under each adverb that tells how an action
takes place. Circle the verb that the adverb describes.
1. Mom and I walked carefully down to the edge of the pond.

2. We eagerly ate our picnic lunch.

3. Mom pointed silently to a turtle sunning itself on a rock.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Write the following sentence on the


4. The turtle woke up quickly. board: The brown dog barks loudly. Point
to each word and identify the adjective,
noun, adverb, and verb.
5. It looked around worriedly.

6. A frog jumped noisily in the water.

7. It swam briskly across the pond.

8. In the tree above us, a bird sang sweetly.

B. Read this paragraph from “Carlos’s Gift.” Underline the


adverb and circle the verb in the underlined sentence.

Carlos read the book that night. He found a


photograph of the exact kind of bulldog puppy
that he craved. He eagerly showed Mama the next
morning.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 325


Grammar • Place Adverbs That Tell Where and When
Name

• Some adverbs that tell where an action takes place are there,
ahead, outside, around, up, far, here, away, nearby, somewhere,
and everywhere.
• Some adverbs that tell when an action takes place are first, soon,
always, early, next, today, later, tomorrow, and then.

A. Draw one line under each adverb that tells where an action
takes place. Circle the verb that the adverb describes.
1. My family goes outside on weekends if the weather is nice.

2. Last week, we hiked far into the woods.

3. We climbed up several hills.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


4. I ran ahead to the lake.

B. Draw one line under each adverb that tells when an action
takes place. Circle the verb that the adverb describes.
5. My dad always bakes a big cake for the school bake sale.

6. First, he buys all the ingredients for the cake.

7. Next, he mixes everything together.

8. Then he bakes the cake in the oven.

In your writer’s notebook, write about an activity you like to


do outside. Use adverbs that tell how and when to describe
your actions. When you’re done, use a dictionary to check
that you used and spelled adverbs correctly.
If necessary, provide students with sentence frames for the writer’s
notebook activity: An activity I like to do outside is . . .

326 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


Grammar • Mechanics: Adverbs and Adjectives
Name

• Use an adjective to describe a noun.


• Use an adverb to describe a verb.
• Don’t mix up adjectives with adverbs that tell how.

Circle the word that correctly completes each sentence.

1. The dragon is an (important, importantly) part of Chinese New Year.

2. People dressed as a dragon dance (bold, boldly) down the street.

3. The costume is made of (colorful, colorfully) silk.

4. The dragon weaves (quick, quickly) in and out of the crowd.

5. The people shout (loud, loudly) to get the dragon’s attention.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

6. (Happy, happily) children wave to the dragon.

Connect to
Community
Talk to a parent or another trusted adult about a
parade or other celebration in your community. Write
about what happens during the celebration and why it
is important. Be sure to check your work for errors.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 327


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Adjectives describe nouns. Adverbs describe verbs.


• Adverbs that tell when include first, next, and then. Adverbs that
tell where include here, there, up, and down.
• Adverbs that tell how an action takes place usually end in -ly.

A. Proofread this passage. Circle any adjectives and adverbs


that are not used correctly.
Today my grandfather and I made a beautifully kite. I helped
him careful cut the paper into the right size and shape. We worked
happy on the kite the entire morning. Sudden my mom called
us in for lunch. I was surprised that the morning had gone by so
quick. After we finished lunch we went back to the garage and
easy attached the long tail to the kite. We will let the glue dry

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


slow overnight. We are hopefully that there will be a good breeze
tomorrow so that we can fly our new kite.

B. Rewrite the passage. Use the correct adjectives and adverbs.


Today my grandfather and I made a beautiful kite. I helped him

carefully cut the paper into the right size and shape. We worked

happily on the kite the entire morning. Suddenly my mom called

us in for lunch. I was surprised that the morning had gone by

so quickly. After we finished lunch we went back to the garage

and easily attached the long tail to the kite. We will let the glue

dry slowly overnight. We are hopeful that there will be a good

breeze tomorrow so that we can fly our new kite.

328 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


Grammar • Test: Adverbs
Name
A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.
(1) My older sister and I like to go to the beach together.
(2) We walk slowly along the shore and look for interesting
seashells. (3) Sometimes we see seagulls fly gracefully above the
blue water. (4) There’s so much to see and do at the beach!

1. Which word in sentence 2 is an 2. Which word in sentence 3 is an


adverb? adverb that tells when?
A walk F Sometimes
B slowly G see
C look H gracefully
D interesting J blue

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) I got a new pair of eyeglasses today. (2) They fit perfect,
and I can see so clear through them. (3) I can’t wait to read my
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

book. (4) First, but I need to do my homework.


3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?
A They fit perfectly, and I can see so clear through them.
B They fit perfect, and I can see so clearly through them.
C They fit perfectly, and I can see so clearly through them.
D No change needed in sentence 2.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 4?
F Firstly, but I need to do my homework.
G Then, but I need to do my homework.
H But I need to do my homework first.
J No change needed in sentence 4.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 329


Spelling • Vowel Team Syllables
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. explained


paper along 2. 2. remain
the dotted
line. Use the 3. 3. reading
blanks to 4. 4. detail
write each
5. 5. presoak
word as it is
read aloud. 6. 6. monkey
When you 7 7. brief
finish the
test, unfold 8. 8. preteen
the paper. 9. 9. about
Use the list
10. 10. allowing
at the right
to correct 11. 11. complain
any spelling 12. 12. enjoys
mistakes.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. poison
14. 14. repeats
15. 15. unreal
Review Words 16. 16. able
17. 17. castle
18. 18. towel
Challenge Words 19. 19. repaid
20. 20. approached

Be sure to enunciate so students can clearly hear each syllable of


each spelling word.

330 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A vowel team is two or more
letters that make one sound. The The word monkey is a two-
syllable word with a VCCV
letters ai form long a. The letters spelling pattern. The first
ea, ey, ie, and ee usually form syllable is a closed syllable
long e, and oa forms long o. The spelled mon. The second
letters ou and ow form the vowel syllable is an open syllable with
sound in cow, and oy and oi the vowel team ey. Blend the
sounds together: mon/key.
form the vowel sound in coin.

explained detail brief allowing reading


repeats presoak preteen complain remain
poison monkey about enjoys unreal
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the words that contain
the vowel team spelling patterns.

ai ea, ey, ie, and ee oy and oi


1. explained 6. reading 12. enjoys

2. remain 7. repeats 13. poison

3. detail 8. unreal ou and ow

4. complain 9. monkey 14. about

oa 10. brief 15. allowing

5. presoak 11. preteen

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with vowel teams. Read the words you find aloud, and record
them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 331


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A vowel team is two or more
letters that make one sound. The word monkey is a two-
syllable word with a VCCV
The letters ai and ay form long spelling pattern. The first
a. The letters ea, ey, ie, and ee syllable is a closed syllable
form long e, and oa forms long spelled mon. The second
o. The letters ou and ow form syllable is an open syllable with
the vowel sound in cow, and oy the vowel team ey. Blend the
sounds together: mon/key.
and oi form the sound in coin.

away remain reading streets allow


enjoys repeats detail chief complain
explained unreal soaked key poison

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the words that contain
the vowel team spelling patterns.

ai and ay ea, ey, ie, and ee ow


1. explained 6. reading 12. allow

2. remain 7. repeats oy and oi

3. detail 8. unreal 13. enjoys

4. complain 9. key 14. poison

5. away 10. chief oa

11. streets 15. soaked

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with vowel teams. Read the words you find aloud, and record
them in your writer’s notebook.

331A Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

explained detail brief approached viewpoint


remain monkey replay textbook complain
repeatedly preheated preteen allowing enjoyment

A. Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the words that contain
the vowel team spelling patterns.

ai and ay ea, ey, ie, and ee ow


1. explained 6. repeatedly 11. allowing

2. remain 7. preheated oy

3. detail 8. monkey 12. enjoyment

4. complain 9. brief oo
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

5. replay 10. preteen 13. textbook

oa

14. approached

15. Which word has two vowel teams? viewpoint

B. Compare the words brief and preteen. How are they alike?
How are they different?
Both words have vowel teams that form a long e vowel
sound. The word brief uses the ie vowel team while the
word preteen uses the ee vowel team.

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with vowel teams. Read the words you find aloud, and record
them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 331B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

explained detail brief allowing poison


remain presoak preteen complain repeats
reading monkey about enjoys unreal

A. Write a spelling word that goes with the other two words.

1. taught, showed, explained 4. deadly, chemical, poison

2. writing, spelling, reading 5. short, small, brief

3. chimp, ape, monkey

B. Write the spelling word that completes each sentence.


6. To get out a stain, presoak the clothing before washing.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. Please remain in your seats when the bell rings.

8. The model ship we built has amazing detail .

9. Someone who is twelve years old is a preteen .

10. I need to find a book about the solar system.

11. The ballpark is allowing us to bring in food.

12. The neighbors will complain if we are too loud.

13. Dad likes baseball, but he enjoys football more.

14. Our parrot repeats our words.

15. Being able to meet the president seemed unreal .

332 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraph below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

I am supposed to write a breef book report abowt my favorite


book. I like raeding a lot, but I don’t know what to write. I explaned
to my teacher that I’ve read so many books I can’t choose just one.
She said that she enjois many books, too. She asked if there was one
book that really stands out. I thought about it and then said, “The
book about the monkee that goes to school!”

1. brief 4. explained
2. about 5. enjoys
3. reading 6. monkey

Writing Connection
Write about your favorite book. Use at least four
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

spelling words in your writing.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 333


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A vowel team is when two or more letters form one vowel sound.
The vowel team ai forms a long a vowel sound as in rain. The
vowel teams ea, ey, ie, and ee usually form a long e sound. The
letters oa form a long o. The letters ou and ow form the sound
you hear in cow, and oy and oi form the sound in coin.

explained detail brief allowing poison


remain presoak preteen complain repeats
reading monkey about enjoys unreal

Write the missing letters to make each spelling word complete. Read
the spelling word aloud and then write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. com plain complain 9. mon key monkey

2. rep eats repeats 10. en joys enjoys

ea reading tail detail


3. r ding 11. de

4. ex plain ed explained 12. br ief brief

ow allowing ee preteen
5. all ing 13. pret n

oa presoak out about


6. pres k 14. ab

oi poison real unreal


7. p son 15. un

ain remain
8. rem If necessary, you can simplify this task
for students by providing some of the
answers.

334 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

obsessing obsesses

obsess

obsessed obsession

Use your notes from King Midas and the Golden Touch. Choose a word
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

and write it on the treasure box below. Then write related words on
the gold coins around the treasure box. Use a dictionary for help.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3 335


Vocabulary • Spiral Review
Name

Read the clues. Then unscramble each word by writing the


letters in the correct order on the line.

communicated motivated research creation


essential payment magnificent specialist
goal professional serious participate

SCRAMBLED CLUE
1. pecsiaistl Expert specialist

2. ssenteail Very important or needed essential

3. pateciartip Join with others participate

4. edvatiotm Eager to do something motivated

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. aymnetp Amount paid for something payment

6. ccammuoinedt Spoke with communicated

7. loga Target or dream goal

8. ionfessproal Relating to a skilled job professional

9. usersoi Very important serious

10. fiagmncenit Very beautiful magnificent

11. tcraoien Something you made creation

12. chresaer Study to find facts research

Encourage students to count the number of letters in each word if they


have trouble unscrambling the vocabulary words.

336 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 3


Grammar • Adverbs That Compare
Name

• Adverbs can be used to compare two or more actions.


• To compare actions using most one-syllable adverbs, add -er or
-est: slow/slower/slowest, hard/harder/hardest.
• More and most are used with adverbs that have two or more
syllables to make comparisons: more carefully, most silently.

A. Circle the correct word to complete each sentence.


1. My brother runs (faster, fastest) than I do.
2. Jay solved the problem (more, most) quickly than Frank.
3. The first band played the song the (louder, loudest) of any of the bands.
4. Kara finished the test (quicker, quickest) than the other students.
5. Hurricanes are (more, most) common in fall than they are in spring.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

6. Birds migrate (more, most) often before winter than after.


7. That piano recital lasted (longer, longest) than the last one.
B. Read these lines from “Theseus and the Minotaur.” Circle the
adverbs in the underlined sentence.

Narrator: At last the prince returned dragging the


sword.
Prince Theseus: The Minotaur is destroyed. Let’s go
quickly and quietly back to the ship.
Narrator: The prince tapped on the door and the
princess opened it. They all ran to their ship together
and sailed away.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 337


Grammar • More Adverbs That Compare
Name

• To make comparisons using the adverb well, use better and best:
My dad cooks better than I cook, but my mom cooks best.
• To make comparisons using the adverb badly, use worse and
worst. I am worse than my sister at playing tennis, but my brother
plays worst of all of us.

Write the correct form of the word in parentheses to complete each


sentence. Then write the sentence on the line.

1. Jai scored better on the test than Ben scored. (well)


Jai scored better on the test than Ben scored.

2. Jai scored best of all his friends on the test. (well)


Jai scored best of all his friends on the test.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


3. Mom’s flowers looked worse during August than they
did in July. (badly)
Mom’s flowers looked worse during August than they did in July.

4. Mom’s flowers looked worst of all during the hot, dry


months. (badly)
Mom’s flowers looked worst of all during the hot, dry months.

In your writer’s notebook, write a story about two people who


play in a game or competition. Compare how they do using
adverbs. Check your work for errors when you’re done.

Ask a volunteer to paraphrase


the instructions. Then do the first
question together as a model.

338 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


Grammar • Mechanics: Using More and Most
Name

• Add -er or -est to the end of short adverbs to compare.


• Use more and most with adverbs that have two or more syllables.
• Adverbs that are used with more or most do not change their
endings to make comparisons.

Circle the correct word or words to complete each sentence.


1. The scientists worked (more quickly, most quickly) than they had ever
worked before.
2. That was the (more carefully, most carefully) planned expedition ever.
3. He travels to Texas (more often, oftener) than he travels to Florida.
4. It rains (more heavily, heavilier) in April than it does in August.
5. Some people wait (more patiently, most patiently) than others.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

6. Jim swam the (most fastest, fastest) of all the swimmers.


7. The little bird sang (more sweetly, sweetlier) than the crow sang.

Connect to Write about some of the differences between two


Community
seasons. Use adverbs to compare the two seasons you
choose. Check your work for errors when you’re done.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 339


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• Add -er or -est to the end of short adverbs to compare.


• To make comparisons using the adverb well, use better and
best. To make comparisons using badly, use worse and worst.
• Use more and most with adverbs with two or more syllables.
• Adverbs that are used with more or most do not change their
endings to make comparisons.

A. Proofread this passage. Circle any adjectives and adverbs


that are not used correctly.
I went to the First Street Market with my mom. She thinks the
market has gooder vegetables than the one in Oak Hill. They have
the most freshest fruits I’ve ever tasted. Mom chooses her fruits and
vegetables carefullier than anyone I know. She slowlier sniffs each

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


piece of fruit. She wants to buy the fruits and vegetables that are
the riper. Mr. Able owns the market. He chooses his produce
the more skillfully of all the market owners.

B. Rewrite the passage. Use the correct adjectives and adverbs.


I went to the First Street Market with my mom. She thinks the
market has better vegetables than the one in Oak Hill. They have
the freshest fruits I’ve ever tasted. Mom chooses her fruits and
vegetables more carefully than anyone I know. She slowly sniffs
each piece of fruit. She wants to buy the fruits and vegetables
that are the ripest. Mr. Able owns the market. He chooses his
produce the most skillfully of all the market owners.

340 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


Grammar • Test: Adverbs That Compare
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) I know a lot about big cats. (2) Lions roar the loudest of
all big cats. (3) Cheetahs can run faster than any other mammal
can. (4) Tigers can swim more skillfully than most other big cats.

1. What is the adverb that 2. Which sentence contains an


compares actions in sentence 3? adverb that does not change its
A can ending to make comparisons?
B run F Sentence 1
C faster G Sentence 2
D any H Sentence 3
J Sentence 4

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) The bird feeders in our backyard attract lots of birds.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

(2) The larger birds swoop down quicklier than the smaller birds.
(3) Hummingbirds are the smaller birds of all.

3. What is the correct way to write sentence 2?


A The larger birds swoop down more quicker than the smaller birds.
B The larger birds swoop down more quick than the smaller birds.
C The larger birds swoop down more quickly than the smaller birds.
D No change needed in sentence 2.

4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?


F Hummingbirds are the more smaller birds of all.
G Hummingbirds are the smallest birds of all.
H Hummingbirds are the most smallest birds of all.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Read the passages and answer choices aloud. Invite students to ask questions if they do not
know what a particular word means.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 341


Spelling • r-Controlled Vowel Syllables
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. severe


paper along 2. 2. prepared
the dotted
line. Use the 3. 3. declare
blanks to 4. 4. later
write each
5. 5. writer
word as it is
read aloud. 6. 6. cellar
When you 7 7. trailer
finish the
8. 8. author
test, unfold
the paper. 9. 9. person
Use the list 10. circus
10.
at the right
to correct 11. 11. garlic
any spelling 12. 12. partner
mistakes.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. restore
14. 14. sister
15. 15. actor

Review Words 16. 16. explained


17. 17. brief
18. 18. enjoys

Challenge Words 19. 19. circular


20. 20. editor

If students have difficulty, provide some of the trickier letters in some of


the words, like the soft c in circus and circular, or the hard c at the end of
garlic.

342 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
An r-controlled vowel syllable
is formed when a vowel and Pay attention to spelling
patterns to help you decide if a
the letter r remain in the same
c or g is hard or soft. When c
syllable, creating a new vowel comes before the letters i or e,
sound. Some r-controlled vowel it usually has a soft /s/ sound as
syllables are er as in permit, ere in center. When g comes before
as in here, ir as in circle, or as in the letters a, u, or o, it usually
has a hard /g/ sound as in gum.
corn, and ar as in carpet or care.

severe later trailer circus restore


prepared writer author garlic sister
declare cellar person partner actor
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
match the spelling of the r-controlled vowel syllable.

er ir ar
1. later 6. circus 10. prepared

2. writer or 11. declare

3. trailer 7. author 12. cellar

4. person 8. actor 13. garlic

5. sister 9. restore ere

14. severe

15. Which word has two r-controlled syllables? Which ones?


partner; ar and er

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 343


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

SPELLING TIP
An r-controlled vowel syllable
is formed when a vowel and Pay attention to spelling
patterns to help you decide if a
the letter r remain in the same
c or g is hard or soft. When c
syllable, creating a new vowel comes before the letters i or e,
sound. Some r-controlled vowel it usually has a soft /s/ sound as
syllables are er as in permit, ere in center. When g comes before
as in here, ir as in circle, or as in the letters a, u, or o, it usually
has a hard /g/ sound as in gum.
corn, and ar as in carpet or care.

sister doctor silver author dirty


remark later cellar artists severe
winter better actor report circus

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
match the spelling of the r-controlled vowel syllable.

er ir or
1. sister 6. dirty 11. author

2. winter 7. circus 12. actor

3. later ar 13. doctor

4. better 8. remark 14. report

5. silver 9. cellar ere

10. artists 15. severe

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with r-controlled vowel syllables. Read the words aloud, and
record them in your writer’s notebook.

343A Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

circular dancer trailer expert market


restore later partner circus further
feather cellar author border desert

A. Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
match the spelling of the r-controlled vowel syllable.

er ir both ir and ar
1. feather 7. circus 12. circular

2. dancer or both ar and er

3. later 8. author 13. partner

4. trailer 9. restore both or and er


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

5. expert ar 14. border

6. desert 10. cellar both ur and er

11. market 15. further

B. Compare the words feather and author. How are they alike? How
are they different?
Both words have a final r-controlled syllable. The r-controlled
syllable is spelled er in feather but or in author.

Look back at the selections you read this week. Look for words
with r-controlled vowel syllables. Read the words aloud, and
record them in your writer’s notebook.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 343B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

severe later trailer circus restore


prepared writer author garlic sister
declare cellar person partner actor

A. Write a spelling word that matches each meaning.


1. the underground part of a building cellar

2. the opposite of brother sister

3. someone who works with another partner

4. to state or make known declare

5. singular of people person

6. someone who writes books author , writer

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.
7. You can go on ahead, and we’ll catch up later .

8. We will hitch a trailer to the back of the truck.

9. Are you prepared to take the big test?

10. Some people like to restore old homes.

11. Do you want to be a movie actor ?

12. The circus set up a huge tent at the fairgrounds.

13. We go to the basement during severe weather.

14. The garlic in this sauce smells great.

344 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six spelling mistakes in the paragraph below. Underline the
misspelled words. Write the words correctly on the lines.

What would you like to be when you grow up? My sistur can’t
make up her mind. When she was little she wanted to be a clown
in a curcus. Then her teacher told her she was a good writor, so she
decided to become an auther. Latur, after she had been in a play,
she told us that she planned to be an acter. I wonder what she will
want to be next week.

1. sister 4. author

2. circus 5. Later

3. writer 6. actor

Writing Connection Write about a job you would like to do someday. Use at
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

least four spelling words in your writing.

Provide students with sentence frames if necessary: One day I would like to
work as a/an . . . . That job would be exciting because . . . .

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 345


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A vowel followed by the letter r creates an r-controlled vowel
syllable. For example, the letters er create the vowel syllable in
the word dinner. Other r-controlled vowel syllables are er as in
here, ir as in circle, or as in corn, ar as in cart, and ar as in care.

severe later trailer circus restore


prepared writer author garlic sister
declare cellar person partner actor

Write the missing syllable to make each spelling word complete. Read
the spelling word aloud, then write it on the line.

1. sis ter sister 9. de clare declare

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. pre pared prepared 10. se vere severe

3. cel lar cellar 11. au thor author

ter later circus


4. la 12. cir cus

5. re store restore 13. gar lic garlic

er trailer part partner


6. trail 14. ner

per person tor actor


7. son 15. ac

ter writer
8. wri

346 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


Vocabulary Strategy • Compound Words
Name

A compound word is formed when two small words are put


together to make one bigger word. For example, the words sun
and light create the word sunlight. Figure out the meaning of an
unfamiliar compound word by breaking it into smaller words.

A. Underline the compound word in each sentence. Then write


the meaning of the compound word on the line.
1. I asked the salesperson in the store if she had the shirt in a smaller size.
a person who sells things

2. I stayed overnight at my friend’s house and went home the next day.
for the entire night

3. Before he left for school, he put his books and papers in his backpack.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

a bag carried on the back

4. I went to the bay to watch the sailboats glide across the water.
boats that use sails to catch the wind

B. Underline the compound word that appears in each sign. Then


write the meaning of the compound word on the line.

5. 6.

train tracks someone who watches over


swimmers

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4 347


Vocabulary Strategy • Root Words
Name

Read each sentence below. Write the root word of the word in bold
on the line. Then write the definition of the word in bold.

1. When I caught the flu last winter I felt so miserable.


misery; unhappy or uncomfortable

2. I’ll always remember my unforgettable camping trip in the Rocky


Mountains.
forget; unable to be forgotten

3. My friend had heard about the new rules, but I was uninformed.
inform; not having information

4. I thought the rabbit might be afraid of the deer, but it did not seem
threatened.
threat; at risk

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


5. Knowing that I can do anything I set my mind to makes me feel
empowered.
power; getting the power to do something

6. I had hoped we would have sunny weather for the picnic, but
unfortunately it rained.
fortune; unluckily

Allow students to refer to a dictionary to check each word’s meaning if


they’re having difficulty with the context clues.

348 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 4


Grammar • Prepositions
Name

• A preposition is a word that shows a relationship between a


noun or a pronoun and another word: I swam in the ocean.
• Common prepositions include in, on, at, over, under, to, from, for,
with, by, of, into, before, after, and during.
• The noun or pronoun that follows a preposition is the object of
the preposition. In the sentence I swam in the ocean, the object
of the preposition is the ocean.

Underline the preposition in each sentence. Then write it on the line.

1. My dad brought home plans for a picnic table. for

2. We will build it in the backyard. in

3. First, we will drive to Jon’s Lumber Yard and buy the wood. to
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

4. It is across town. across

5. I think it is by the old skating rink. by

6. Dad said that we could go after lunch. after

7. He is making a list of the supplies we need. of

8. It will be fun building the table from the wood we buy. from

9. We will get everything we need at Jon’s Lumber Yard. at

10. I climb into Dad’s big truck, and we are ready. into

In your writer’s notebook, write about something you have built


or would like to build. When you’re finished writing, read over
your work to make sure you used prepositions correctly.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 349


Grammar • Prepositional Phrases
Name

• A prepositional phrase is a group of words that includes a


preposition, the object of the preposition, and any words in
between, such as at the sandy beach and by the tall tree.
• When a pronoun follows a preposition, it should be an object
pronoun, such as me, you, him, her, it, us, and them.

A. Underline the prepositional phrases in the following sentences.

1. Last weekend, Uncle Dan and I went on a hike.

2. A few years ago, Uncle Dan hiked across the country.

3. He took photographs along the way. Explain that the


passage from “Ollie’s
Escape” contains three
4. His photos were made into a book. prepositional phrases. Invite
students to share answers so

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


students recognize all three.
5. We have his book on our bookshelf.

6. He took some amazing pictures during his long hike.

7. One photo shows some hikers near the top of Mt. Everest.

B. Reread these lines from “Ollie’s Escape.” Underline one


prepositional phrase.

He slithered his way to the office


as teachers jumped out of his way.
But Principal Poole
is the boss of the school.
We wondered just what he would say.

350 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


Grammar • Mechanics: Commas After Introductory Words
Name

• A comma is used to separate an introductory word from the rest


of a sentence: Yes, let’s go hiking. Dad, will you carry the water?
• An introductory word could be a name, an adverb, or another
word that should be separated from the rest of the sentence.

Rewrite each sentence. Add a comma after the introductory words.

1. Yes we had a great time on our camping trip.


Yes, we had a great time on our camping trip.

2. No it didn’t rain at all.


No, it didn’t rain at all.

3. First we set up our tent and unpacked our supplies.


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

First, we set up our tent and unpacked our supplies.

4. Later we went canoeing down Green River.


Later, we went canoeing down Green River.

5. Mom what was your favorite part of the trip?


Mom, what was your favorite part of the trip?

In your writer’s notebook, write step by step instructions that


explain how to do something that you know well. Use words
like first, next, and then. When you’re done, reread your work
to make sure you included commas after introductory words.

Use the sentence examples in the instruction box to help students understand what they are to
identify and correct in the questions.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 351


Grammar • Proofreading
Name

• A prepositional phrase is a group of words that includes a


preposition, the object of the preposition, and any words in
between, such as near the snowy mountain and in the water.

A. Proofread the passage below. Add commas where they are needed.
Underline any incorrect prepositional phrases.

The people at my neighborhood started


HANDWRITING CONNECTION
a community garden. Yes it’s one of the first
community gardens on our city. Dad,do you Be sure to write legibly.
remember what year it was started? Lately, Use proper cursive and
remember to leave spaces
lots of reporters have come out to write between words.
stories to it. We donate lots of the vegetables
to the local shelter. Wow, they are always in
need of help from the community. Therefore, it is important for

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


all of us to do what we can.
B. Rewrite the passage. Use commas and prepositional phrases
correctly.
The people in my neighborhood started a community garden.
Yes, it’s one of the first community gardens in our city. Dad, do
you remember what year it was started? Lately, lots of reporters
have come out to write stories about it. We donate lots of the

vegetables to the local shelter. Wow, they are always in need of


help from the community. Therefore, it is important for all of us
to do what we can.

In your writer’s notebook, write about other ways people can


help their community. Write your thoughts in cursive, and
remember to leave spaces between words. Check for errors in
your prepositional phrases.

352 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


Grammar • Test: Prepositions
Name

A. Read the paragraph. Then answer the questions.


(1) Yesterday, I looked everywhere for my necklace and could
not find it. (2) I looked under the bed, on my desk, and on the
shelves in my room. (3) No luck! (4) Then, my little sister walked
into my room. (5) She was wearing my necklace!

1. Which is the preposition in 2. How many prepositional phrases


sentence 1? does sentence 2 contain?
A afternoon F 1
B for G2
C my H 3
D it J 4

B. Read the student draft and look for revisions that need to be
made. Then answer the questions.
(1) I am going with a picnic at my swim team today. (2) First,
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

we’ll play tag and maybe some cards. (3) After that we will jump
with the pool and have a race. (4) My best friend Hannah will
probably win because she’s so fast. (5) We’ll eat dinner when the
races are over. (6) I’m sure we’ll be hungry!
3. What is the correct way to write sentence 1?
A I am going at a picnic to my swim team today.
B I am going on a picnic with my swim team today.
C I am going in a picnic for my swim team today.
D No change needed in sentence 1.
4. What is the correct way to write sentence 3?
F After that, we will jump with the pool and have a race.
G After that we will jump for the pool and have a race.
H After that, we will jump in the pool and have a race.
J No change needed in sentence 3.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 353


Spelling • Suffixes -ful, -less, and -ly
Name

Fold back the 1. 1. careful


paper along 2. 2. cheerful
the dotted
line. Use the 3. 3. helpful
blanks to 4. 4. colorful
write each
5. 5. harmful
word as it is
read aloud. 6. 6. pitiful
When you 7 7. painless
finish the
8. 8. priceless
test, unfold
the paper. 9. 9. helpless
Use the list 10. sleepless
10.
at the right
to correct 11. 11. rainless
any spelling 12. 12. helplessly
mistakes.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


13. 13. peacefully
14. 14. carefully
15. 15. wisely
Review Words 16. 16. later
17. 17. declare
18. 18. partner
Challenge Words 19. 19. wonderful
20. 20. cloudless

354 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A suffix is a word part added to
the end of a word to create a If a word ends in a consonant
and y, change the y to an i
new word. The suffix -ful means
before adding the suffixes
full of, -less means without, and -ful, -less, or -ly. For example:
-ly means in this way. The suffixes happy/happily, pity/pitiful. Note
-ful and -less can change a noun that this usually changes the
into an adjective: joy/joyful; noise/ vowel sound as well. When you
add -ful to plenty, the long e
noiseless. The suffix -ly makes an
changes to a short i: plen/ti/ful.
adjective an adverb: joyful/joyfully.

careful peacefully cheerful harmful colorful


painless sleepless priceless rainless carefully
wisely helpless pitiful helplessly helpful
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
contain the suffixes below. Some words have more than one suffix.

-ful -less -ly


1. careful 9. painless 15. wisely

2. peacefully 10. sleepless 16. peacefully

3. cheerful 11. helpless 17. helplessly

4. pitiful 12. priceless 18. carefully

5. harmful 13. rainless

6. colorful 14. helplessly

7. carefully If students need extra support, tell them which


words belong to more than one category: peacefully,
helplessly, and carefully.
8. helpful

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 355


APPROACHING Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

DECODING WORDS
A suffix is a word part added to
the end of a word to create a new If a word ends in a consonant
word. The suffix -ful means full of; and y, change the y to an i
-less means without; and -ly means before adding the suffixes
-ful, -less, or -ly. For example:
in this way. The suffixes -ful and
happy/happily, pity/pitiful. Note
-less can change a noun into an that this usually changes the
adjective: joy/joyful; noise/noiseless. vowel sound as well. When you
The suffix -ly makes an adjective an add -ful to plenty, the long e
adverb: joyful/joyfully. changes to a short i: plen/ti/ful.

careful harmful painless sleepless hopeful


restless careless wisely rainless cheerful
helpful handful helpless weekly priceless

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the spelling words that
contain the suffixes below.

-ful -less -ly


1. careful 7. painless 14. wisely

handful sleepless weekly


2. 8. 15.

3. cheerful 9. helpless

4. hopeful 10. priceless

5. harmful 11. rainless

6. helpful 12. careless

13. restless

355A Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


BEYOND Phonics/Spelling • Word Sort
Name

careful colorful carefully cloudless peacefully


wisely harmful priceless helplessly graceful
ungrateful rainless wonderful pitiful angrily

A. Read the spelling words aloud. Then write the words with
the suffixes below. Some words have more than one suffix.

-ful -less -ly


1. careful 10. cloudless 14. angrily

2. peacefully 11. priceless 15. wisely

3. ungrateful 12. rainless 16. peacefully

4. pitiful 13. helplessly 17. helplessly


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

5. harmful 18. carefully

6. colorful

7. carefully

8. wonderful

9. graceful

B. Compare the words careful and carefully. How are they similar? How
are they different?
Both words have the root word care. Careful uses the -ful suffix to
create an adjective that means full of care. Carefully uses the -ly
suffix to create an adverb that means in a careful way.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 355B


Spelling • Word Meaning
Name

careful colorful helpful sleepless peacefully


rainless helpless priceless cheerful carefully
painless pitiful harmful helplessly wisely

A. Write the spelling word that matches each definition below.

1. without sleep sleepless 4. in a wise way wisely

2. full of color colorful 5. full of cheer cheerful


Encourage students to use the suffixes
3. without pain painless to figure out the meaning of each
word.

B. Write the spelling word that best completes each sentence.


6. A desert is a mostly rainless place.

pitiful

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


7. The little dog was wet and dirty.

8. I like to be helpful and wash the dishes for my mom.

9. It is important to be careful when using scissors.

10. After the busy day, I slept peacefully .

11. The gold coins were so rare that they were considered priceless .

12. Not getting enough exercise can be harmful to your health.

13. The puppies are helpless because they are born with their
eyes closed.

14. I walked carefully down the icy sidewalk.

15. She looked on helplessly as I began to fall.

356 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


Spelling • Proofreading
Name

There are six misspelled words in the paragraph below. Underline


each misspelled word. Write the words correctly on the lines.

Once there was a man who was always cheerfel. He wore a


colorfil jacket everywhere he went because it made him feel happy.
As he traveled about, he looked for ways to be helpfull to others.
One day he was resting peacefullee in the shade of a tree when
he heard a pityfull cry. He saw a tiny kitten mewing helplissly up in
the branches. Quickly, he climbed to the top and rescued the kitten.
From that day on, the man and the kitten traveled together.

1. cheerful 4. peacefully

2. colorful 5. pitiful

3. helpful 6. helplessly

Writing Connection
Write about someone who is cheerful. Use at least four
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

spelling words in your writing.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 357


Phonics/Spelling • Review
Name

Remember
A suffix is a word part that is added to the end of a word to
create a new word with a new meaning. The suffixes -ful and -less
can change a noun into an adjective: joy/joyful, noise/noiseless.
The suffix -ly can change an adjective into an adverb: joyful/
joyfully, helpful/helpfully.

careful colorful painless sleepless peacefully


cheerful harmful priceless rainless carefully
helpful pitiful helpless helplessly wisely

Write the missing suffix or suffixes to make each spelling word


complete. Read the spelling word aloud. Then write it on the line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


1. color ful colorful 9. rain less rainless

2. price less priceless 10. sleep less sleepless

3. peace ful ly peacefully 11. help less helpless or helpful

less painless ful pitiful


4. pain 12. piti

5. harm ful harmful 13. care ful careful

ly wisely
6. wise 14. cheer ful cheerful

ly helplessly helpful or helpless


7. help less 15. help ful

carefully
8. care ful ly

358 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


Vocabulary • Related Words
Name

Create new forms of a base word by adding or removing


inflectional endings, prefixes, or suffixes.

slithers slithering

slither

slithered slithery

Use your notes from “Ollie’s Escape.” Choose one word and write it on
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

the biggest coil of the snake below. Then write related words on the
other coils. Use a dictionary to help you think of new words.

Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5 359


Vocabulary Strategy • Idioms
Name

Idioms are common expressions that usually mean something other


than the literal meaning of the words. For example, the idiom “miss
the boat” is an expression that means “lost chance” or “missed
opportunity.” It does not usually refer to an actual boat.
If you don’t know what an idiom means, look for context clues in
the same sentence or a nearby sentence to figure out the idiom’s
meaning. You can also use a digital search tool to look up the idiom.

Reread the lines from “Aliens!” Find each idiom, and write it below.
Then write the meaning of the idiom next to it.

1. Here’s a news flash. Now, please stay calm:


there are aliens around.
news flash; meaning: alert of new and important information

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


2. We didn’t want to tell you boys, Allow students to work
in pairs to identify and
we thought it might just freak you out. define each idiom above.

freak you out; meaning: make you scared or upset

3. But Mom was clever enough to say,


“Did something go down while I was away?”
go down; meaning: happen or occur

In your writer’s notebook, write about something you learned


that surprised you. Include one of the idioms used above in
your writing, or include an idiom you can think of yourself.

360 Grade 3 • Unit 6 • Week 5


HANDWRITING
Table of Contents
Cursive Writing Position: Left- and Right-Handed Writers .....................................362
The Cursive Alphabet ..................................................................................................................... 363
Size and Shape ..................................................................................................................................364
Letters i t ............................................................................................................................................... 365
Letters e l .............................................................................................................................................. 366
Letters o a ............................................................................................................................................367
Letters c d .............................................................................................................................................368
Letters n m ........................................................................................................................................... 369
Connectives ..........................................................................................................................................370
Letters u w ............................................................................................................................................371
Letters b f .............................................................................................................................................372
Letters h k ............................................................................................................................................. 373
Letters g q ............................................................................................................................................374
Letters j p ..............................................................................................................................................375
Letters r s ..............................................................................................................................................376
Letters y z .............................................................................................................................................377
Letters v x .............................................................................................................................................378
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Size and Shape ..................................................................................................................................379


Letters A O ...........................................................................................................................................380
Letters C E .............................................................................................................................................381
Letters L D ............................................................................................................................................382
Letters B R ............................................................................................................................................383
Letters T F .............................................................................................................................................384
Letters S G ............................................................................................................................................385
Letters I J ..............................................................................................................................................386
Spacing Letters and Words ........................................................................................................387
Letters N M ..........................................................................................................................................388
Letters H K ............................................................................................................................................389
Letters P Q ............................................................................................................................................390
Letters V U ............................................................................................................................................ 391
Letters W X .........................................................................................................................................392
Letters Y Z ............................................................................................................................................ 393
Transition to Two Lines .................................................................................................................394
Practice with Small Letters ......................................................................................................... 395
Practice with Tall Letters ............................................................................................................. 396

361
Name Date

Cursive Writing Position

Left-Handed Writers
Sit tall. Place both arms on the table.

Keep your feet flat on the floor.

Slant your paper.

Hold your pencil with your first two


fingers and your thumb.

Teacher Directions: Read the directions with


students and discuss the illustrations. Remind
them that some students write with their left
hands and others write with their right.
Demonstrate how to hold a pencil, using each
hand. Remind them that left-handed students
hold the pencil a little higher than right-handed

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


students.

Right-Handed Writers
Sit tall. Place both arms on the table.

Keep your feet flat on the floor.

Slant your paper.

Hold your pencil with your first two


fingers and your thumb.

Remind students to hold the pencil loosely


between the thumb and middle finger and
about one inch above the point. Students who
are having difficulty using this traditional
method may prefer the alternate method of
holding the pencil between the first two
fingers. Then model correct paper placement.
Ask: “How should you place the paper?”
(slanted to the left for right-handed students)

362 Handwriting
Name Date

The Cursive Alphabet


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Teacher Directions: Review the use of guidelines for correct letter formation. Draw guidelines on
the board and identify the top, middle, and bottom lines. Remind students that the arrows show
how to form the letter. Choose a cursive letter randomly and have a volunteer describe how to form
the letter. Continue with other letters.

Handwriting 363
Name Date

Size and Shape


Tall letters touch the top line. Make your writing easy to read.

h d l t
Short letters touch the middle line.

o a n m c u w
These letters go below the bottom line.

g f z j p y

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Circle the letters that are the right size and shape and sit on the bottom line.

a w x
g p e b
o f m
Teacher Directions: Have the text and the directions read aloud. Explain that some letters in the
last three rows have the correct size and shape. Have students circle those letters. Remind students
that they can look at page 363 to compare the letters to the models. When students have finished,
call on volunteers to name the correct letters.

364 Handwriting
Name Date

it
Trace and write the letters. Then trace and write the word.

i i i i i i
Teacher Directions: Begin by explaining that in cursive writing, letters are joined to other letters to
write words. Introduce lowercase i by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke directions:
• Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Retrace down to the bottom line and
curve up to the middle line. • Place a dot above the letter.

t t t t t t
Continue with lowercase t: • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the top line. • Retrace down, curve
right, touch the bottom line, and curve up to the middle line. Lift. • Move across through the
downward line at the middle line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

it it it it it

Have students identify the letters at the top, trace them with their finger, and then write them.
Remind students to follow the arrows. Tell students that their letters should all slant to the right.
Have students write the word.

Handwriting 365
Name Date

el
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

e e e e e e
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase e by writing it on the guidelines. Have students write the
letter in the air as you say the stroke directions: • Begin at the bottom line. • Curve up, then loop left
to the bottom line. • Continue curving up right to the middle line.

l l l l l l
Continue with lowercase l: • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the top line. • Loop left to the
bottom line. • Curve up to the middle line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


ill lit tie tile

Have students identify and trace the letters with their finger. Then have them write the letters.
Remind them to write each letter in one continuous stroke and to keep the loops in the e and l
open. Have students write the words.

366 Handwriting
Name Date

oa
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

o o o o o o
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase o by writing on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions: • Begin just below the middle line; curve around to touch the middle line, then curve
down to the bottom line. • Continue curving up to the starting point. • Add a tiny loop down, and
swing right.

a a a a a a
Continue with lowercase a: • Begin at the middle line; curve down to the bottom line; curve around
to touch the middle line. • Retrace down to the bottom line; curve up to the middle line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

toe toll tail ate

tote oil oat lot


Have students identify the letters and then trace and write them. Remind them to be sure to close
each o and a. Have students read the words aloud, then write them. As students write, check that
they are holding their pencils correctly and have good posture.

Handwriting 367
Name Date

cd
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words and the phrases.

c c c c c c
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase c by writing on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions: • Begin just below the middle line; curve around to touch the middle line; curve down to
the bottom line. • Keep curving up and stop at the middle line.

d d d d d d
Continue with lowercase d: • Begin at the middle line; slant down to the bottom line. • Curve up to
the top line. • Retrace down to the bottom line; curve up to the middle line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


coat deed code

dime dance time


Have students identify and trace lowercase c and d at the top of the page. Then have students write
the letters as you repeat stroke directions. Remind them to start with a stroke that curves down and to
make the d touch the top of the line. Have the students read the words aloud and complete the page.

368 Handwriting
Name Date

nm
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

n n n n n
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase n by writing it on the guidelines. Have students trace the
letter on their desks as you say the stroke directions. • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the
middle line, and slant down. • Retrace up to the middle line; curve over, and slant down again to the
bottom line. • Curve up to the middle line.

mmmmm
Continue with lowercase m: • Begin at the bottom line, curve up to the middle line, and slant down.
• Retrace up, curve over, and slant down. • Again, retrace up, curve over, and slant down to the
bottom line. Curve up to the middle line. Explain that both letters should be rounded, not pointy.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

name note moat

mitten tame nine


Have students trace and write n and m. Remind them to check that they leave enough space
between strokes that curve over so that the top of the n and m are not crushed together. Have
students read aloud and then write the words. Check that students have their paper in the correct
position as they work.

Handwriting 369
Name Date
Teacher Directions: Write loaned in cursive on the board. Call
attention to the strokes that connect the letters. Now write el on the
Connectives guidelines as you say the stroke directions aloud. • Begin at the bottom
Trace the connectives. line; curve up, then loop left to the bottom line. • Continue curving up
to the top line; loop left to the bottom line; curve up to the middle line.

air tie her like


an and end sand
glad just yell
zebra you yarn
gap lazy game
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.
five pick jam
feel plan quite
Explain that there is one continuous line from the end of the e to the beginning of the l. Follow the
same procedure demonstrating the connective that curves down (as in dad), and the long connective
that curves up (as in gl).

Have students read the words on the page. Then have them find and identify the connectives in each
group of words. Have them complete the page by tracing the connectives.

370 Handwriting
Name Date

uw
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

u u u u u
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase u by writing it on the guidelines. Have students trace the
letter on their desks as you say the stroke directions. • Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the
middle line. • Retrace down to the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Again, retrace
down and curve up to the middle line.

w w w w w
Continue with lowercase w: • Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Retrace
down to the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Retrace down and curve up to the middle
line again. Swing right.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

wait wit would

undo uncle lute


Next, demonstrate how to make the correct connective stroke when writing we, wa, and wi. They
must be careful to join the last stroke of the u with the beginning of the next letter, as in ut.

Have students identify lowercase u and w and then trace the letters. Then have them write the
letters and the words. Check that students keep their papers at the correct angle and are forming
letters correctly.

Handwriting 371
Name Date

bf
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words and the phrases.

b b b b b b
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase b by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line, curve up to the top line. • Loop left to the bottom, curve up to
the middle line; swing right.

f f f f f f
Continue with lowercase f: • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the top line; loop left and down
through the bottom line to the top of the next row. • Loop right, up to the bottom line, touching the
downward line. • Curve up to the middle line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


boat fall bubble

fine food bat ball


Next, demonstrate connecting b and f to other letters, such as be and fi.
Have students identify lowercase b and f and then trace the letters. Have students write the letters.
Have students read the words and phrases aloud and complete the page. Check that they are
forming the letters correctly.

372 Handwriting
Name Date

hk
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

h h h h h
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase h by telling students that, like b and f, both h and k start
with a stroke that curves up into a tall loop. Write lowercase h on the guidelines as you say the
stroke directions. • Begin at the bottom line and curve up. • Loop left to the bottom line; curve over
to the middle line, and slant down to the bottom line. • Curve up to the middle line.

k k k k k
Continue with lowercase k: • Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the top line. • Loop left to the
bottom line. • Curve up to the middle line; loop around; slant right and down. Curve up to the middle
line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

chick hatch hook

kilt luck kite


Model tracing the letters in the air and have the students mimic you several times as you repeat the
stroke directions.
Have students identify lowercase h and k at the top of the page and then trace the model and write
the letters. Have a volunteer read the words aloud. Have students complete the page on their own.

Handwriting 373
Name Date

gq
Trace and write the letters. Then write the phrases.

g g g g g g
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase g by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the middle line, curve left down to the bottom line, and curve up to close at
the starting point. • Retrace down slanting through the bottom line to the top of the next row. •
Loop up left, cross over at the bottom line, and slant up to the middle line.

q q q q q q
Continue with lowercase q: • Begin at the middle line, slant down to the bottom line, and curve up
to close at the starting point. • Retrace down through the bottom line to the top of the next row. •
Loop right and join at the bottom line. • Curve up to the middle line. Point out that the q must be
closed at the starting point and the loop should meet the downstroke at the bottom line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


quacked good game

quite a fog
Have students identify lowercase g and q at the top of the page, then trace and write the letters.
Have a volunteer read the phrases aloud. Then have students write the words. Repeat stroke
directions as needed.

374 Handwriting
Name Date

jp
Trace and write the letters. Then write the phrases.

j j j j j j
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase j by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Slant down through the
bottom line to the top of the next row. • Loop left, cross over at the bottom line, and curve up to the
middle line. Lift. • Place a dot above the letter.

p p p p p p
Continue with lowercase p: • Begin at the bottom line, curve up to the middle line, and slant down
through the bottom line to the top of the next row. • Loop left and curve over at the middle line. •
Continue curving around to meet the bottom and slant lines. • Curve up to the middle line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

jump for joy

picture perfect
Point out that both j and p should have a point at the top, and that the bottom slant and loops
should reach the top of the next row. Demonstrate connective j and p to a following letter in
combinations such as je, ja, pu, and po.

Have students identify the letters at the top of the page, then trace and write the letters. Have a
volunteer read the words and phrases aloud. Then have students complete the page.

Handwriting 375
Name Date

rs
Trace and write the letters. Then write the phrases.

r r r r r r
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase r by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Slant slightly to the right,
then slant downward to the bottom line. • Curve up to the middle line.

s s s s s s
Continue with lowercase s: • Begin at the bottom line and curve up to the middle line. • Curve back
down and touch the first stroke. • Curve right up to the middle line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


rose blossom

stars and stripes


Demonstrate connecting r and s to other letters. Remind students to bring the r back down to the
bottom line and end with a stroke that curves up before making the connection to another letter.

Have students identify, trace, and write the letters at the top of the page. They should then read
the phrases and complete the page.

376 Handwriting
Name Date

yz
Trace and write the letters. Then write the phrases.

y y y y y y
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase y by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the middle line and back down to the bottom line.
• Curve up to the middle line, then slant left and down to the top of the next row. • Loop left, closing
the loop at the bottom line. • Continue curving up to the middle line.

z z z z z z
Continue with lowercase z: • Begin at the bottom line, curve over at the middle line and down to the
bottom line. • Curve over a little and down to the top of the next row. • Loop left, closing the loop at
the bottom line. • Continue curving up to the middle line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

zip code zoom in

pretty azaleas
Have students identify, trace, and write the letters at the top of the page. Remind students to make
the top of both letters well-rounded. Have students read the phrases and complete the page.
Circulate to be sure students are using good posture and holding their papers at the correct slant.

Handwriting 377
Name Date

vx
Trace and write the letters. Then write the phrases.

v v v v v v
Teacher Directions: Introduce lowercase v by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line; curve over at the middle line and down to the bottom line.
• Curve up to the middle line; swing right.

x x x x x x
Continue with lowercase x: • Begin at the bottom line, curve over at the middle line and down to the
bottom line. Curve up; lift. • Touch the middle line to the left of the ending point; slant left and cross
the first line by moving down to the bottom line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


x marks the spot

vim and vigor


Demonstrate how to connect another letter to x as in ax and ox.
Have students identify, trace, and write the letters at the top of the page. Have a volunteer read
the phrases aloud. Then have students complete the page. As they work, check that students are
forming the letters correctly. Remind them to make the letters about as wide as the models.

378 Handwriting
Name Date

Size and Shape


All uppercase letters are tall letters.
Tall letters should touch the top line.

A B H D E F I
Letters with descenders go below the bottom line.

J Z Y You can make your writing easy to read.

Look at the letters below. Circle the letters that are the correct size and shape.

S
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Teacher Directions: Review good formation of the four basic strokes: curve up, curve down, curve
over, and slant. Ask volunteers to write examples of uppercase letters. Tell students that all uppercase
letters are tall letters that touch the top line or headline.

Have the text and directions read aloud. Explain that some letters in each row have the correct size
and shape. Have students circle those letters. Remind them to look at page 363 in their books and
compare the letters to the models. After they finish, call on volunteers to name correct letters.

Handwriting 379
Name Date

AO
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

A A A A A
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase letters by telling students that all uppercase letters are
tall letters that touch the top line. Write A on the guidelines as you say the stroke directions. • Begin
at the top line; curve down to the bottom line; curve up to the starting point. • Slant down to the
bottom line and curve up to the middle line.

O O O O O
Continue with uppercase O: • Begin below the top line; curve around to touch the top line, then
curve down to the bottom line. • Continue curving up to the starting point. • Make a small loop to
the left; swing right.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Ari is in Alaska .

Otis is in Oregon .
Demonstrate joining A to another letter, as in An. Tell students that O always ends at the top and is
not joined to the next letter.

Have students identify uppercase A and O and then trace the models and write the letters. Have the
sentences read aloud. Then have students complete the page. As students write, check that they are
sitting with correct posture and holding their pencil correctly.

380 Handwriting
Name Date

CE
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

C C C C C
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase C by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the top line with a short slant; curve around to touch the top line, then curve
down to the bottom line. • Continue curving up to connect to the next letter.

E E E E E
Continue with uppercase E: • Begin below the top line with a short slant; curve down to the middle
line. • Make a small loop, then curve down again to the bottom line; keep curving up to connect to
the next letter.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Cece visits China .

Ed is in England .
Tell students that C and E are always joined to the next letter. Write Ce, Ca, En, and Ed.

Have students trace the models of uppercase C and E and then write the letters. Have the sentences
read aloud. Then have students complete the page.

Handwriting 381
Name Date

LD
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

L L L L L
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase L by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the middle line and curve up to the top line. • Make a loop and continue down
to make a smaller loop at the bottom line. • Swing right, brush past the bottom line, and curve up.

D D D D D
Continue with uppercase D: • Begin at the top line, curve down, then make a small loop at the
bottom line. • Curve right and down to touch the bottom line, then curve up and around to the
starting point. • Make a small loop just below the top line and swing right.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Dad did a dance .

Leo dined at De l’s.


Explain that L may connect to the next letter, but D does not.

Have students identify uppercase L and D on the page and then trace the models and write the the
letters. Call on a volunteer to read the sentences aloud. Have students complete the page.

382 Handwriting
Name Date

BR
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

B B B B B
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase B by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the middle line and curve up to the top line. • Slant down to the bottom line,
retrace up, curve over and back, stop short. • Again, curve over and back, swing right, and stop
short.

R R R R R
Continue with uppercase R: • Begin at the middle line, curve up to the top, then slant down to the
bottom line. • Retrace up, and curve over, closing at the middle line. • Slant right and down to the
bottom line. • From the bottom line, curve up to the middle line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

B ill is in B razil .

Rose is in Russia .
Point out that B does not connect to the next letter, but that R does.

Have students identify uppercase B and R on the page. Have them trace the models and write the letters.
Then have students read the sentences aloud and complete the page. Encourage them to make
their strokes smooth and even.

Handwriting 383
Name Date

TF
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

T T T T T
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase T by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin below the top line and double curve to the right; lift. • At the middle of the double
curve, slant left and down. • Curve left, touching the bottom line; swing right; stop short.

F F F F F
Point out that F starts out exactly as T. Repeat the directions for T. • Begin below the top line and
double curve to the right; lift. • At the middle of the double curve, slant left and down. • Curve left,
touching the bottom line; swing right; stop short. • Move across through the downward line at the
middle line. Point out that in both letters, the body of the letter touches the top stroke; neither

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


letter connects to the next letter in the word.

Theodore Roosevelt
won. Friends cheer .

Have students trace the models of uppercase T and F and write the letters. Have the sentences read
aloud and tell students to complete the page independently.

Remind students that the bottom of each letter sits on the bottom line and that they start the slant
stroke for the body of the letter by touching the top stroke.

384 Handwriting
Name Date

SG
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

S S S S S S
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase S by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the top. • Make a loop, then curve over and back,
touching the bottom line. • Continue curving up to the left, swing right, and stop short.

GGGGGG
Follow the same procedure with G: • Begin at the bottom line; curve up to the top. • Loop left to the
middle line and swing right to just above the middle line; pause. • Curve over and back, touching the
bottom line. • Continue curving up left through the first stroke; swing right through again, and stop
short.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Sa l Sr. met Gail .

G reg is our guest .


Have students trace the letters on their desks with a finger as your repeat the stroke directions.
Have students trace the models of uppercase G and S and write the letters. Have students complete
the page. Remind them to be sure the bottom of each letter sits on the bottom line. Point out that S
and G do not connect to the next letter.

Handwriting 385
Name Date

IJ
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

I I I I I I
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase I by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the bottom line and loop right, touching the top line, and continuing down to
the bottom line. • Keep curving left, stop just before the middle line, swing right, and stop short.

J J J J J J
Follow the same procedure with J: • Begin at the bottom line and loop right, touching the top line,
and continuing down to the bottom line. • At the top line of the next row, loop left and curve up;
cross over at the bottom line and stop short.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Ida is in India .

Jack is in Japan .
Explain that J connects to the next letter, but I does not. Demonstrate by writing July and Iowa.

Have students identify the letters on the page. Ask students to trace and write the letters. Students
complete the page on their own. Remind students to be sure the top of each letter touches the top
line and that the loops of each letter are open.

386 Handwriting
Name Date

Spacing Letters and Words


You can make your writing easy to read. Letters should not be too close
or too far apart.

These letters are


spaced just right .
Draw a slanted line between these words to check that the spacing is as
wide as a small o. Then copy the sentences.

The flowers are


Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

in bloom .
Teacher Directions: Show an example of cursive writing with correct spacing on the board. Explain
that in cursive writing correct spacing is an important key to legible handwriting. There should be
just enough space for a small o between words.

Have volunteers read the text, the first direction, and the first sample sentence aloud. Ask students
to explain why the letters are just right. Elicit that the spacing between letters and words is correct,
and that the letters are not too close or too far apart.

Smell the flowers!


Read the next direction and have the sentences read aloud. Then ask students to copy the sentences
on to the lines using their best cursive handwriting. Remind students to shift their papers as they
write to keep consistent spacing.

Handwriting 387
Name Date

NM
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

NNNNN
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase N by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin just below the top line, curve over, and slant down to the bottom line. • Retrace
up, curve over, and slant down again. • Curve up to connect to the next letter.

MMMMM
Continue with M: • Begin just below the top line, curve over, and slant down to the bottom line.
• Retrace up, curve over, slant down. • Retrace up, curve over slightly lower than the first time, slant
down again. • Curve up to connect to the next letter.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Nebraska Nevada

Minnesota Maine
Point out that N is very much like M, but only has one hill. Explain that the hills in both N and M
should be slightly rounded, and because the letter slants, the first hill in M is taller than the second.

Have students trace the models of uppercase N and M and write the letters. Call on volunteers to
read the words aloud. Have students complete the page.

388 Handwriting
Name Date

HK
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

H H H H H H
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase H by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin just below the top line, curve over, and slant down to the bottom line; lift. • From
the right of the starting point, slant down again, from top to bottom. • Retrace up to the middle
line, make a loop to touch the first stroke, then swing right.

KKKKKK
Follow the same procedure with uppercase K. • Begin just below the top line, curve over, and slant
down to the bottom line; lift. • From the right of the starting point, slant down to the middle line.
• Slant right and down to the bottom line. • From the bottom line, curve up.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Hank likes Haiti.

Kai likes Kansas.


Demonstrate how the last stroke of H continues across to connect to the next letter. Then
demonstrate how to continue the last stroke that curves up to connect with the next letter by
writing Ka and Ke on the board.
Have students identify uppercase H and K and then trace the models and write the letters. Have the
sentences read aloud, then have students complete the page. Remind students to make their letters
about as wide as the models.

Handwriting 389
Name Date

PQ
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

P P P P P P
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase P by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin at the middle line, curve up to the top, slant down to the bottom line. • Retrace
up to the top; curve over. • Continue curving to close at the middle line. Point out that the forward
curve of the P must close at the middle line.

QQQQQQ
Follow the same procedure with Q. • Begin at the bottom line; curve around left to the top line.
• Continue curving over to the starting point. • Retrace a bit; loop up and swing right, ending just
below the bottom line.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Quebec Quin Quito

Pittsburgh Plano
Have students identify uppercase P and Q and then trace and write the letters.

Point out that neither P nor Q connects to the next letter in the word. Demonstrate beginning the u
just above the stroke that ends Q by writing Quebec. Have students complete the page.

390 Handwriting
Name Date

VU
Trace and write the letters. Then write the sentences.

V V V V V
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase V by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin just below the top line. • Curve over and down to the bottom. • Slant up, then
curve over slightly at the top line. Point out that the bottom of V should be rounded, not pointed.

UUUUU
Point out that the uppercase U is made like the lowercase u, only larger. Say the stroke directions as
you write the U on the guidelines. • Begin just below the top line and curve over. • Slant down to the
bottom; curve up, then slant to the top line. • Retrace down and curve up to the middle line.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Viv is in Vermont.

Ute lives in Utah.


Explain that U connects to the next letter, but V does not.

Have students identify uppercase V and U on the page. Have them trace the models and write the
letters. Have the sentences read aloud and have students complete the page.

Handwriting 391
Name Date

WX
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

W W W W W
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase W by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin just below the top line. • Curve up to the top line; then curve down to the bottom
line. • Curve to the top again; retrace down. • Slant up, then curve over slightly at the top line. Point
out that the curves at the bottom of W should be rounded, not pointed.

X X X X X
Follow the same procedure with X: • Begin just below the top line, curve over and slant right down
to the bottom line; curve up and lift. • From the starting point, slant left and down to the bottom
line, crossing the first line at the middle.

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Will Waco Wales

X avier X ia X-axis
Have students identify uppercase W and X on the page. Have them trace and write the letters. Point
out that neither W nor X connects to the next letter.

Have students read the words and complete the page on their own.

392 Handwriting
Name Date

YZ
Trace and write the letters. Then write the words.

Y Y Y Y Y
Teacher Directions: Introduce the uppercase Y by writing it on the guidelines as you say the stroke
directions. • Begin just below the top line; curve over and down to the bottom line. • Curve up, then
slant to the top line. • Retrace down and continue to the top line of the next row. • Loop left, close
at the bottom line, cross over the slant line, and connect to the next letter.

Z Z Z Z Z
Follow the same procedure with Z. • Begin just below the top line; curve over through the middle
line to just above the bottom line. • Curve over again and down to the top line of the next row. •
Loop left; close at the bottom line; cross over, and connect to the next letter.
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Yolanda Yukon

Zena Zen Zachary


Have students identify uppercase Y and Z on the page. Have them trace the models and write the
letters. Point out that both Z and Y connect to the next letter.

Have volunteers read the words aloud. Then have students complete the page on their own.

Handwriting 393
Name Date

Transition to Two Lines


Write the sentences. In the last two rows, write the sentences without
the guidelines.

A robin has wings .


Ostriches run fast .
Parrots can talk .
Ducks lay eggs .

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Teacher Directions: Conduct a short drill by having students come to the board and practicing
writing letters, words, and sentences without the middle line.

Read the directions aloud together. Ask: How are the first two rows different from the second two?
(They have a middle line.) Invite volunteers to read the sentences about birds. Then have them write
the sentences.

Walk around the room to check if students are slanting their letters correctly. Offer assistance where
needed.

394 Handwriting
Name Date

Practice with Small Letters


This is your first complete lesson without a dotted control line. Write your
letters and words the same way you have been writing them all year.

e u s r a
i w m n o
see vain mane
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Sam was sure


he saw a fox.

Teacher Directions: Write the small letters (e, u, s, r, a, i, w, m, n, o) on the board without the
middle line. Explain that they reach halfway between the bottom line and top line. Point out that
they can write these letters the same way they have been writing them. The only difference is the
middle line is missing. Read the directions aloud together. Then have students complete the page
independently on lined paper.

Handwriting 395
Name Date

Practice with Tall Letters


Practice writing tall letters and words with tall letters. All tall letters should reach the top line.

t d l k h b f
fit tall doll kit
Tiff is the best .

Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.


Jill likes ducks .

Teacher Directions: Write the tall letters (t, d, l, k, h, b, f) on the board without a middle line. Have
students practice writing them. Point out that they always should reach the top line.

Have the directions read aloud. Then ask students to locate the small letters that are included on the
page. Point out that without vowels, in most instances, it’s impossible to write any words. Have
students complete the page independently on lined paper.

As you walk around the room, check to see that students are not cramping their fingers and are
writing smoothly and fluently. Remind them about good posture and tilting their paper correctly.
Praise them: You are beginning to write just like grownups!

396 Handwriting
Decoding Strategy Chart
Step Look for word parts (prefixes) at the beginning of
1 the word.

Step
Look for word parts (suffixes) at the end of the word.
2

Step In the base word, look for familiar spelling patterns.


Think about the six syllable-spelling patterns you have
3 learned.

Step
Sound out and blend together the word parts.
4
Copyright © McGraw-Hill Education. Permission is granted to reproduce for classroom use.

Say the word parts fast. Adjust your pronunciation


Step as needed. Ask yourself: “Is this a word I have heard
5 before?” Then read the word in the sentence and ask:
“Does it make sense in this sentence?”

Follow these steps when decoding a multisyllabic word.

You might also like